WinLink 1000

Broadband Wireless Transmission Syst em

USER MANUAL
RELEASES 1.9.40
UM 1000-1940/ 03.11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 i
WinLink 1000
User Manual
Not ice
This manual cont ains informat ion t hat is propriet ary t o RADWI N Lt d. (RADWI N hereaft er). No
part of t his publicat ion may be reproduced in any form what soever wit hout prior writ t en
approval by RADWI N.
Right , t it le and int erest , all informat ion, copyright s, pat ent s, know-how, t rade secret s and
ot her int ellect ual propert y or ot her propriet ary right s relat ing t o t his manual and t o t he
RADWI N product s and any soft ware component s cont ained t herein are propriet ary product s
of RADWI N prot ect ed under int ernat ional copyright law and shall be and remain solely wit h
RADWI N.
The RADWI N name is a regist ered t rademark of RADWI N Lt d. No right , license, or int erest t o
such t rademark is grant ed hereunder, and you agree t hat no such right , license, or int erest
shall be assert ed by you wit h respect t o such t rademark.
You shall not copy, reverse compile or reverse assemble all or any port ion of t he User Manual
or any ot her RADWI N document at ion or product s. You are prohibit ed from, and shall not ,
direct ly or indirect ly, develop, market , dist ribut e, license, or sell any product t hat support s
subst ant ially similar funct ionalit y based or derived in any way from RADWI N product s.Your
undert aking in t his paragraph shall survive t he t erminat ion of t his Agreement .
This Agreement is effect ive upon your opening of a RADWI N product package and shall
cont inue unt il t erminat ed. RADWI N may t erminat e t his Agreement upon t he breach by you of
any t erm t hereof. Upon such t erminat ion by RADWI N, you agree t o ret urn t o RADWI N any
RADWI N product s and document at ion and all copies and port ions t hereof.
For furt her informat ion cont act RADWI N at one of t he addresses under Wor l dwi de
Cont act s below or cont act your local dist ribut or.
Di scl ai mer
The paramet ers quot ed in t his document must be specifically confirmed in writ ing before t hey
become applicable t o any part icular order or cont ract . RADWI N reserves t he right t o make
alt erat ions or amendment s t o t he det ail specificat ion at it s discret ion. The publicat ion of
informat ion in t his document does not imply freedom from pat ent or ot her right s of RADWI N,
or ot hers.
Tr ademar ks
WinLink 1000 and RADWI N 2000 are t rademarks of RADWI N Lt d.
Wi ndows 2000, XP Pr o, Vi st a, Wi ndows 7 and I nt er net Expl or er are t rademarks
of Microsoft I nc.
Mozi l l a and Fi r ef ox are t rademarks of t he Mozilla Foundat ion.
Ot her product names are t rademarks of t heir respect ive manufact urers.

WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 ii

RADWIN Worldwide Offices
Corporate and EMEA Regional Headquarters
Corporate and EMEA Headquarters
27 Habarzel St reet
Tel Aviv, 69710
I srael
Tel: + 972.3.766.2900
Fax: + 972.3.766.2902
Email: sal es@r adwi n.com
North America Regional
Headquarters
900 Corporat e Drive
Mahwah, NJ, 07430
USA
Tel: + 1-877-RADWI N US
(+ 1-877 723-9468)
Tel: + 1-201-252-4224
Fax: + 1-201-621-8911
Email: sal esna@r adwi n.com
Cust omer Support - Nort h America:
Hours: 9 am - 6 pm EST (Mon - Fri)
Email: suppor t usa@r adwi n.com
APAC Regional Headquarters
53A, Grange Road # 15-02
Spring Grove ,249566
Singapore
Tel: + 65.6638.7864
Email: sal essg@r adwi n.com
RADWIN Regional Offices
RADWIN Brazil
Av. Chucri Zaidan, 920 9
So Paulo, 04583-904
Brazil
Tel: + 55.11.3048-4110
Email: sal esbr @r adwi n.com
RADWIN Mexico
Quint o # 20 Col El Cent inela
Mexico, DF, O4450
Mexico
Tel: + 52 (55) 5689 8970
Email: sal esmx@r adwi n.com
RADWIN Peru
Av. Ant ares 213
Lima, 33
Peru
Tel: + 511.6285105
Fax: + 511-990304095
Email: sal espe@r adwi n.com
RADWIN India
E-13,B-1 Ext n., Mohan Co-operat ive I ndust rial Est at e
New Delhi, 110 044
I ndia
Tel: + 91-11-40539178
Email: sal esi n@r adwi n.com
RADWIN Philippines
5 Bur Bank St .
Laguna, Belair, Sant a Rosa
Laguna Philippines
Tel: + 63 928 7668230
Email: sal esph@r adwi n.com
RADWIN South Africa
P.O. Box 3554, Rivonia
Johannesburg ,2128
Sout h Africa
Tel: + 27 (0)82 551 5600
Email: sal es@r adwi n.com
RADWIN Italy and Spain
Piazza Arenella 7/ H
Napoli ,80128
I t aly
Tel: + 390815564116
Fax: + 39335433620
Email: sal esi t @r adwi n.com
RADWIN Central America
Calle La Ca ada # 108-E
Jardines de la Hacienda
Ciudad Merliot El Salvador
Tel: + 503 2278-5628
Email: sal es@r adwi n.com
RADWIN South East Asia
All Season Mansion
87/ 38 Wireless Road Lumpinee
Bangkok ,10330
Thailand
Tel: + 66811707503
Email: sal es@r adwi n.com
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 iii
Regul at or y Compl i ance
Gener al Not e
This syst em has achieved Type Approval in various count ries around t he world. This means
t hat t he syst em has been t est ed against various local t echnical regulat ions and found t o
comply. The frequency bands in which t he syst em operat es may be unlicensed and in t hese
bands, t he syst em can be used provided it does not cause int erference.
FCC - Compl i ance
This equipment has been t est ed and found t o comply wit h t he limit s for a Class B digit al
device, pursuant t o Part 15 of t he FCC Rules. These limit s are designed t o provide reasonable
prot ect ion against harmful int erference in a resident ial inst allat ion. This equipment generat es,
uses and can radiat e radio frequency energy and, if not inst alled and used in accordance wit h
t he inst ruct ions, may cause harmful int erference t o radio communicat ions. However, t here is
no guarant ee t hat int erference will not occur in a part icular inst allat ion. I f t his equipment
does cause harmful int erference t o radio or t elevision recept ion, which can be det ermined by
t urning t he equipment off and on, t he user is encouraged t o t ry t o correct t he int erference by
one or more of t he following measures:
Reorient or relocat e t he receiving ant enna.
I ncrease t he separat ion bet ween t he equipment and receiver.
Connect t he equipment int o an out let on a circuit different from t hat t o which t he
receiver is connect ed.
Consult t he dealer or an experienced radio/ TV t echnician for help.
Changes or modificat ions t o t his equipment not expressly approved by t he part y responsible
for compliance could void t he user's aut horit y t o operat e t he equipment .
War ni ng
I t is t he responsibilit y of t he inst aller t o ensure t hat when using t he out door
ant enna kit s in t he Unit ed St at es (or where FCC rules apply), only t hose
ant ennas cert ified wit h t he product are used. The use of any ant enna ot her
t han t hose cert ified wit h t he product is expressly forbidden by FCC rules 47
CFR part 15.204.
War ni ng
I t is t he responsibilit y of t he inst aller t o ensure t hat when configuring t he
radio in t he Unit ed St at es (or where FCC rules apply), t he Tx power is set
according t o t he values for which t he product is cert ified. The use of Tx
power values ot her t han t hose, for which t he product is cert ified, is
expressly forbidden by FCC rules 47 CFR part 15.204.
Caut i on
Out door unit s and ant ennas should be inst alled ONLY by experienced
inst allat ion professionals who are familiar wit h local building and safet y
codes and, wherever applicable, are licensed by t he appropriat e
government regulat ory aut horit ies. Failure t o do so may void t he product
warrant y and may expose t he end user or t he service provider t o legal and
financial liabilit ies. Resellers or dist ribut ors of t his equipment are not liable
for inj ury, damage or violat ion of regulat ions associat ed wit h t he inst allat ion
of out door unit s or ant ennas. The inst aller should configure t he out put
power level of ant ennas according t o count ry regulat ions and ant enna t ype.
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 iv
I ndoor Unit s comply wit h part 15 of t he FCC rules. Operat ion is subj ect t o t he following t wo
condit ions:
(1) These devices may not cause harmful int erference.
(2) These devices must accept any int erference received, including int erference t hat may
cause undesired operat ion.
Canadi an Emi ssi on Requi r ement s f or I ndoor Uni t s
This Class B digit al apparat us complies wit h Canadian I CES-003.
Cet appar ei l numr i que de l a cl asse B est conf or me l a nor me NMB-003 du Canada.
Chi na MI I
Operat ion of t he equipment is only allowed under China MI I 5.8GHz band regulat ion
configurat ion wit h EI RP limit ed t o 33 dBm (2 Wat t ).
I ndi a WPC
Operat ion of t he equipment is only allowed under I ndia WPC GSR-38 for 5.8GHz band
regulat ion configurat ion.
Unr egul at ed
I n count ries where t he radio is not regulat ed t he equipment can be operat ed in any regulat ion
configurat ion, best result s will be obt ained using Universal regulat ion configurat ion.
Saf et y Pr act i ces
Applicable requirement s of Nat ional Elect rical Code (NEC), NFPA 70; and t he Nat ional
Elect rical Safet y Code, ANSI / I EEE C2, must be considered during inst allat ion.
NOTES:
1. A Primary Prot ect or is not required t o prot ect t he exposed wiring as long as t he exposed
wiring lengt h is limit ed t o less t han or equal t o 140 feet , and inst ruct ions are provided t o
avoid exposure of wiring t o accident al cont act wit h light ning and power conduct ors in
accordance wit h NEC Sect ions 725-54 (c) and 800-30.
I n all ot her cases, an appropriat e List ed Primary Prot ect or must be provided. Refer t o Art icles
800 and 810 of t he NEC for det ails.
2. For prot ect ion of ODU against direct light ning st rikes, appropriat e requirement s of NFPA
780 should be considered in addit ion t o NEC.
War ni ng
Where Out door unit s are configurable by soft ware t o Tx power values
ot her t han t hose for which t he product is cert ified, it is t he responsi-
bilit y of t he Professional I nst aller t o rest rict t he Tx power t o t he cert i-
fied limit s.
The RADWI N 2000 2.5GHz BAND device (FCC I D: Q3KRW2025) com-
plies wit h FCC RF radiat ion exposure limit s. This equipment should be
inst alled and operat ed wit h a minimum dist ance of 104.6cm bet ween
t he radiat or and your body for 2.5 GHz operat ions
This product was t est ed wit h special accessories - indoor unit (I DU or
PoE), FTP CAT-5e shielded cable wit h sealing gasket , 12 AWG
grounding cable - which must be used wit h t he unit t o insure compli-
ance.
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 v
3. For Canada, appropriat e requirement s of t he CEC 22.1 including Sect ion 60 and addit ional
requirement s of CAN/ CSA-B72 must be considered as applicable.

WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 vi
Br i ef
Table of Cont ent s
Part 1: Basic Installation
Chapter 1 Introduction
Chapter 2 Site Preparation
Chapter 3 Hardware Installation
Chapter 4 Getting Started with the RADWIN Manager
Chapter 5 Installing the Link
Chapter 6 The RADWIN Manager: Main Window
Chapter 7 Configuring the Link
Chapter 8 Site Configuration
Chapter 9 Monitoring and Diagnostics
Part 2: Site Synchronization
Chapter 10 Hub Site Synchronization
Chapter 11 Using the RADWIN GSU
Part 3: Advanced Installation
Chapter 12 Monitored Hot Standby Installation Procedure
Chapter 13 The RADWIN Ethernet Ring
Chapter 14 VLAN Functionality with WinLink 1000
Chapter 15 Software Upgrade
Chapter 16 FCC/IC DFS Installation Procedure
Part 4: Field Installation Topics
Chapter 17 Pole and Wall Installation
Chapter 18 Lightning Protection and Grounding Guidelines
Chapter 19 Preloading an ODU with an IP Address
Chapter 20 Changing the Factory Default Band
Chapter 21 Link Budget Calculator
Chapter 22 Quick Install Mode
Part 5: Product Dependent Features
Chapter 23 Reserved
Chapter 24 Cascaded Links
Chapter 25 BRS Installation Procedure
Chapter 26 Video Surveillance
Part 6: Product Reference
Appendix A Technical Specifications
Appendix B Wiring Specifications
Appendix C Small Form-factor Pluggable Transceiver
Appendix D MIB Reference
Appendix E External Alarms Specification
Appendix F RF Exposure
Appendix G Regional Notice: French Canadian
Appendix H Old Style IDU-E Details
Index
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 vii
Ful l
Table of Cont ent s
Not ice ............................................................................................................................. i
RADWI N Worldwide Offices ............................................................................................. ii
Regulat ory Compliance ................................................................................................... iii
Part 1: Basic Installation
Chapter 1 Introduction
Welcome t o WinLink 1000! ........................................................................... 1-1
About Release 1.9.40................................................................................... 1-1
Key Applicat ions.......................................................................................... 1-1
Cel l ul ar Backhaul .................................................................................. 1-2
Br oadband Access ................................................................................. 1-2
Vi deo Sur vei l l ance ................................................................................. 1-3
Pr i vat e Net wor ks .................................................................................. 1-3
Key Feat ures of WinLink 1000 ...................................................................... 1-4
WinLink 1000 Link ....................................................................................... 1-6
The Out door Uni t ( ODU) ........................................................................ 1-6
The I ndoor Uni t ( I DU) ........................................................................... 1-9
New st yle I DU-E for bot h WinLink 1000 and RADWI N 2000............................... 1-9
I DU-R ........................................................................................................... 1-9
I DU-C ......................................................................................................... 1-10
Power Over Et her net ( PoE) Devi ces ..................................................... 1-11
Basic PoE Device.......................................................................................... 1-11
Base Dist ribut ion Unit (BDU) ......................................................................... 1-12
GSU .................................................................................................... 1-13
Ant ennas ............................................................................................ 1-14
Flat Panel Ant ennas ..................................................................................... 1-14
Parabolic Dish Ant ennas ............................................................................... 1-15
Grid Ant ennas.............................................................................................. 1-15
RADWI N Manager ............................................................................... 1-15
RADWI N Net wor k Management Syst em ( RNMS) .................................. 1-16
Accessor i es ......................................................................................... 1-16
Document at i on suppl i ed wi t h Wi nLi nk 1000 ........................................ 1-16
How t o Use t his Manual ............................................................................. 1-17
A Lit t le Terminology .................................................................................. 1-17
Chapter 2 Site Preparation
Planning t he Link Sit e .................................................................................. 2-1
Over vi ew .............................................................................................. 2-1
The Sit e Survey........................................................................................... 2-1
I nt r oduct i on ......................................................................................... 2-1
Recommended Equi pment ..................................................................... 2-1
St age 1: Preliminary Survey ......................................................................... 2-2
St age 2: Physical Survey .............................................................................. 2-3
Addi t i onal Out door Si t e Requi r ement s ................................................... 2-3
Addi t i onal I ndoor Si t e Requi r ement s ..................................................... 2-3
St age 3: RF Survey...................................................................................... 2-4
RF Planning for Dense I nst allat ions and Collocat ed Sit es ................................ 2-4
Chapter 3 Hardware Installation
Safet y Pract ices........................................................................................... 3-1
Pr event i ng over exposur e t o RF ener gy ................................................... 3-1
Gr oundi ng ............................................................................................. 3-1
Pr ot ect i on agai nst Li ght ni ng .................................................................. 3-2
Gener al ................................................................................................. 3-2
Package Cont ent s........................................................................................ 3-2
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 viii
ODU Package Cont ent s .......................................................................... 3-2
I DU-E or I DU-R package cont ai ni ng: ...................................................... 3-4
I DU-C Package Cont ent s ....................................................................... 3-4
PoE-8 Package Cont ai ni ng: .................................................................... 3-5
BDU Package Cont ent s .......................................................................... 3-6
Ext er nal Ant enna Package Cont ent s ...................................................... 3-6
Addit ional Tools and Mat erials Required ........................................................ 3-6
Tool s and Mat er i al s ............................................................................... 3-6
Cabl es and connect or s ........................................................................... 3-6
Hardware I nst allat ion Sequence ................................................................... 3-6
Out door inst allat ion ..................................................................................... 3-7
Pr epar i ng t he ODU bef or e Depl oyment .................................................. 3-7
Mount i ng t he ODU ................................................................................. 3-8
Mount i ng ext er nal ant ennas .................................................................. 3-8
Mount i ng t he Li ght ni ng Pr ot ect i on Devi ces ............................................ 3-9
Out door Connect i ons ............................................................................. 3-9
I ndoor I nst allat ion ....................................................................................... 3-9
I nst al l i ng I DU-E and R uni t s .................................................................. 3-9
I DU-E I nst allat ion .......................................................................................... 3-9
I DU-R I nst allat ion ........................................................................................ 3-10
Mount i ng t he I DU-C ............................................................................ 3-10
Connect i ng power t o t he I DU .............................................................. 3-13
Connect i ng t he ODU t o t he I DU ........................................................... 3-13
I nst al l i ng a Li nk usi ng PoE Devi ces ...................................................... 3-13
Connect i ng User Equi pment ................................................................. 3-14
Connect ing and Aligning ODUs / Ant ennas .................................................. 3-14
Chapter 4 Getting Started with the RADWIN Manager
I nst alling t he RADWI N Manager Applicat ion .................................................. 4-1
Mi ni mum Syst em Requi r ement s ............................................................ 4-1
I nst al l i ng t he Sof t war e .......................................................................... 4-1
Get t ing St art ed wit h t he RADWI N Manager ................................................... 4-2
The RADWI N Manager log-on Concept .......................................................... 4-4
Log-on Errors and Caut ions.......................................................................... 4-6
Unsuppor t ed Devi ce .............................................................................. 4-6
I ncor r ect I P Addr ess ............................................................................. 4-7
I ncor r ect Passwor d ............................................................................... 4-7
I nval i d Read/ Wr i t e Communi t y St r i ng ................................................... 4-7
Loggi ng i n t o t he Over -t he-Ai r Si t e ........................................................ 4-7
Cont inuing wit hout an I P Address................................................................. 4-8
Changi ng t he Log-On Passwor d ............................................................. 4-8
First st eps................................................................................................... 4-9
Def aul t Wi nLi nk 1000 Set t i ngs ............................................................ 4-11
Chapter 5 Installing the Link
Overview .................................................................................................... 5-1
I nst allat ion.................................................................................................. 5-3
St ep 1, St art t he Wizard .............................................................................. 5-3
St ep 2, Syst em Paramet ers ......................................................................... 5-3
Changi ng t he Li nk Passwor d .................................................................. 5-5
St ep 3, Channel Set t ings ............................................................................. 5-7
St ep 4, Hub Sit e Synchronizat ion Set t ings .................................................... 5-9
St ep 5, Services ......................................................................................... 5-9
TDM Ser vi ces sel ect i on ........................................................................ 5-10
Modul at i on Rat e Sel ect i on ................................................................... 5-12
Set t i ng Moni t or ed Hot St andby Mode ................................................... 5-13
Et her net Ri ng ...................................................................................... 5-14
Set t i ng t he TDM Ji t t er Buf f er ............................................................... 5-14
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 ix
St ep 6, TDM Clock Configurat ion ............................................................... 5-16
St ep 7, I nst allat ion Summary and Exit ....................................................... 5-18
Chapter 6 The RADWIN Manager: Main Window
One Manager for all RADWI N Radio Product s ................................................ 6-1
The Main Window of t he RADWI N Manager ................................................... 6-1
The RADWI N Manager Toolbar ..................................................................... 6-2
Main Menu Funct ionalit y .............................................................................. 6-3
Element s of t he RADWI N Manager Main Window ........................................... 6-4
Chapter 7 Configuring the Link
Overview .................................................................................................... 7-1
Configurat ion .............................................................................................. 7-3
St ep 1, St art t he Wizard .............................................................................. 7-3
St ep 2, Syst em Paramet ers ......................................................................... 7-3
St ep 3, Channel Set t ings ............................................................................. 7-4
St ep 4, Hub Sit e Synchronizat ion Set t ings .................................................... 7-8
St ep 5, Services ......................................................................................... 7-8
St ep 6, TDM Clock Configurat ion ................................................................. 7-9
St ep 7, Configurat ion Summary and Exit .................................................... 7-10
Chapter 8 Site Configuration
Configuring t he Sit e..................................................................................... 8-1
Edi t i ng t he Conf i gur at i on Par amet er s by Si t e ......................................... 8-1
Funct ions on t he left of t he dialog box: ............................................................ 8-2
Funct ions at t he t op of t he dialog box: ............................................................ 8-2
Viewing Syst em Det ails................................................................................ 8-3
Viewing Air I nt erface Det ails ........................................................................ 8-3
Hub Sit e Sync ............................................................................................. 8-4
Sit e Management : I P Address, VLAN and Prot ocol ......................................... 8-5
Conf i gur i ng t he ODU Addr ess ................................................................ 8-5
Conf i gur i ng VLAN Set t i ngs ..................................................................... 8-6
Lost or f or got t en VLAN I D ..................................................................... 8-8
Enabl e / Di sabl e Tel net Access .............................................................. 8-8
Displaying t he I nvent ory .............................................................................. 8-8
Securit y Feat ures ........................................................................................ 8-9
Changi ng t he Li nk Passwor d ................................................................ 8-10
RADWI N Manager Communi t y St r i ngs ................................................. 8-10
Edit ing Communit y St rings............................................................................ 8-10
Forgot t en Communit y st ring ......................................................................... 8-11
Li nk Lock Secur i t y Feat ur e ................................................................... 8-11
Set t ing t he Dat e and Time ......................................................................... 8-13
Et hernet Propert ies.................................................................................... 8-15
Conf i gur i ng t he Br i dge ........................................................................ 8-15
ODU Mode................................................................................................... 8-16
I DU Aging t ime ............................................................................................ 8-16
Conf i gur i ng Et her net Por t s Mode ......................................................... 8-17
VLAN Taggi ng f or Et her net Ser vi ce: Conf i gur at i on ................................ 8-17
Set t i ng t he Maxi mum I nf or mat i on Rat e ( MI R) ..................................... 8-19
What is t he MI R........................................................................................... 8-19
What is it for ............................................................................................... 8-19
TDM MHS St at us ....................................................................................... 8-21
Set t ing Ext ernal Alarm I nput s..................................................................... 8-21
Reset t ing .................................................................................................. 8-22
I DU Det ect ion ........................................................................................... 8-23
Backup/ Rest ore of ODU Soft ware Files........................................................ 8-24
Backup ODU Sof t war e t o a Fi l e ............................................................ 8-24
Rest or i ng ODU Sof t war e or Conf i gur at i on ............................................ 8-24
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 x
Mut ing t he alignment t one buzzer............................................................... 8-25
Configurat ion wit h Telnet ........................................................................... 8-25
Chapter 9 Monitoring and Diagnostics
Ret rieving Link I nformat ion (Get Diagnost ics) ................................................ 9-1
Link Compat ibilit y ........................................................................................ 9-2
TDM Loopbacks........................................................................................... 9-3
Local Li ne Loopback .............................................................................. 9-6
Remot e Rever se Loopback ..................................................................... 9-6
Remot e Li ne Loopback .......................................................................... 9-6
Local I nt er nal Loopback ........................................................................ 9-7
Reinst alling and Realigning a Link................................................................. 9-7
The Link Budget Calculat or .......................................................................... 9-8
Performance Monit oring............................................................................... 9-8
The Moni t or Log .................................................................................... 9-8
Saving t he Monit or Log................................................................................... 9-8
Viewing Performance Report s ......................................................................... 9-9
Performance Monit oring Report Toolbar ......................................................... 9-12
Set t ing Air I nt erface Thresholds .................................................................... 9-12
Event s, Alarms and Traps .......................................................................... 9-13
The Event s Log .................................................................................... 9-13
RADWI N Manager Tr aps ...................................................................... 9-15
Set t i ng t he Event s Pr ef er ences ............................................................ 9-16
Savi ng t he Event s Log ......................................................................... 9-17
Act i ve Al ar ms ...................................................................................... 9-17
Vi ewi ng Recent Event s ........................................................................ 9-18
Revert ing Alert Messages........................................................................... 9-18
Ot her Advanced Preferences ...................................................................... 9-19
Set t i ng t he RADWI N Manager Language .............................................. 9-19
Set t i ng SNMP Par amet er s .................................................................... 9-19
Remot e Power Fail I ndicat ion ..................................................................... 9-19
Troubleshoot ing ........................................................................................ 9-19
Replacing an ODU ..................................................................................... 9-20
Rest oring Fact ory Set up............................................................................. 9-20
Online Help............................................................................................... 9-20
Cust omer Support ..................................................................................... 9-21
Part 2: Site Synchronization
Chapter 10 Hub Site Synchronization
What is Hub Sit e Synchronizat ion?.............................................................. 10-1
Hardware I nst allat ion ................................................................................ 10-3
Connect i ng an HSS Uni t ....................................................................... 10-3
Usi ng a Si ngl e HSS Uni t ....................................................................... 10-4
Usi ng Mor e t han One HSS Uni t ............................................................. 10-5
Condit ion 1: Cabling Sequence...................................................................... 10-5
Condit ion 2: Tot al HSS Cable Lengt h ............................................................. 10-6
HSS Error Not ificat ion ................................................................................ 10-6
ODU/ HSS Unit Connect ion Pinout ............................................................... 10-7
Radio Frame Pat t ern (RFP) ......................................................................... 10-7
Wi t hout HSS ....................................................................................... 10-7
RFP and HSS ....................................................................................... 10-7
RFP: Gener al Radi o Fr ame Pat t er n ....................................................... 10-8
RFP: RADWI N 2000 Consi der at i ons ..................................................... 10-9
RFP: Wi nLi nk 1000 Consi der at i ons .................................................... 10-11
HSS St at us LED on t he I DU-C and New St yle I DU-E................................... 10-12
Link Configurat ion and HSS...................................................................... 10-12
Sit e Configurat ion and HSS ...................................................................... 10-14
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 xi
Chapter 11 Using the RADWIN GSU
What is it for ............................................................................................. 11-1
GSU Funct ionalit y ...................................................................................... 11-1
Typical GSU Scenarios ............................................................................... 11-1
I ndependent Di st r i but ed Si t es ............................................................. 11-1
Mul t i pl e Di st r i but ed Si t es wi t h Communi cat i on .................................... 11-2
Cascaded Si t es usi ng Shi f t ed Phase Tr ansmi ssi on ................................. 11-3
GSU Redundancy....................................................................................... 11-3
GSU Kit Cont ent s....................................................................................... 11-4
GSU I nst allat ion ........................................................................................ 11-4
Over vi ew ............................................................................................ 11-4
Pr epar i ng t he GSU f or Use ................................................................... 11-5
Mount i ng t he GSU ............................................................................... 11-5
Conf i gur i ng t he GSU ............................................................................ 11-5
Get t ing St art ed ............................................................................................ 11-5
Using Sit e Configurat ion for t he GSU ............................................................. 11-7
GSU Pr ef er ences ............................................................................... 11-12
GSU Monit oring and Diagnost ics ............................................................... 11-12
GSU Telnet Support ................................................................................. 11-12
Soft ware Updat e for GSUs........................................................................ 11-13
Part 3: Advanced Installation
Chapter 12 Monitored Hot Standby Installation Procedure
What is a RADWI N Monit ored Hot St andby.................................................. 12-1
What RADWI N MHS provides ..................................................................... 12-2
Equi pment Pr ot ect i on .......................................................................... 12-2
Ai r -I nt er f ace Pr ot ect i on ...................................................................... 12-2
Purpose of t his Chapt er ............................................................................. 12-3
Who Should Read t his ............................................................................... 12-3
RADWI N MHS Kit Cont ent s......................................................................... 12-3
I nst alling a RADWI N MHS.......................................................................... 12-3
Maint aining a RADWI N MHS Link ................................................................ 12-9
I DU Repl acement ................................................................................ 12-9
ODU Repl acement ............................................................................. 12-10
Swit ching Logic ....................................................................................... 12-10
Swi t chi ng f r om Pr i mar y Li nk t o Secondar y Li nk .................................. 12-10
Swi t chi ng back f r om t he Secondar y t o t he Pr i mar y Li nk ..................... 12-12
Syst em Oper at i on descr i pt i on ............................................................ 12-14
Chapter 13 The RADWIN Ethernet Ring
Scope ....................................................................................................... 13-1
What is an Et hernet Ring ........................................................................... 13-1
Some t er mi nol ogy: .............................................................................. 13-1
RADWI N Et hernet Ring .............................................................................. 13-2
Et hernet Ring Topologies Support ed by RADWI N......................................... 13-4
Prot ect ion Swit ching .................................................................................. 13-6
Hardware Considerat ions ........................................................................... 13-6
Special Case: 1 + 1 Et hernet Redundancy ................................................... 13-6
Using RADWI N Manager t o Set up a Ring.................................................... 13-7
Chapter 14 VLAN Functionality with WinLink 1000
VLAN Tagging - Overview .......................................................................... 14-1
VLAN Ter mi nol ogy ............................................................................... 14-1
VLAN Backgr ound I nf or mat i on on t he WEB .......................................... 14-1
VLAN Taggi ng ..................................................................................... 14-1
Qi nQ ( Doubl e Taggi ng) f or Ser vi ce Pr ovi der s ........................................ 14-2
VLAN Unt aggi ng .................................................................................. 14-2
Por t Funct i onal i t y ................................................................................ 14-2
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 xii
I ngress Direct ion.......................................................................................... 14-3
Egress Direct ion........................................................................................... 14-3
VLAN Availabilit y ....................................................................................... 14-5
VLAN Configurat ion Using t he RADWI N Manager ......................................... 14-5
Management Tr af f i c and Et her net Ser vi ce Separ at i on ........................... 14-6
VLAN Taggi ng f or Et her net Ser vi ce: Conf i gur at i on ................................ 14-6
Chapter 15 Software Upgrade
What is t he Soft ware Upgrade Ut ilit y?......................................................... 15-1
Upgrading an I nst alled Link........................................................................ 15-1
Soft ware Updat e for GSUs.......................................................................... 15-5
Chapter 16 FCC/IC DFS Installation Procedure
FCC/ I C 5.4/ 5.3 GHz Links: Background ....................................................... 16-1
FCC/ I C 5.4/ 5.3 GHz Link Act ivat ion ............................................................. 16-1
FCC/ I C 5.4/ 5.3 GHz Link Configurat ion........................................................ 16-4
Part 4: Field Installation Topics
Chapter 17 Pole and Wall Installation
ODU Mount ing Kit Cont ent s........................................................................ 17-1
Mount ing an ODU on a Pole ....................................................................... 17-2
Mount ing an ODU on a Wall ....................................................................... 17-3
Mount ing an Ext ernal Ant enna ................................................................... 17-4
Mount ing a Connect orized ODU Horizont ally ................................................ 17-4
Chapter 18 Lightning Protection and Grounding Guidelines
Grounding for Ant enna Cable ..................................................................... 18-1
Grounding for I ndoor/ Out door Unit s ........................................................... 18-2
ODU Gr oundi ng ................................................................................... 18-2
I DU Gr oundi ng .................................................................................... 18-3
Ext ernal Light ning Surge Suppressors and Grounding................................... 18-3
I nt ernal ESD Prot ect ion circuit s .................................................................. 18-8
Chapter 19 Preloading an ODU with an IP Address
Why t his is Needed?.................................................................................. 19-1
Required Equipment .................................................................................. 19-1
The procedure .......................................................................................... 19-2
Tip: How t o Recover a Forgot t en ODU I P Address........................................ 19-6
Chapter 20 Changing the Factory Default Band
Why t his is Needed.................................................................................... 20-1
Required Equipment .................................................................................. 20-1
The procedure .......................................................................................... 20-1
Changing Band for DFS.............................................................................. 20-5
Special Product s or Feat ures: Ent ering a License Key ................................... 20-5
Chapter 21 Link Budget Calculator
Overview .................................................................................................. 21-1
User I nput .......................................................................................... 21-1
Li nk Budget Cal cul at or I nt er nal Dat a ................................................... 21-1
Calculat ions .............................................................................................. 21-2
EI RP ................................................................................................... 21-2
Expect ed RSS and Fade Mar gi n ............................................................ 21-2
Mi n and Max Range ............................................................................. 21-2
Ser vi ce ............................................................................................... 21-2
Avai l abi l i t y .......................................................................................... 21-2
Ant enna Hei ght ................................................................................... 21-3
About t he Fresnel Zone.............................................................................. 21-3
Running t he Link Budget Calculat or ............................................................ 21-5
Chapter 22 Quick Install Mode
Why t his is Needed.................................................................................... 22-1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 xiii
Enabling Quick I nst all ................................................................................ 22-1
Using Quick I nst all..................................................................................... 22-2
Part 5: Product Dependent Features
Chapter 23 Reserved
Chapter 24 Cascaded Links
About t he RADWI N Cascaded Links ............................................................ 24-1
I nst alling Cascaded Links ........................................................................... 24-1
Chapter 25 BRS Installation Procedure
BRS Link Act ivat ion.................................................................................... 25-1
BRS Link Configurat ion .............................................................................. 25-3
Chapter 26 Video Surveillance
About t he RADWI N Video Surveillance Product ............................................ 26-1
I nst allat ion................................................................................................ 26-2
Part 6: Product Reference
Appendix A Technical Specifications
Scope of t hese Specificat ions ...................................................................... A-1
ODU......................................................................................................... A-1
I DU.......................................................................................................... A-3
PoE Device - I ndoor, AC.............................................................................. A-5
PoE Device - Out door, DC........................................................................... A-5
GSU .......................................................................................................... A-6
Ant enna Charact erist ics .............................................................................. A-7
Appendix B Wiring Specifications
ODU-I DU Cable ........................................................................................... B-1
ODU/ HSS Unit Connect ion Pinout .................................................................B-1
User Port Connect ors.................................................................................. B-2
LAN Por t ............................................................................................... B-2
LAN Por t f or PoE-8 ................................................................................ B-2
O-PoE t o PC LAN Cabl e .......................................................................... B-2
Tr unk Por t s - E1/ T1 RJ45 Connect or ......................................................B-3
Hot St andby Por t RJ-11 ......................................................................... B-3
I DU ( al l model s) Al ar m Connect or .........................................................B-3
DC Power Terminals .................................................................................... B-5
I DU-C & E ............................................................................................. B-5
BDU ...................................................................................................... B-5
DC PoE .................................................................................................. B-5
Appendix C Small Form-factor Pluggable Transceiver
I DU-C SFP Support ..................................................................................... C-1
Appendix D MIB Reference
I nt roduct ion............................................................................................... D-1
About t he MI B ...................................................................................... D-1
Ter mi nol ogy ......................................................................................... D-1
I nt erface API ............................................................................................. D-1
Cont r ol Met hod .................................................................................... D-1
Communi t y St r i ng ................................................................................ D-2
Privat e MI B St ruct ure ................................................................................. D-2
MI B Paramet ers ......................................................................................... D-3
Suppor t ed Var i abl es f r om t he RFC 1213 MI B ......................................... D-4
MI B Par amet er s ................................................................................... D-6
MI B Traps................................................................................................ D-23
Gener al .............................................................................................. D-23
Tr ap Par amet er s ................................................................................ D-24
RADWI N Manager Traps ........................................................................... D-28
Appendix E External Alarms Specification
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 xiv
Ext ernal Alarms Specificat ion........................................................................ E-1
I DU-C and new st yl e I DU-E Al ar ms ........................................................ E-1
I DU-E-AL Al ar ms ................................................................................... E-2
PoE-8 Al ar ms ........................................................................................ E-3
Appendix F RF Exposure
Appendix G Regional Notice: French Canadian
Procdures de scurit ................................................................................ G-1
Gnr al i t s .......................................................................................... G-1
Mi se l a t er r e ...................................................................................... G-1
Pr ot ect i on cont r e l a f oudr e ................................................................... G-1
Pr caut i ons de scur i t pendant l e mont age de ODU ............................. G-2
Connect er l a t er r e I DU-C ................................................................... G-2
I nst allat ion sur pylne et mur ...................................................................... G-2
Cont enu du ki t de mont age ODU ........................................................... G-3
Mont age sur un pyl ne ......................................................................... G-3
Mont age sur un mur ............................................................................. G-5
Mont age d' une ant enne ext er ne ........................................................... G-6
Cont enu du ki t de mont age d' une ant enne ext er ne ................................ G-6
Appendix H Old Style IDU-E Details
Index
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 xv
List of Figures
FI GURE 1-1 TYPI CAL CELLULAR BACKHAUL APPLI CATI ON............................................... 1-2
FI GURE 1-2 TYPI CAL BROADBAND ACCESS APPLI CATI ON ............................................... 1-2
FI GURE 1-3 TYPI CAL WI FI BACKHAUL APPLI CATI ON.................................................... 1-3
FI GURE 1-4 MULTI POI NT-TO-POI NT VI DEO SURVEI LLANCE DEPLOYMENT......................... 1-3
FI GURE 1-5 PRI VATE NETWORK ............................................................................. 1-4
FI GURE 1-6 MULTI POI NT-TO-POI NT ENTERPRI SE CONNECTI VI TY................................... 1-4
FI GURE 1-7 EXAMPLE OF LI NK ARCHI TECTURE - SYSTEM COMPONENTS............................ 1-6
FI GURE 1-8 ODU FORM FACTORS .......................................................................... 1-7
FI GURE 1-9 NEW STYLE I DU-E - FRONT VI EW (NOTE NEW HSS LED ON THE LEFT) .......... 1-9
FI GURE 1-10 NEW STYLE I DU-E: REAR PANEL .......................................................... 1-9
FI GURE 1-11 I DU-R REAR PANEL ........................................................................ 1-10
FI GURE 1-12 BACKUP LI NK FOR E1/ T1 CONNECTI ONS ............................................... 1-10
FI GURE 1-13 I DU-C, ETHERNET ONLY, FRONT PANEL................................................ 1-10
FI GURE 1-14 I DU-C, 4 E1/ T1 PORTS, FRONT PANEL................................................ 1-10
FI GURE 1-15 BASI C POE DEVI CE - SHOWI NG THE RADI O ETHERNET PORT ...................... 1-11
FI GURE 1-16 RUGGEDI ZED DC-POE DEVI CE: I NPUT I S -20 TO -60 VDC (SI NGLE I NPUT) .. 1-11
FI GURE 1-17 O-POE DEVI CE: I NPUT I S MAI NS AC POWER.......................................... 1-11
FI GURE 1-18 POE-8 UNI T .................................................................................. 1-12
FI GURE 1-19 RADWI N BDU.............................................................................. 1-12
FI GURE 1-20 TYPI CAL MULTI PLE POI NT-TO-POI NT DEPLOYMENT WI TH WI RELESS UPLI NK ... 1-13
FI GURE 1-21 GENERAL GSU CONFI GURATI ON.......................................................... 1-13
FI GURE 1-22 ODU WI TH I NTEGRATED ANTENNA (SI DE AND FRONT VI EWS) ..................... 1-14
FI GURE 1-23 EXTERNAL ANTENNAS - FLAT PANEL..................................................... 1-14
FI GURE 1-24 EXTERNAL ANTENNAS - PARABOLI C DI SH .............................................. 1-15
FI GURE 1-25 EXTERNAL ANTENNAS - GRI D ANTENNA ................................................ 1-15
FI GURE 1-26 RADWI N MANAGER WI NDOW............................................................ 1-16
FI GURE 3-1 ODU MOUNTI NG KI T ........................................................................... 3-3
FI GURE 3-2 CONNECTORI ZED ODU - FRONT AND REAR VI EWS ...................................... 3-3
FI GURE 3-3 I NTEGRATED ODU - FRONT AND REAR VI EWS............................................ 3-4
FI GURE 3-4 I DU-E/ R - FRONT VI EW....................................................................... 3-4
FI GURE 3-5 I DU-C PACKAGE CONTENTS - THE I DU-C, ETHERNET ONLY.......................... 3-4
FI GURE 3-6 I DU-C PACKAGE CONTENTS - THE I DU-C, 4 E1/ T1 PORTS.......................... 3-5
FI GURE 3-7 I DU-C PACKAGE CONTENTS - THE MOUNTI NG KI T AND DC POWER PLUGS......... 3-5
FI GURE 3-8 POE-8 UNI T...................................................................................... 3-5
FI GURE 3-9 RADWI N BDU.................................................................................. 3-6
FI GURE 3-10 TYPI CAL I NSTALLATI ON (WI TH EXTERNAL ANTENNA) LEFT: RADWI N 2000 RI GHT: WI N-
LI NK 1000 ............................................................................................................ 3-7
FI GURE 3-11 NEW STYLE I DU-E: REAR PANEL .......................................................... 3-9
FI GURE 3-12 I DU-R REAR PANEL ........................................................................ 3-10
FI GURE 3-13 I DU-C FRONT PANEL ....................................................................... 3-10
FI GURE 3-14 I DU-C FRONT PANEL LEDS .............................................................. 3-11
FI GURE 3-15 I DU-E FRONT PANEL LEDS .............................................................. 3-11
FI GURE 3-16 I DU-C POWER CONNECTORS ............................................................. 3-13
FI GURE 3-17 BEEP SEQUENCE FOR ANTENNA ALI GNMENT............................................ 3-15
FI GURE 4-1 LAN PORTS ON THE FRONT PANEL OF THE I DU-C....................................... 4-3
FI GURE 4-2 PI NGI NG AN UNI NSTALLED AND UNCONFI GURED LI NK ................................... 4-3
FI GURE 4-3 FI RST TI ME LOG-ON WI NDOW ................................................................ 4-4
FI GURE 4-4 EXTENDED LOG-ON WI NDOW ................................................................. 4-4
FI GURE 4-5 LOG ON WI NDOW EXPOSI NG THE USER TYPES. ........................................... 4-5
FI GURE 4-6 UNSUPPORTED DEVI CE MESSAGE ............................................................. 4-7
FI GURE 4-7 UNREACHABLE DEVI CE MESSAGE ............................................................. 4-7
FI GURE 4-8 I NVALI D COMMUNI TY STRI NG MESSAGE .................................................... 4-7
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 xvi
FI GURE 4-9 LOGGI NG ON TO AN OVER-THE-AI R SI TE ................................................... 4-8
FI GURE 4-10 OPENI NG RADWI N MANAGER WI NDOW PRI OR TO I NSTALLATI ON - I DU-C AND NEW STYLE
I DU-E ................................................................................................................. 4-9
FI GURE 4-11 OPENI NG RADWI N MANAGER WI NDOW PRI OR TO I NSTALLATI ON - OLD STYLE I DU-E4-
10
FI GURE 5-1 LI NK I NSTALLATI ON WI ZARD ................................................................. 5-3
FI GURE 5-2 I NSTALLATI ON WI ZARD, SYSTEM DI ALOG BOX............................................ 5-4
FI GURE 5-3 I NSTALLATI ON WI ZARD, SYSTEM DI ALOG BOX FI LLED OUT............................. 5-5
FI GURE 5-4 CHANGE LI NK PASSWORD DI ALOG BOX..................................................... 5-6
FI GURE 5-5 LOST OR FORGOTTEN LI NK PASSWORD RECOVERY....................................... 5-6
FI GURE 5-6 CHANNEL SETTI NGS - AUTOMATI C CHANNEL SELECTI ON............................... 5-7
FI GURE 5-7 CHANNEL SETTI NGS - SHOWI NG AVAI LABLE I NSTALLATI ON RATES ................... 5-8
FI GURE 5-8 CHANNEL SETTI NGS - SHOWI NG AVAI LABLE CHANNEL BANDWI DTHS ................ 5-8
FI GURE 5-9 HSS SETTI NGS .................................................................................. 5-9
FI GURE 5-10 SERVI CES AND RATES ..................................................................... 5-10
FI GURE 5-11 TDM SERVI CE PORT SELECTI ON.......................................................... 5-11
FI GURE 5-12 TDM SERVI CE PORT SELECTI ON - SEVEN SERVI CES SELECTED..................... 5-11
FI GURE 5-13 SERVI CES AND RATES - SERVI CES CHOSEN ............................................ 5-12
FI GURE 5-14 SERVI CES AND RATES DI ALOG: AVAI LABLE RATES.................................... 5-12
FI GURE 5-15 CHOOSI NG HOT STANDBY MODE ........................................................ 5-13
FI GURE 5-16 TDM JI TTER BUFFER CONFI GURATI ON ................................................. 5-14
FI GURE 5-17 TDM JI TTER BUFFER CONFI GURATI ON - ETBE EVALUATI ON BAR................ 5-15
FI GURE 5-18 SERVI CES AND TDM DELAY SET - LI NK READY FOR EVALUATI ON ................. 5-15
FI GURE 5-19 TDM PARAMETERS CONFI GURATI ON (1) ............................................... 5-16
FI GURE 5-20 TDM PARAMETERS.......................................................................... 5-17
FI GURE 5-21 I NSTALLATI ON WI ZARD EXI T SUMMARY ................................................ 5-18
FI GURE 5-22 MAI N WI NDOW OF THE MANAGER AFTER I NSTALLATI ON WI TH LOADED TRUNKS5-19
FI GURE 6-1 MAI N WI NDOW, WI RELESS LI NK I S ACTI VE .............................................. 6-2
FI GURE 7-1 LI NK CONFI GURATI ON WI ZARD .............................................................. 7-3
FI GURE 7-2 CONFI GURATI ON WI ZARD, SYSTEM DI ALOG BOX ......................................... 7-4
FI GURE 7-3 CHANNEL SETTI NGS DI ALOG BOX - AUTOMATI C CHANNEL SELECTI ON............... 7-5
FI GURE 7-4 SEARCHI NG FOR THE BEST OPERATI NG CHANNEL ......................................... 7-6
FI GURE 7-5 CHANNEL SETTI NGS WI THOUT AUTOMATI C CHANNEL SELECTI ON ..................... 7-6
FI GURE 7-6 CHANNEL FREQUENCY OPTI ONS............................................................... 7-7
FI GURE 7-7 CHOOSI NG AN OTHER OPERATI NG CHANNEL FREQUENCY............................ 7-7
FI GURE 7-8 HSS SETTI NGS .................................................................................. 7-8
FI GURE 7-9 SERVI CES AND RATES DI ALOG................................................................ 7-9
FI GURE 7-10 TDM PARAMETERS CONFI GURATI ON .................................................... 7-10
FI GURE 7-11 CONFI GURATI ON WI ZARD EXI T SUMMARY ............................................. 7-10
FI GURE 7-12 MAI N WI NDOW OF THE MANAGER AFTER CONFI GURATI ON.......................... 7-11
FI GURE 8-1 CONFI GURATI ON DI ALOG BOX................................................................ 8-2
FI GURE 8-2 AI R I NTERFACE DETAI LS ....................................................................... 8-3
FI GURE 8-3 HSS STATUS..................................................................................... 8-5
FI GURE 8-4 MANAGEMENT ADDRESSES - SI TE CONFI GURATI ON DI ALOG BOX ..................... 8-6
FI GURE 8-5 CONFI GURI NG MANAGEMENT TRAFFI C VLAN SETTI NGS................................. 8-8
FI GURE 8-6 ENABLE/ DI SABLE TELNET ACCESS ........................................................... 8-8
FI GURE 8-7 I NVENTORY WI NDOW ........................................................................... 8-9
FI GURE 8-8 AVAI LABLE SECURI TY FEATURES.............................................................. 8-9
FI GURE 8-9 CHANGI NG THE COMMUNI TY STRI NG ..................................................... 8-11
FI GURE 8-10 ALTERNATI VE COMMUNI TY DI ALOG BOX................................................ 8-11
FI GURE 8-11 DATE AND TI ME CONFI GURATI ON........................................................ 8-14
FI GURE 8-12 CHANGE DATE AND TI ME.................................................................. 8-15
FI GURE 8-13 DATE AND TI ME CONFI GURED FROM AN NTP SERVER .............................. 8-15
FI GURE 8-14 BRI DGE, VLAN AND MI R CONFI GURATI ON............................................ 8-16
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 xvii
FI GURE 8-15 VLAN TAG SETTI NGS ....................................................................... 8-18
FI GURE 8-16 BRI DGE CONFI GURATI ON - SI TE CONFI GURATI ON DI ALOG BOX ................... 8-20
FI GURE 8-17 ETHERNET MI R - THROUGHPUT SELECTI ON........................................... 8-20
FI GURE 8-18 TDM MHS STATUS ......................................................................... 8-21
FI GURE 8-19 EXTERNAL ALARMS CONFI GURATI ON .................................................... 8-22
FI GURE 8-20 SI TE CONFI GURATI ON - RESET TO FACTORY DEFAULTS............................. 8-23
FI GURE 8-21 ALI GNMENT TONE BUZZER STATES....................................................... 8-25
FI GURE 8-22 TELNET SESSI ON LOG ON .................................................................. 8-26
FI GURE 8-23 TELNET MANAGEMENT WI NDOW.......................................................... 8-27
FI GURE 9-1 GET DI AGNOSTI CS DI ALOG BOX............................................................. 9-2
FI GURE 9-2 LOOPBACK CONFI GURATI ON BOX ............................................................. 9-4
FI GURE 9-3 LOOPBACK CONFI GURATI ON BOX WI TH ONE SI TE A PORT SELECTED................. 9-4
FI GURE 9-4 LOOPBACK OPTI ONS............................................................................. 9-4
FI GURE 9-5 LOOPBACK DEFI NED............................................................................. 9-5
FI GURE 9-6 SI TE A PORT 2 SET TO LOOPBACK........................................................... 9-5
FI GURE 9-7 LOCAL LI NE LOOPBACK......................................................................... 9-6
FI GURE 9-8 REMOTE REVERSE LOOPBACK................................................................. 9-6
FI GURE 9-9 REMOTE LI NE LOOPBACK ...................................................................... 9-7
FI GURE 9-10 LOCAL REVERSE LOOPBACK.................................................................. 9-7
FI GURE 9-11 PREFERENCES DI ALOG BOX .................................................................. 9-9
FI GURE 9-12 BASI C PERFORMANCE MONI TORI NG REPORT .......................................... 9-10
FI GURE 9-13 A TYPI CAL PERFORMANCE MONI TORI NG REPORT BASED ON 15 MI NUTE I NTERVALS9-10
FI GURE 9-14 PERFORMANCE MONI TORI NG REPORT SHOWI NG THE EFFECT OF A RESET ...... 9-11
FI GURE 9-15 THRESHOLD CONFI GURATI ON DI ALOG BOX............................................. 9-13
FI GURE 9-16 EVENTS LOG DI SPLAY ...................................................................... 9-14
FI GURE 9-17 PREFERENCES DI ALOG BOX - EVENT TAB ............................................... 9-16
FI GURE 9-18 ACTI VE ALARMS SUMMARY ................................................................ 9-17
FI GURE 9-19 RECENT EVENTS - UP TO LAST 256 EVENTS AT SI TE A ............................ 9-18
FI GURE 9-20 ADVANCED PREFERENCES .................................................................. 9-18
FI GURE 10-1 I NTERFERENCE CAUSED BY COLLOCATED UNI TS ....................................... 10-2
FI GURE 10-2 COLLOCATED UNI TS USI NG HUB SI TE SYNCHRONI ZATI ON (1) .................... 10-2
FI GURE 10-3 COLLOCATED UNI TS USI NG HUB SI TE SYNCHRONI ZATI ON (2) .................... 10-2
FI GURE 10-4 HSS I NTERCONNECTI ON UNI T............................................................ 10-3
FI GURE 10-5 HSS WI RI NG SCHEMATI C.................................................................. 10-4
FI GURE 10-6 HSS SYNC SI GNAL PATH WI TH ODU 1 AS HSS MASTER........................... 10-4
FI GURE 10-7 CASCADI NG TWO HSS UNI TS ............................................................. 10-5
FI GURE 10-8 CASCADI NG THREE HSS UNI TS........................................................... 10-6
FI GURE 10-9 ODU BEEP FOR HSS ERROR.............................................................. 10-7
FI GURE 10-10 RADI O FRAME PATTERN.................................................................. 10-8
FI GURE 10-11 SERVI CES AND RATES - RADWI N 2000 C MASTER, RADWI N 2000 CLI ENTS10-9
FI GURE 10-12 SERVI CES AND RATES - RADWI N 2000 C MASTER, RADWI N 2000 CLI ENTS - EXTREME
ASYMMETRI C ALLOCATI ON...................................................................................... 10-10
FI GURE 10-13 HSS SETTI NGS: LEFT - WI NLI NK 1000 CLI ENT, RI GHT - RADWI N 2000 MASTER10-
12
FI GURE 10-14 HUB SI TE CONFI GURATI ON DI ALOG - LEFT WI NLI NK 1000, RI GHT RADWI N 200010-
14
FI GURE 10-15 SI TE CONFI GURATI ON: HSS - LEFT - WI NLI NK 1000 CLI ENT, RI GHT - RADWI N 2000
MASTER ............................................................................................................ 10-14
FI GURE 10-16 HSS NOT SUPPORTED.................................................................. 10-15
FI GURE 11-1 GSU SCENARI O - I NDEPENDENT DI STRI BUTED SI TES................................ 11-2
FI GURE 11-2 GSU SCENARI O - COMMUNI CATI NG DI STRI BUTED SI TES ........................... 11-2
FI GURE 11-3 PHASE SHI FTED TRANSMI SSI ON - PHASE SHI FT I S 1/ 2 THE RFD ................. 11-3
FI GURE 11-4 MAKE THE GSUS THE FI RST TWO COLLOCATED UNI TS.............................. 11-4
FI GURE 11-5 GENERAL GSU CONFI GURATI ON.......................................................... 11-5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 xviii
FI GURE 11-6 GSU MAI N WI DOW AT STARTUP ......................................................... 11-6
FI GURE 11-7 SI TE CONFI GURATI ON: SYSTEM .......................................................... 11-7
FI GURE 11-8 SI TE CONFI GURATI ON: GPS SYNC UNI T ............................................... 11-8
FI GURE 11-9 SI TE CONFI GURATI ON: MANAGEMENT .................................................. 11-9
FI GURE 11-10 SI TE CONFI GURATI ON: I NVENTORY.................................................. 11-10
FI GURE 11-11 SI TE CONFI GURATI ON: SECURI TY.................................................... 11-10
FI GURE 11-12 SETTI NG THE DATE AND TI ME FOR TRAP REPORTI NG ............................ 11-11
FI GURE 11-13 SI TE CONFI GURATI ON: OPERATI ONS................................................ 11-11
FI GURE 11-14 SI TE CONFI GURATI ON: OPERATI ONS................................................ 11-12
FI GURE 12-1 RADWI N MONI TORED HOT STANDBY ................................................. 12-1
FI GURE 12-2 RADWI N Y-CONNECTI ON PATCH PANEL .............................................. 12-3
FI GURE 12-3 HOW TO CONNECT THE I DUS TO THE PATCH PANEL................................ 12-4
FI GURE 12-4 SERVI CES CONFI GURATI ON PANEL: HOT STANDBY MODE SELECTI ON............ 12-5
FI GURE 12-5 THE PRI MARY LI NK UNDER NORMAL OPERATI ON ...................................... 12-6
FI GURE 12-6 THE SECONDARY LI NK UNDER NORMAL OPERATI ON .................................. 12-7
FI GURE 12-7 PRI MARY LI NK A FEW SECONDS BEFORE REGULAR NO-LI NK DI SPLAY............. 12-8
FI GURE 12-8 SECONDARY LI NK OPERATI NG AS THE HOT STANDBY LI NK......................... 12-9
FI GURE 12-9 PRI MARY LI NK AFTER THE SWI TCH OVER TO SECONDARY LI NK (AFTER A FEW SECONDS THE
DI SPLAY MOVES TO NO-LI NK DI SPLAY, WI TH TDM PORTS GRAYED OUT.) .......................... 12-11
FI GURE 12-10 SECONDARY LI NK OPERATI NG AFTER THE SWI TCH OVER TO SECONDARY. (AFTER A FEW
MOMENTS THE TDM I CONS BECOME GREEN.) ............................................................. 12-12
FI GURE 12-11 PRI MARY LI NK OPERATI NG AFTER THE SWI TCH BACK FROM SECONDARY..... 12-13
FI GURE 12-12 SECONDARY LI NK OPERATI NG AFTER THE SWI TCH BACK TO PRI MARY........ 12-14
FI GURE 13-1 RI NG PROTECTI ON MECHANI SM .......................................................... 13-2
FI GURE 13-2 NODE WI TH I DU AND POE DEVI CE ..................................................... 13-6
FI GURE 13-3 1+ 1 ETHERNET.............................................................................. 13-7
FI GURE 13-4 USI NG I DU-C OR I DU-E WI TH POES FOR THE RPL................................ 13-7
FI GURE 13-5 SERVI CES WI NDOW WI TH RI NG SELECTED ............................................. 13-8
FI GURE 13-6 RI NG OPTI ONS............................................................................... 13-8
FI GURE 13-7 CONFI GURI NG RI NG LAN VI DS.......................................................... 13-9
FI GURE 13-8 CONFI GURI NG RPL VI DS.................................................................. 13-9
FI GURE 14-1 TWO NETWORK USI NG THE SAME LI NK WI TH TAGGI NG.............................. 14-1
FI GURE 14-2 SEPARATI NG CLI ENT DATA STREAMS USI NG DOUBLE TAGGI NG..................... 14-2
FI GURE 14-3 VLAN TAG SETTI NGS ....................................................................... 14-7
FI GURE 14-4 VLAN: I NGRESS MODES ................................................................... 14-7
FI GURE 14-5 VLAN: I NGRESS MODE - SETTI NG VLAN I D AND PRI ORI TY....................... 14-8
FI GURE 14-6 VLAN: EGRESS MODES..................................................................... 14-8
FI GURE 14-7 UNTAGGI NG SELECTED VI DS.............................................................. 14-8
FI GURE 14-8 PROVI DER PARAMETERS .................................................................... 14-8
FI GURE 15-1 SOFTWARE UPGRADE UTI LI TY - MAI N WI NDOW...................................... 15-2
FI GURE 15-2 ADD SI TE OPTI ONS.......................................................................... 15-2
FI GURE 15-3 ADDI NG A SI NGLE SI TE FOR UPGRADE .................................................. 15-2
FI GURE 15-4 SI NGLE SI TE ADDED FOR UPGRADE ...................................................... 15-3
FI GURE 15-5 SOFTWARE UPGRADE SI TE OPTI ONS..................................................... 15-3
FI GURE 15-6 SOFTWARE UPGRADE I N PROGRESS - NOTE THE STOP BUTTON ................... 15-4
FI GURE 15-7 SOFTWARE UPGRADE COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY..................................... 15-4
FI GURE 16-1 ACTI VATI NG AN ODU - I NACTI VE LI NK................................................. 16-2
FI GURE 16-2 AI R I NTERFACE DI ALOG BOX .............................................................. 16-2
FI GURE 16-3 THE LOCAL ODU AFTER ACTI VATI ON - PROBI NG..................................... 16-3
FI GURE 16-4 BOTH SI TES ACTI VATED AND AWAI TI NG CONFI GURATI ON........................... 16-4
FI GURE 16-5 CHANNEL SELECT DI ALOG BOX - ACS PERMANENTLY ENABLED .................... 16-5
FI GURE 16-6 FCC/ I C 5.4/ 5.3 GHZ OPERATI ONAL ................................................... 16-6
FI GURE 17-4 MOUNTI NG ON A POLE ..................................................................... 17-2
FI GURE 17-5 MOUNTI NG ON A WALL .................................................................... 17-3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 xix
FI GURE 17-6 MOUNTED ODUS WI TH CORRECT WATER NOSE .................................... 17-4
FI GURE 17-7 I NCORRECTLY MOUNTED ODU (NO WATER NOSE ) ................................ 17-4
FI GURE 18-1 GROUNDI NG ANTENNA CABLES............................................................ 18-2
FI GURE 18-2 GROUNDI NG A TYPI CAL POLE I NSTALLATI ON........................................... 18-4
FI GURE 18-3 GROUNDI NG A TYPI CAL WALL I NSTALLATI ON .......................................... 18-5
FI GURE 18-4 ODU SURGE SUPPRESSOR AND GROUNDI NG .......................................... 18-5
FI GURE 18-5 TRANSTECTORS SURGE SUPPRESSOR ................................................... 18-6
FI GURE 18-6 SURGE SUPPRESSOR AND GROUNDI NG AT BUI LDI NG ENTRY POI NT ............... 18-7
FI GURE 19-1 LOG ON WI NDOW FOR LOCAL CONNECTI ON........................................... 19-2
FI GURE 19-2 OPENI NG RADWI N MANAGER WI NDOW PRI OR TO I NSTALLATI ON ............... 19-3
FI GURE 19-3 CONFI GURATI ON DI ALOG BOX............................................................ 19-3
FI GURE 19-4 MANAGEMENT ADDRESSES - SI TE CONFI GURATI ON DI ALOG BOX ................. 19-4
FI GURE 19-5 ODU WI TH I P ADDRESSI NG CONFI GURED ............................................. 19-4
FI GURE 19-6 CONFI RMATI ON OF I P ADDRESS CHANGE .............................................. 19-4
FI GURE 19-7 MAI N WI NDOW AFTER I P ADDRESS CHANGE.......................................... 19-5
FI GURE 19-8 EXI STI NG I P ADDRESS DI SPLAYED AFTER LOG-ON WI TH LOCAL CONNECTI ON . 19-6
FI GURE 20-1 BECOMI NG I NSTALLER ...................................................................... 20-2
FI GURE 20-2 OPENI NG RADWI N MANAGER WI NDOW PRI OR TO BAND CHANGE (DEFAULT CI RCLED)20-
3
FI GURE 20-3 CHANGE BAND DI ALOG..................................................................... 20-3
FI GURE 20-4 A DI FFERENT BAND SELECTED............................................................. 20-4
FI GURE 20-5 CHANGE BAND CONFI RMATI ON ........................................................... 20-4
FI GURE 20-6 MAI N WI NDOW AFTER BAND CHANGE - NEW BAND CI RCLED....................... 20-5
FI GURE 20-7 USI NG THE OPERATI ONS WI NDOW TO ENTER A LI CENSE KEY...................... 20-6
FI GURE 21-1 FRESNEL ZONE ............................................................................... 21-4
FI GURE 21-2 ACCESSI NG THE LI NK BUDGET CALCULATOR........................................... 21-5
FI GURE 21-3 LI NK BUDGET WI NDOW .................................................................... 21-5
FI GURE 21-4 PRODUCT SELECTOR ........................................................................ 21-6
FI GURE 21-5 CHANNEL BANDWI DTH SELECTOR ........................................................ 21-7
FI GURE 21-6 RFP SELECTOR............................................................................... 21-7
FI GURE 21-7 RFP SELECTI ON GUI DE .................................................................... 21-8
FI GURE 21-8 RATE SELECTOR.............................................................................. 21-9
FI GURE 21-9 CALCULATI ON OF DI STANCE FROM SI TE COORDI NATES........................... 21-10
FI GURE 21-10 CLI MACTI C C FACTORS................................................................. 21-11
FI GURE 21-11 CLI MACTI C C FACTOR DESCRI PTI ON................................................. 21-12
FI GURE 21-12 WORLD MAP SHOWI NG C FACTOR CONTOURS..................................... 21-12
FI GURE 21-13 SERVI CES SELECTOR..................................................................... 21-13
FI GURE 22-1 PREFERENCES: QUI CK I NSTALL ........................................................... 22-2
FI GURE 22-2 NEW I NSTALL MODE BUTTON FOR QUI CK I NSTALL MODE .......................... 22-2
FI GURE 22-3 CHANGE TO I NSTALLATI ON MODE CAUTI ONARY MESSAGE .......................... 22-3
FI GURE 22-4 SERVI CE MODE BUTTON TO RESUME LI NK SERVI CE TRAFFI C ....................... 22-3
FI GURE 22-5 RESUMPTI ON OF SERVI CES CAUTI ONARY MESSAGE ................................... 22-3
FI GURE 24-1 CASCADED LI NK WI TH TWO HOPS ....................................................... 24-1
FI GURE 24-2 CONFI GURI NG AN I DU-R I N A CASCADED LI NK ....................................... 24-2
FI GURE 25-1 I NACTI VE LI NK STATE....................................................................... 25-1
FI GURE 25-2 BRS AI R I NTERFACE DI ALOG BOX ....................................................... 25-2
FI GURE 25-3 BRS CHANNEL SETTI NGS PRE-TRANSI TI ON ........................................... 25-2
FI GURE 25-4 BRS CHANNEL SETTI NGS POST-TRANSI TI ON ......................................... 25-3
FI GURE 26-1 COLLOCATED BASI C VS CONFI GURATI ON ............................................... 26-1
FI GURE 26-2 VS SERVI CES WI NDOW FOR VS.......................................................... 26-2
FI GURE 26-3 RADWI N MANAGER WI NDOW FOR VS SHOWI NG ASYMMETRI C THROUGHPUT . 26-2
FI GURE B-1 EXAMPLE FOR CONNECTI NG THE ALARM CONNECTOR....................................B-4
FI GURE D-1 TOP LEVEL SECTI ONS OF THE PRI VATE MI B............................................. D-3
FI GURE D-2 PRODUCT MI B: LEFT WI NLI NK 1000, RI GHT RADWI N 2000 .................... D-3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 xx
FI GURE G-4 MONTAGE SUR UN PYLNE................................................................... G-4
FI GURE G-5 MONTAGE SUR UN MUR....................................................................... G-5
FI GURE H-1 I DU-E - FRONT VI EW. ........................................................................ H-1
FI GURE H-2 TYPI CAL I DU-E REAR PANEL ............................................................... H-1
FI GURE H-3 I DU-E-AL WI TH ALARMS PORT ............................................................ H-1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 xxi
List of Tables
TABLE 1-1 ODU SERI ES TYPI CAL CHARACTERI STI CS ................................................... 1-7
TABLE 1-2 WI NLI NK 1000 FREQUENCY BANDS AND RADI O REGULATI ONS ....................... 1-8
TABLE 1-3 USER MANUAL - GENERAL LAYOUT.......................................................... 1-17
TABLE 1-4 USER MANUAL LAYOUT ........................................................................ 1-17
TABLE 3-1 COMPONENTS OF AN I DU-C FRONT PANEL................................................ 3-10
TABLE 3-2 I DU-C AND I DU-E/ R FRONT PANEL LEDS .............................................. 3-11
TABLE 3-3 I DU-C AND NEW STYLE I DU-E FRONT PANEL LEDS FOR HSS..................... 3-12
TABLE 4-1 PC REQUI REMENTS FOR THE RADWI N MANAGER APPLI CATI ON ...................... 4-1
TABLE 4-2 USER TYPES, DEFAULT PASSWORDS AND FUNCTI ON ....................................... 4-5
TABLE 4-3 RADWI N MANAGER: OFFLI NE FUNCTI ONALI TY ........................................... 4-8
TABLE 4-4 DEFAULT SETTI NGS ............................................................................ 4-11
TABLE 5-1 LI NK I NSTALLATI ON WI ZARD................................................................... 5-2
TABLE 6-1 RADWI N MANAGER TOOLBAR ............................................................... 6-2
TABLE 6-2 RADWI N MANAGER MAI N MENU FUNCTI ONALI TY ......................................... 6-3
TABLE 6-3 STATUS BAR I NDI CATORS ....................................................................... 6-7
TABLE 7-1 LI NK CONFI GURATI ON WI ZARD................................................................ 7-2
TABLE 8-1 ODU MODE CONFI GURATI ON FOR COMMON SCENARI OS................................ 8-17
TABLE 8-2 TELNET COMMANDS SUMMARY............................................................... 8-26
TABLE 9-1 GET DI AGNOSTI CS DATA AND DESCRI PTI ON ............................................... 9-2
TABLE 9-2 LI NK COMPATI BI LI TY TRAP MESSAGES....................................................... 9-3
TABLE 9-3 EXPLANATI ON OF PERFORMANCE DATA ..................................................... 9-11
TABLE 9-4 ACTI ON OF THE TOOLBAR BUTTONS ........................................................ 9-12
TABLE 9-5 RADWI N MANAGER TRAP MESSAGES ..................................................... 9-15
TABLE 9-6 ACTI VE ALARMS COMMAND BUTTONS....................................................... 9-17
TABLE 9-7 LED FAULT I NDI CATORS....................................................................... 9-19
TABLE 9-8 SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTI NG.................................................................. 9-20
TABLE 10-1 ODU/ HSS UNI T CONNECTI ON PI NOUT.................................................. 10-7
TABLE 10-2 RADI O FRAME PATTERN TABLE - RADWI N 2000 .................................... 10-8
TABLE 10-3 RADI O FRAME PATTERN TABLE - WI NLI NK 1000 ..................................... 10-8
TABLE 10-4 ASYMMETRI C ALLOCATI ON WI TH COLLOCATED LI NKS - SCENARI OS ............. 10-11
TABLE 10-5 I DU-C AND NEW STYLE I DU-E FRONT PANEL LEDS FOR HSS................. 10-12
TABLE 10-6 EXTERNAL PULSE STATUS................................................................. 10-13
TABLE 13-1 TOPOLOGI ES SUPPORTED BY RADWI N ETHERNET RI NG ............................ 13-4
TABLE 14-1 PORT SETTI NGS - I NGRESS DI RECTI ON................................................... 14-3
TABLE 14-2 PORT SETTI NGS - EGRESS DI RECTI ON.................................................... 14-3
TABLE 17-1 BI LL OF MATERI ALS: ODU MOUNTI NG KI T.............................................. 17-1
TABLE A-1 ANTENNA SPECI FI CATI ONS..................................................................... A-7
TABLE B-1 ODU-I DU RJ-45 CONNECTOR PI NOUT .....................................................B-1
TABLE B-2 ODU/ HSS UNI T CONNECTI ON PI NOUT .....................................................B-1
TABLE B-3 FAST ETHERNET CONNECTOR PI NOUT .......................................................B-2
TABLE B-4 FAST ETHERNET CONNECTOR PI NOUT .......................................................B-2
TABLE B-5 TRUNK PORTS - E1/ T1 RJ45PI NOUT .......................................................B-3
TABLE B-6 HOT STANDBY RJ-11 PORT PI NOUT .........................................................B-3
TABLE B-7 I DU ALARM CONNECTOR (DRY-CONTACT) .................................................B-3
TABLE B-8 TERMI NAL BLOCK 3-PI N -48VDC.............................................................B-5
TABLE B-9 TERMI NAL BLOCK 3-PI N -48VDC.............................................................B-5
TABLE B-10 TERMI NAL BLOCK 2-PI N -48VDC...........................................................B-5
TABLE C-1 SFP TYPE AND I NTERFACE DESCRI PTI ON................................................... C-1
TABLE D-1 SUPPORTED RFC 1213 VARI ABLES ......................................................... D-4
TABLE D-2 PRI VATE MI B PARAMETERS................................................................... D-6
TABLE D-3 MI B TRAPS..................................................................................... D-24
TABLE E-1 I DU-C/ E - OUTPUT ALARMS DESCRI PTI ON ................................................ E-1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 xxii
TABLE E-2 I DU-C - I NPUT ALARMS DESCRI PTI ON ...................................................... E-2
TABLE E-3 I DU-E-AL - OUTPUT ALARMS DESCRI PTI ON............................................... E-2
TABLE E-4 I DU-E-AL - I NPUT ALARMS DESCRI PTI ON ................................................. E-2
TABLE E-5 POE-8 - OUTPUT ALARMS DESCRI PTI ON.................................................... E-3
TABLE F-1 SAFETY DI STANCES FOR WI NLI NK 1000 FCC AND I C PRODUCTS .................... F-1
TABLE F-2 SAFETY DI STANCES FOR WI NLI NK 1000 ETSI PRODUCTS.............................. F-1
WinLink 1000
Broadband Wireless Transmission Syst em
USER MANUAL
RELEASE 1.9.40
Part 1: Basic Installation
UM 1000-1940/ 03.11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-1
Chapter 1
Introduction
Welcome to WinLink 1000!
RADWI N's WinLink 1000 family of wireless broadband product s delivers carrier-class perfor-
mance at t he most compet it ive price.
WinLink 1000 product s pack legacy TDM and Et hernet services over t he 2.3 - 2.7 GHz and 4.9
- 6.0 GHz spect rum bands, and comply wit h worldwide st andards and regulat ions (including
FCC and ETSI ).
All of RADWI N's carrier-class WinLink 1000 product s meet t he st ringent performance and
qualit y demands of cellular carriers and service providers. Delivering high capacit y connect iv-
it y of up t o 54 Mbps at dist ances of up t o 80 Km/ 50 miles, t he WinLink 1000 product s offer an
unmat ched combinat ion of robust ness and reliabilit y at an affordable price.
About Release 1.9.40
Release 1.9.40 of WinLink 1000 is an increment al release over t he 1.9.30 release. Here are
t he maj or changes and addit ions:
New Wi nLi nk Access Pr o
The new Access Pro ext end t he exist ing Access line offering 6 Mbps full duplex net
aggregat e t hroughput and up t o 80 km (50 miles) range.
Addi t i onal Ant ennas suppor t ed
Key Applications
RADWI N's WinLink 1000 syst ems are ideally suit ed t o meet t he needs of cellular carriers, ser-
vice providers and privat e net works (such as privat e and public ent erprises, government ,
educat ional and financial inst it ut ions).
The WinLink 1000 syst ems power a range of applicat ions, among t hem:
Cellular Backhaul
Broadband Access
Video Surveillance
Privat e Net work Connect ivit y
Cel l ul ar Backhaul Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-2
Cellular Backhaul
WinLink 1000 product s enable cellular carriers t o expand t heir net works in bot h urban and
rural areas quickly and cost -effect ively.
WinLink 1000 syst ems are ideally suit ed for a broad range of cellular backhaul deployment
scenarios; t hey empower carriers t o expand t heir presence int o remot e and low ARPU areas,
provide enhanced overlay coverage in urban spot s, and can serve as a t emporary or backup
backhaul solut ion.
Fi gur e 1-1: Typi cal Cel l ul ar Backhaul appl i cat i on

Broadband Access
Wit h WinLink 1000, service providers can expand t heir service foot print rapidly and afford-
ably, providing high-capacit y services t hat mat ch t he ever-growing demand for high-qualit y,
high-speed broadband.
WinLink 1000 is t he ideal solut ion for last mile access, and also powers WiFi backhaul and
WiMAX backhaul applicat ions.
Fi gur e 1-2: Typi cal Br oadband Access appl i cat i on
Vi deo Sur vei l l ance Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-3
Fi gur e 1-3: Typi cal Wi Fi Backhaul Appl i cat i on

Video Surveillance
RADWI N's WinLink 1000 wireless broadband syst ems allow organizat ions and syst em int egra-
t ors t o deploy video cameras virt ually anywhere while eliminat ing t he cost s and inst allat ion
hassles of wire-based syst ems. Reliable, robust and affordable, t he WinLink 1000 syst ems
support a variet y of t ransmission t opologies such as Ring, St ar and Daisy Chain t o provide
surveillance coverage of t he most challenging environment s.
Fi gur e 1-4: Mul t i Poi nt -t o-Poi nt Vi deo Sur vei l l ance Depl oyment

Private Networks
WinLink 1000 is t he perfect solut ion for privat e net works such as ent erprises, educat ion, gov-
ernment and ut ilit y organizat ions t hat want t o own and cont rol t heir net works and eliminat e
t he high recurring charges for leased lines/ cable. RADWI N's cost -effect ive solut ion enables
organizat ions of all t ypes t o connect geographically dispersed buildings at ranges of up t o 80
Km/ 50 miles. WinLink 1000 provides very high capacit y as well as a unique combinat ion of
TDM and I P services over t he same link.
Key Feat ur es of Wi nLi nk 1000 Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-4
Fi gur e 1-5: Pr i vat e Net wor k
Fi gur e 1-6: Mul t i Poi nt -t o-Poi nt Ent er pr i se Connect i vi t y
Key Features of WinLink 1000
The following represent s some of t he out st anding feat ures t hat WinLink 1000 provides:
E1/ T1 + Et her net i n one Sol ut i on
WinLink 1000 syst ems deliver carrier-class E1/ T1 + Et hernet over one plat form, mak-
ing t hem ideal for a range of backhaul and access applicat ions.
Si mpl e I nst al l at i on
WinLink 1000 syst ems are ext remely simple t o inst all and maint ain, and are t ypically
up and running in less t han an hour.
Advanced Ai r I nt er f ace
The WinLink 1000 syst em design incorporat es an except ionally robust air int erface
based on pat ent ed t echnologies. The unique air int erface prot ocol of WinLink 1000 is
designed t o ensure non-st op, high qualit y t ransmission, even when encount ering
int erference and harsh condit ions.
Aut omat i c Adapt i ve Rat e
Aut omat ic Adapt ive Rat e is a met hod of dynamically adapt ing t he t ransmit t ed rat e by
changing bot h t he signal modulat ion and coding. Aut omat ic Adapt ive rat e opt imizes
t he dat a t hroughput according t o int erference condit ions, t o opt imize dat a t hroughput
while maint aining service qualit y.
Uni que Mul t i Poi nt -t o-Poi nt Depl oyment
Key Feat ur es of Wi nLi nk 1000 Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-5
RADWI N's WinLink 1000 product s can be inst alled in a unique mult i point -t o-point
archit ect ure. Mult iple unit s are deployed in one hub sit e locat ion, from where t hey
provide a dedicat ed, high-capacit y connect ion t o each remot e sit e.
This unique concept builds on RADWI N Hub Sit e Synchronizat ion (HSS) feat ure, which
synchronizes t he t ransmission of collocat ed WinLink 1000 and RADWI N 2000 unit s,
t hus virt ually reducing mut ual int erference commonly experienced wit h collocat ed
TDD radios.
HSS I nt er oper abi l i t y bet ween RADWI N 2000 and Wi nLi nk 1000
Sit e Synchronizat ion is support ed wit h any mix of RADWI N 2000 and WinLink 1000
links. RADWI N 2000 can be used t o backhaul WinLink 1000 collocat ed links wit hout
mut ual int erference
Moni t or ed Hot St andby ( 1+ 1) :
The RADWI N Monit ored Hot St andby (MHS) prot ect s up t o sixt een E1/ T1 services wit h
RADWI N 2000 and up t o four E1/ T1 services wit h WinLink 1000. I t is designed t o
provide high reliabilit y high-capacit y Point -t o-Point Links. The RADWI N MHS i s -
Designed t o provide redundancy and high reliabilit y for carrier class operat ors
Opt imized for high capacit y links operat ing in license-free bands
A comprehensive solut ion providing prot ect ion against bot h equipment failure
and loss of air int erface, by simple connect ivit y bet ween a primary link and a sec-
ondary link
Able t o use a different band for maximum prot ect ion t o t he air int erface
The main f eat ur es of t he RADWI N MHS are
Cut -over from t he primary t o t he secondary link complet ely aut omat ic
Cut -over t ime no more t han 50 ms
Aut omat ic rest ore t o primary link as soon as it becomes available
WinLink 1000 can backup a RADWI N 2000 link
A maj or benef i t of RADWI N MHS is t hat is can underpin an affordable Service Level
Agreement st ruct ure by prot ect ing part of t he RADWI N 2000 t runks wit h WinLink
1000.
MHS support s TDM services; Et hernet services are carried by bot h links independent ly.
Enhanced Ai r I nt er f ace Secur i t y
WinLink 1000's AES 128-bit key encrypt ion provides enhanced air int erface securit y.
Advanced Management and Per f or mance Moni t or i ng
The WinLink 1000 Manager soft ware has full local and remot e management capabili-
t ies. The user-friendly SNMP based management t ool provides full end t o end configu-
rat ion, event log, and performance monit oring capabilit ies.
Mult iple WinLink 1000 links can be managed by RADWI N Net work Management Sys-
t em (RNMS).
SFP suppor t i n t he I DU-C
St andard SFP modules are used, enabling any t ype of Et hernet physical connect ivit y
including various fiber connect ions. E3/ T3 or E1/ T1 over Et hernet SFPs can be used as
well.
Separ at e management and t r af f i c VLAN suppor t
Wi nLi nk 1000 Li nk Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-6
Et her net Ri ng Topol ogy
WinLink 1000 Link
The WinLink 1000 point -t o-point solut ion is a wireless communicat ion link. Typically each side
of t he link is comprised of an Out door Unit (ODU) and ant enna and an I ndoor Unit (I DU) or
PoE device as shown in Fi gur e 1-7 below.
The link is managed by t he SNMP-based RADWI N Manager applicat ion.
The I DU and t he ODU are connect ed by a CAT5e cable t hat carries t he service t raffic and
power.
Fi gur e 1-7: Exampl e of Li nk Ar chi t ect ur e - Syst em Component s

The Outdoor Unit (ODU)
The ODU is t he radio t ransceiver of t he WinLink 1000 syst em and is t he main component of
t he syst em. The ODU connect s t o an ant enna t hat enables radio communicat ion and can be
mount ed on a pole or wall. The ODU connect s t o t he I DU via a CAT5e cable.
ODUs are available in different frequencies and regulat ions in t he ranges: 2.3-2.7GHz, 4.9-
6GHz.
The ODU comes in t wo different form fact ors as shown in Fi gur e 1-8 below, depending on
t he t ype of ant enna:
ODU wit h int egrat ed 1ft flat panel ant enna (I nt egr at ed Ant enna ODU). This unit
cont ains bot h t he ODU and ant enna as a single unit housed in a weat herproof casing.
ODU wit h a connect or for an ext ernal ant enna (Connect or i zed ODU). The unit is fit -
t ed wit h an N-t ype connect or. An ext ernal ant enna can ext end t he range of t he link,
and in some cases, may help t o reduce environment al int erferences.
The Out door Uni t ( ODU) Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-7
Fi gur e 1-8: ODU For m Fact or s
I nt egr at ed Ant enna ODU
This ODU has an int egrat ed 370mm (1.2ft ) flat panel ant enna. The ODU cont ains bot h
t he radio and t he ant enna as a single unit housed in a weat herproof case.
Connect or i zed ODU
This ODU has one N-t ype connect or for connect ing an ext ernal ant enna.
There are five series of WinLink 1000 ODUs:
WinLink 1000 Access
WinLink 1000 Access Pro
WinLink 1000 VS
WinLink 1000
WinLink 1000 High End
The following t able shows t he differences bet ween t he four syst ems:
Front Rear
C
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
i
z
e
d
I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d
Tabl e 1-1: ODU Ser i es Typi cal Char act er i st i cs
Wi nLi nk 1000
Access
Wi nLi nk 1000
Access Pr o
Wi nLi nk 1000
VS
Wi nLi nk 1000
Wi nLi nk 1000
Hi gh End
Max Et hernet
Throughput
2Mbps 6Mbps 2/ 5 Mbps 18Mbps 18Mbps
Max. Range 20Km 80Km 20Km 80Km 80Km
The Out door Uni t ( ODU) Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-8
The WinLink 1000 ODUs come is many variat ions reflect ing support ed combinat ions of regu-
lat ions and frequency bands as shown in Tabl e 1-2:
Key t o abbr evi at i ons:
FCC - Federal Communicat ions Commission
I C - Canadian radio regulat ion
ETSI - European Telecommunicat ions St andards I nst it ut e
I DA - I ndian WPC radio regulat ion
CN - China MI I radio regulat ion
UK - Office of Communicat ions - Radio I nt erface Requirement
HP - no specific radio regulat ion
Support ed I DU
devices
PoE PoE PoE PoE and I DU PoE and I DU
Services Et hernet Et hernet Et hernet Et hernet and TDM
Et hernet and
TDM
HSS Yes Yes Yes No Yes
Tx Power 18dBm 18dBm 18dBm 18dBm 25dBm
Tabl e 1-2: Wi nLi nk 1000 Fr equency Bands And Radi o Regul at i ons
FCC/ I C ETSI
I DA
( WPC I ndi a)
CN
( MI I Chi na)
UK
HP
( Uni ver sal )
2.3 GHz 2.302 - 2.397
2.4 GHz 2.402 - 2.472 2.402 - 2.482 2.312 - 2.482
2.5 GHz 2.496 - 2.690
2.7 GHz 2.700 - 2.900
4.9 GHz 4.940 - 4.990 4.940 - 4.990
5.3 GHz 5.250 - 5.350 5.170 - 5.330 5.140 - 5.345
5.4 GHz
FCC:
5.475 - 5.720
I C:
5.475 5.595
5.655 - 5.720
5.490 - 5.710 5.475 - 5.720
5.7 GHz 5.690 5.880
5.8 GHz 5.730 - 5.845 5.725 - 5.875 5.825 - 5.875 5.730 - 5.845 5.725 - 5.845 5.720 5.880
5.9 GHz 5.730 - 5.950
6.0 GHz 5.795 - 6.030
Tabl e 1-1: ODU Ser i es Typi cal Char act er i st i cs ( Cont i nued)
Wi nLi nk 1000
Access
Wi nLi nk 1000
Access Pr o
Wi nLi nk 1000
VS
Wi nLi nk 1000
Wi nLi nk 1000
Hi gh End
The I ndoor Uni t ( I DU) Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-9
The Indoor Unit (IDU)
The I DU has t he service port s and provides aggregat ion of t hese services t owards t he ODU
t hat t ransport s t hem over t he air. The I DU also provides power t o t he ODU. The following
models are available for WinLink 1000:
New style IDU-E for both WinLink 1000 and RADWIN 2000
The new st yle I DU-E is a carrier grade, compact , half 19 inch wide, 1U plast ic unit , providing
up t o t wo Et hernet port s and up t o t wo E1/ T1 int erfaces. I t offers Layer 2 support for Et her-
net service and HSS support for collocat ed links. I t is a low cost unit int ended for bot h Access
applicat ions and Ent erprise use.
Fi gur e 1-9: New st yl e I DU-E - f r ont vi ew ( Not e new HSS LED on t he l ef t )
The I DU-E rear panel (right t o left ) has a 25 pin Dry Cont act Alarms port . t he t wo (or no)
t runk port s, t wo LAN port s, an ODU port and finally a 3 pin DC power plug ident ical t o t hat
used on t he I DU-C.
.
Fi gur e 1-10: New st yl e I DU-E: Rear panel
IDU-R
The I DU-R is a compact , half 19 inch, 1U plast ic unit for 1 x T1/ E1 backup, providing in addi-
t ion 2 Et hernet port s and an ext ernal alarms int erface. I t looks t he same as t he I DU-E above,
wit hout t he HSS LED. The I DU-R is an indoor unit used for aut omat ic backup of leased lines.
The I DU-R monit ors t he st at us of leased lines, and in t he event of a connect ion failure aut o-
mat ically swit ches t o t he radio link. You may choose which of t he t wo links is t he main link
and which is t he backup link. The I DU-R may be configured for mult i-hop (see Chapt er 24).
The I ndoor Uni t ( I DU) Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-10
Fi gur e 1-11: I DU-R Rear Panel
Fi gur e 1-12: Backup l i nk f or E1/ T1 connect i ons
IDU-C
The I DU-C is a carrier-class 19 inch, 1U unit , providing E1/ T1 port s, Et hernet port s,
dry cont act alarms and indicat ion LEDs. I t has t wo DC power feed connect ors. An AC
t o DC convert er is available for powering t he I DU-C from an AC source. The I DU-C is
designed t o be rack mount ed.
Four I DU-C product s are support ed by WinLink 1000, wit h 16, 8, 4 or no TDM port s. WinLink
1000 uses t he f i r st f our TDM por t s, onl y.
Fi gur e 1-13: I DU-C, Et her net onl y, f r ont panel
Fi gur e 1-14: I DU-C, 4 E1/ T1 por t s, f r ont panel
You can use an I DU-C wit h 4, 8 or 16 port s. WinLink 1000 will recognize port s 1-4 only.
Power Over Et her net ( PoE) Devi ces Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-11
Power Over Ethernet (PoE) Devices
Basic PoE Device
The basic PoE device provides Et hernet service only,
wit h power for t he ODU. The PoE device is ext remely
compact , having one Et hernet port , one ODU port and
a st andard 3 pin male AC power socket .
I t may be used wit h bot h WinLink 1000 and RADWI N
2000 radios.
Fi gur e 1-15: Basi c PoE devi ce - showi ng t he r adi o Et her net por t
Out door ( Ruggedi zed) DC PoE Devi ce
This unit may be used wit h bot h WinLink 1000 and RADWI N
2000 radios.
Fi gur e 1-16: Ruggedi zed DC-PoE Devi ce: I nput i s -20 t o -60 VDC ( si ngl e i nput )
Out door PoE Devi ce ( OPoE)
The OPoE is similar t o t he PoE device, wit h weat herproof casing and sealed con-
nect ors t hat enables out door connect ivit y (a special mount ing kit is supplied for
at t achment t o a mast ).
This unit can only be used wit h WinLink 1000 radios.
Fi gur e 1-17: O-PoE devi ce: I nput i s mai ns AC power
PoE-8
The PoE-8 is a 19 inch, 1U met al unit providing 8 Et hernet port s enabling connect ion t o collo-
cat ed Et hernet applicat ions. The PoE-8 int erfaces wit h WinLink 1000 ODU unit s t o provide
high-qualit y net work connect ivit y and power.
Power Over Et her net ( PoE) Devi ces Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-12
Fi gur e 1-18: PoE-8 Uni t
The PoE-8 can only be used wit h WinLink 1000 radios.
Base Distribution Unit (BDU)
Fi gur e 1-19: RADWI N BDU
RADWI N's Base Dist ribut ion Unit (WinLink 1000) is an all-in-one complement ary indoor
device t o t he WinLink 1000 and WinLink Access radio product families, creat ing a complet e,
simple and flexible Mult iple Point -t o-Point (MPt P) solut ion.
The BDU provides mult iple funct ionalit y of TDM/ Et hernet uplink t raffic aggregat ion, access
t raffic dist ribut ion t o up t o eight WinLink radios, and full layer-2 swit ching capabilit ies. The
BDU also provides feeding of t he ODUs and support for an ext ernal device using Power-over-
Et hernet (PoE).
RADWI Ns Mult iple Point -t o-Point archit ect ure is an effect ive solut ion for I SPs want ing t o pro-
vide t heir end-users wit h guarant eed dedicat ed bandwidt h. Privat e net works can use t he Mul-
t iple Point -t o-Point deployment concept t o creat e high-capacit y net works where each sit e
enj oys it s own dedicat ed connect ion.
The BDU is an addit ional component in t he Mult iple Point -t o-Point archit ect ure. I t enhances
ease of inst allat ion and maint enance, as all co-locat ed ODUs receive Power-over-Et hernet
direct ly from t he BDU. Traffic is t hen aggregat ed t owards t he uplink connect ions, which can
be TDM or Et hernet based as illust rat ed in Fi gur e 1-20. The uplink can also be based on
RADWI Ns wireless product s such as WinLink 1000 or RADWI N 2000.
GSU Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-13
Fi gur e 1-20: Typi cal Mul t i pl e Poi nt -t o-Poi nt depl oyment wi t h wi r el ess upl i nk
The BDU can only be used wit h WinLink 1000 radios.
GSU
The GPS-based synchronizat ion unit (GSU) is designed t o handle int er-sit e int erferences
under large-scale deployment scenarios.
The GSU is an out door unit consist ing of a st andard WinLink 1000 enclosure, a GPS ant enna
and a PoE device.
The GSU is connect ed t o t he HSS Unit using a st andard HSS cable. I t synchronizes t he t rans-
mission t iming of mult iple Hub-Sit es t o t he same clock source t hus eliminat ing mut ual int er-
ference (see Chapt er 11).
Fi gur e 1-21: Gener al GSU conf i gur at i on

Ant ennas Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-14
Antennas
An ant enna is t he radiat ing and receiving element from which t he radio signal, in t he form of
RF power, is radiat ed t o it s surroundings and vice versa. The ant enna gain and t ransmit t ing
power may be limit ed by count ry regulat ions.
The WinLink 1000 may be operat ed wit h an int egrat ed ant enna t hat is part of t he ODU unit ,
or wit h ext ernal ant ennas connect ed t o t he ODU via N-t ype connect ors. All cables and con-
nect ions must be connect ed correct ly t o reduce RF losses. The required ant enna impedance
is 50.
The 5.x GHz I nt egrat ed Ant enna ODU is provided wit h 330 mm (1ft ) flat panel ant enna, wit h
a gain of 22dBi (5.x GHz) / 17dBi (4.9 GHz) and 9 beam widt h. The 2.x GHz I nt egrat ed
Ant enna ODU is provided wit h 330 mm (1ft ) flat panel ant enna, wit h a gain of 16dBi and 20
beam widt h. The radio and t he ant enna are housed in a weat herproof case as a single unit .
Fi gur e 1-22: ODU wi t h i nt egr at ed ant enna ( si de and f r ont vi ews)
Various ext ernal ant ennas are available for t he WinLink 1000 operat ing frequencies.
Flat Panel Antennas
The Flat Panel ant enna shown in Fi gur e 1-23 is available as an
int egrat ed or ext ernal ant enna. Flat panel ant ennas are suit able for
short range, t ypically in Access applicat ions. They are relat ively
cheap, use comparat ively lit t le t ower space and are robust under
ext reme weat her condit ions.
Fi gur e 1-23: Ext er nal ant ennas - Fl at Panel
RADWI N Manager Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-15
Parabolic Dish Antennas
The Parabolic dish ant enna is a high-gain, reflect or ant enna used for
radio, t elevision, and dat a communicat ions. The relat ively short wave-
lengt h of elect romagnet ic (radio) energy at t hese frequencies allows
reasonably sized reflect ors t o exhibit t he very desirable highly direc-
t ional response for bot h receiving and t ransmit t ing.
Fi gur e 1-24: Ext er nal ant ennas - Par abol i c Di sh
Grid Antennas
Grid ant ennas are used for 2.4 GHz applicat ions. Due t o t he large
size, t he grid design minimizes weight and wind loading.
Fi gur e 1-25: Ext er nal ant ennas - Gr i d Ant enna
See t he RADWI N product s cat alog for RADWI N offering of ext ernal ant ennas. Ext ernal ant en-
nas are also available from ant enna vendors.
RADWIN Manager
The RADWI N Manager is an SNMP-based management applicat ion which manages a com-
plet e link over a single I P address. I t can also manage each side of t he link separat ely.
The RADWI N Manager applicat ion facilit at es inst allat ion and configurat ion of t he link bet ween
t he ODU unit s. The int uit ive, easy-t o-use RADWI N Manager has a graphical Microsoft Win-
dows int erface, and can be run locally and remot ely.
The RADWI N Manager provides:
I nst allat ion Wizard
Frequency band select ion
On-line monit oring of air int erface qualit y allowing t he administ rat or t o monit or t he
service and st at us of each link
On-line monit oring of equipment alarms and QoS
Local and remot e loopback t est ing
Configurat ion Wizard and sit e set t ings
I nt egrat ed soft ware upgrade ut ilit y
On-line user manual and help files
Link Budget Calculat or for calculat ing t he expect ed performance of t he WinLink 1000
wireless link and t he possible service configurat ions for a specific link range.
RADWI N Net wor k Management Syst em ( RNMS) Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-16
The RADWI N Manager can easily be int egrat ed wit h any SNMP based NMS syst em.
Fi gur e 1-26: RADWI N Manager wi ndow

RADWIN Network Management System (RNMS)
The RADWI N Net work Management Syst em enables Service Providers t o manage all RADWI N
links in t heir net work from a Net work Operat ions Cent er (NOC).
Using RNMS, Service Providers can configure and monit or up t o 10,000 RADWI N links. The
int uit ive easy-t o-use RNMS provides a full range of net work surveillance, monit oring, configu-
rat ion and fault management capabilit ies. I t offers users complet e visibilit y and cont rol over
t heir RADWI N-based net works.

Accessories
RADWI N provides a variet y of accessories t o support t he WinLink 1000 syst em:
PoE devices
AC Power Adapt ors
Ext ernal Light ning Prot ect ion Unit s
Cables t o connect t he various syst em element s
Grounding cables

Documentation supplied with WinLink 1000
The t echnical document at ion supplied wit h a WinLink 1000, is locat ed on t he product CD. I t
includes t he following it ems:
A Quick I nst allat ion Guide for experienced inst allers (also hardcopy)
A full User Manual - t he document which you are reading
A Help file accessible from t he RADWI N Manager
How t o Use t hi s Manual Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-17
Link Budget Calculat or

How to Use this Manual
This User Manual is divided int o t hree funct ionally dist inct sect ions reflect ing t he act ivit ies
required t o set up a WinLink 1000. The division is shown in t he f ollowing t able:
The Basic I nst allat ion sect ion is divided int o funct ionally dist inct chapt ers reflect ing t he act ivi-
t ies required t o set up a WinLink 1000. The division is shown in t he f ollowing t able:

A Little Terminology
I n t he field, a link t ypically has a local or headquart ers sit e as for example in Fi gur e 1-1
above. Here t he service provider is t he local or headquart ers sit e. The service recipient is t he
remot e sit e.
Where t he link is complet ely int ernal t o a corporat ion, t he choice of t he local and remot e is
j ust a mat t er of convenience.
A l i nk t hen, consist s of t wo si t es.
I n Broadband Wireless t erminology, t he local and remot e sit es are somet imes referred t o as
near and far , HQ and remot e and so on.
The sit e which is closer t o t he net work core (oft en t he local sit e) will be referred t o as si t e A,
and t he opposit e side of t he link, usually closer t o t he end user, as si t e B.
Tabl e 1-3: User Manual - Gener al l ayout
Sect i on Gener al Cont ent Pur pose
1 Basic I nst allat ion Core informat ion t o inst all and operat e a link
2 Advanced I nst allat ion Specialized inst allat ion t echniques
3 Technical I nformat ion Background for advanced use
Tabl e 1-4: User Manual l ayout
Chapt er /
Appendi x
Subj ect Audi ence
2 Si t e Pr epar at i on Sit e survey t eam
3 Har dwar e I nst al l at i on Field t echnician
4
Get t i ng St ar t ed wi t h t he
RADWI N Manager
I nst allat ion t echnician
5 I nst al l i ng t he Li nk I nst allat ion t echnician
6
The RADWI N Manager :
Mai n Wi ndow
I nst allat ion t echnician, Syst em manager
7 Conf i gur i ng t he Li nk I nst allat ion t echnician, Syst em manager
8 Si t e Conf i gur at i on I nst allat ion t echnician, Syst em manager
9
Moni t or i ng and Di agnos-
t i cs
I nst allat ion t echnician, Syst em manager
A Li t t l e Ter mi nol ogy Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-18
This choice is applicat ion-neut ral and will be used t hroughout t he manual bot h t o describe t he
sit es and t heir names as in t he examples.
The link is configured and managed using a PC, t he managi ng comput er connect ed t o sit e
A. (The precise requirement s for t he managing comput er are set out on page 4-1).
We will occasionally need t o dist inguish bet ween t he sit e t o which t he managing comput er is
connect ed, and t he second sit e, when t hey are not necessarily A or B. The former will be
called t he managi ng si t e and t he lat t er, t he over -t he-ai r si t e. Which is which, is always
det ermined by t he locat ion of t he managing comput er.
WinLink 1000 support s t hree connect ion met hods for t he managing comput er:
Local - a direct peer t o peer connect ion bet ween t he Et hernet port s on t he managing
comput er and t he I DU or PoE device. Local connect ion is always read-writ e.
Net wor k - t he managing comput er and t he sit e A I DU or PoE device belong t o a LAN
and communicat e t hrough a rout er or swit ch
Over -t he-ai r - t he managing comput er connect s t o sit e B via t he air int erface
The managing comput er may be connect ed t o t he link t hrough an I DU or a PoE
device. I n what follows, where ever we refer t o an I DU it includes PoE devices unless
st at ed ot herwise. Typically, if we need t o refer t o an I DU as such, we will use a model
name such as I DU-C.
The t erms upl i nk and downl i nk, originat e from t he field of Sat ellit e communicat ions. I n a
backhaul or I SP cont ext , upl i nk is from t he user t o t he net work and downl i nk is from t he
net work t o t he user.

Convent ions Used in t his Manual
Not ificat ions
Not ificat ions consist of Not es, Caut ions and Warnings.
Typographical convent ions
Not e
The purpose of a Not e is t o
Draw your at t ent ion t o somet hing t hat may not be obvious or coun-
t er-int uit ive
Emphasize a special feat ure or peculiarit y of t he WinLink 1000
Offer an ext ernal reference for addit ional informat ion
Add a caveat t hat would not qualify as a full Caut ion or Warning (see
below)
Provide addit ional background t o what follows
Offer a recommendat ion
Highlight an indicat ion of somet hing t o wat ch out for
Advise you if an act ion has side effect s i.e. it may dist urb somet hing
else t hat would be best left undist urbed
Remind you of somet hing t hat should be kept in mind
A Li t t l e Ter mi nol ogy Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-19
General
Where a t erm is defined or int roduced for t he first t ime, it is shown in Boldface. You will have
not iced t his usage in t he Terminology sect ion above.
Soft ware
The RADWI N Manager is a Microsoft Windows applicat ion following t he user int erface con-
vent ions of familiar Microsoft Windows programs.
We would describe t he chain of menu commands indicat ed in t he navigat ion example of
Fi gur e like t his,
Tools| Act ive Alarms| 1 A
using Boldface for t he menu labels and vert ical bars t o separat e t hem.
Menu navigat ion in t he RADWI N Manager
Similarly, mouse click it ems will be referred t o like t his:
Click Next t o cont inue.
(A mouse click always uses t he left mouse but t on unless st at ed ot herwise.)
Windows Terminology
Look at Fi gur e 1-1 above. The main applicat ion display which you see consist s of a frame-
window wit h a menu bar, syst em icons and cont ent . I t will be referred t o as a wi ndow, t he
mai n wi ndow or t he Manager window depending on cont ext .
The t op line of icons is t he t ool bar, and provides part of t he menu bar funct ionalit y wit h a
mouse click.
At t he bot t om of t he window is t he st at us bar, a line of icons and t ext boxes.
The cent ral part of t he main window consist s of several panes: On t he right , t here are Radio
I nt erference, Et hernet Service and t he Frequency panes. The left hand pane (wit h t he blue
background) is split int o t hree sub-panes.
Caut i on
A Caut i on is a not ificat ion of risk of damage t o equipment or of service
degradat ion
War ni ng
A War ni ng is a not ificat ion of risk of danger t o persons operat ing near t he
equipment
A Li t t l e Ter mi nol ogy Chapt er 1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 1-20
I f you click Sit e A or Sit e B in t he t ool bar, you will be offered anot her window, which in t urn
displays on of several panel s depending on which funct ion you choose.
Sit e Configurat ion window wit h open Management panel
Viewing and Print ing
This manual is opt imized for viewing online as a PDF file. To t his end it uses an 11 point
Tahoma t ypeface for main t ext . Tables for most part , use 7 or 8 point font s. Here are a few
point ers for hard-copy print ing:
The t ext and t able t ypefaces used are large enough t o print t he manual at t wo pages per
sheet
For good legibilit y, use a commercial grade laser print er. A color print er is of course best , how-
ever a monochrome print er set t o use gray-scale gives accept able result s
Bet t er qualit y inkj et print ers also give good out put
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 2-1
Chapter 2
Site Preparation
Planning the Link Site
Overview
Link sit e planning consist s of a set of surveys, which must be carried out before any equip-
ment is brought t o t he sit e. I f for some reason, t he out come of any of t hese surveys is nega-
t ive, sit e re-locat ion will need t o be considered.
A Sit e Survey consist s of t hree st ages:
1. Preliminary survey - The proposed link is analyzed i n t he of f i ce using a t opographic map.
2. Physical survey - The locat ions of t he indoor and out door equipment are det ermined on-
si t e.
3. Radio Frequency (RF) survey - I t is recommended t hat t he inst allat ion area be scanned
wit h a spect rum analyzer, t o ident ify RF int erference so as t o det ermine a clear channel for
radio inst allat ion (on-si t e).
The Site Survey
Introduction
RADWI N wireless links must be planned before inst allat ion. The designat ed inst allat ion sit e
must be appraised t o det ermine t hat t he wireless syst em is able t o operat e efficient ly and
provide connect ivit y wit hout signal degradat ion.
WinLink 1000 offers a wide operat ing frequency range. A free frequency channel must be
det ermined wit hin t he operat ing range, for opt imum performance.
Recommended Equipment
St age 1: Pr el i mi nar y Sur vey
Topological map of t he area
Urban map of t he area
Compass
St age 2: Physi cal Sur vey
100 met er t ape measure
St age 1: Pr el i mi nar y Sur vey Chapt er 2
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 2-2
Ohmmet er, t o check ground connect ion
Binoculars
Map
Digit al camera
Paper, pencil, and a clipboard
GPS device (opt ional)
Compass (opt ional)
St age 3: RF Sur vey
Spect rum Analyzer wit h Max Hold funct ion and screen capt ure facilit y t hat can st ore
mult iple images, for document at ion purposes
RF accessories (connect ors and cables)
Communicat ion devices (for example, cellular phones, or a set of walkie-t alkies)
Stage 1: Preliminary Survey
A preliminary survey is necessary before visit ing pot ent ial inst allat ion sit es. As much det ail as
possible should be obt ained about t he t wo designat ed ODU inst allat ion sit es and t he area
bet ween t hem.
To per f or m a pr el i mi nar y sur vey:
1. Mark t he t wo designat ed inst allat ion sit es on a t opographic map of t he area.
2. Measure t he dist ance bet ween t he sit es; check t hat it is wit hin t he specified range of
t he equipment .
3. On t he urban map, check for developed areas sit uat ed bet ween t he t wo inst allat ion
sit es. Pay at t ent ion t o t hese areas when performing t he physical sit e survey; t here
may be t all buildings, RF t owers, or t ransmit t ers, which could cause int erference t o
t he link.
4. Check t he area bet ween t he t wo sit es for obst ruct ions such as:
High ground - hills or mount ains
Lakes or large bodies of wat er. Wat er has a reflect ion effect on RF signals like a build-
ing. This t ype of reflect ion causes t he received amplit ude t o be reduced. As a rule of
t humb, t he presence of a large body of wat er bet ween t he link sit es may double t he
required ant enna height .
5. Det ermine and record t he compass bearings bet ween bot h ODUs, relat ive t o nort h.
6. I f t here are obst ruct ions bet ween t he t wo sit es, calculat e t he Fresnel Zone (see
Chapt er 21 for det ails).
7. I f t he sit e chosen does not meet requirement s, consider alt ernat ive sit es.
8. Use t he Link Budget Calculat or (on t he CD supplied wit h t he equipment or using t he
RADWI N Manager) t o det ermine t he expect ed performance.
St age 2: Physi cal Sur vey Chapt er 2
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 2-3
Stage 2: Physical Survey
The physical sit e survey reviews t he environment of t he proposed inst allat ion locat ion, t o
ensure t hat t he link sit es are suit able for t he wireless net work. The result s of t he physical sit e
survey should be recorded.
To per f or m a physi cal sur vey:
1. From t he compass readings t aken in t he preliminary survey, find t he azimut h (hori-
zont al posit ion) t hat t he ODU should face t owards t he second ODU.
2. Using binoculars, locat e any obst ruct ions such as t all t rees, high buildings, hills or
mount ains. Look for ot her RF t owers bet ween t he t wo sit es. Mark t he locat ions of
t he obst ruct ions on t he map.
3. Det ermine t he locat ion for t he ODU (having regard for exist ing rooft op inst allat ions
and t ower space). I t should be above any obst ruct ions, considering t he Fresnel zone
(see Chapt er 21).
4. I f you need t o inst all t he ODU on a t ower, make sure t hat t he t ower is far away from
overhead elect ric power lines.
5. Det ermine a locat ion for t he indoor equipment ; it should be as close as possible t o
t he ODU. At an exist ing sit e, t here is probably an equipment room wit h cable-rout ing
channels.
6. Measure and record t he pat h lengt h of t he cable from t he ODU posit ion t o t he indoor
equipment room.
7. Det ermine t he ground and light ning connect ion point s of t he inst allat ion. The ODU
and I DU must bot h be grounded.
8. Using t he Ohmmet er, measure and record t he resist ance of t he required inst allat ion
t o t he grounding point . The resist ance must be less t han 1O ohm.
9. Review t he result s of t he physical sit e survey. Decide if t he sit e is suit able for t he
wireless net work inst allat ion.
I f t he sit e is suit able, cont inue wit h st age 3, t he RF survey
I f t he sit e is not suit able, survey anot her sit e
Additional Outdoor Site Requirements
The ambient out door operat ing t emperat ure should be -35 t o 60C (-31 t o 140F).
Additional Indoor Site Requirements
The following requirement s guarant ee proper operat ion of t he syst em:
Not e
I t is advisable t o go on a clear day, so you can more easily see any
obst ruct ions bet ween t he t wo sit es.
Not e
The I DU - ODU cable lengt h limit is 100m, in accordance wit h I EEE 10/
100BaseT st andards.
St age 3: RF Sur vey Chapt er 2
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 2-4
For I DU-C unit s, allow at least 90 cm (36 ) of front clearance for operat ing and main-
t enance accessibilit y. Allow at least 10 cm (4 ) clearance at t he rear of t he unit for
signal lines and int erface cables
The ambient operat ing t emperat ure should be 0 t o 50C (32 t o 122 F) at a humidit y
of up t o 90%, non condensing
Stage 3: RF Survey
The RF survey examines t he wireless environment of t he inst allat ion sit e, t o det ermine
whet her t here are available channels wit hin t he radio operat ing frequency band. An RF survey
is performed using a spect rum analyzer.
I t is advisable t o familiarize yourself wit h t he spect rum analyzer before going out on sit e, spe-
cifically t he Max Hold and Marker funct ions.
You should perform t he RF survey at bot h proposed link sit es.
The survey should be carried out during a busy t ime of day, t o best j udge t he worst -case
radio int erference. Allow 2-4 hours durat ion for a good RF survey.
RF Planning for Dense Installations and Collocated Sites
I nt erference may arise from
Self int erference from collocat ed RADWI N radios
Ot her collocat ed radio devices inst alled on t he same sit e.
To avoid or minimize int erference, follow t hese recommendat ions:
For collocat ed RADWI N unit s, use an HSS unit t o synchronize bet ween t hem. Select a
different operat ing channels for each collocat ed RADWI N unit .
I f one or more collocat ed unit s are not RADWI N unit s, ensure t hat t here is a physical
separat ion of at least t hree met ers bet ween a RADWI N unit and any ot her collocat ed
radio on t he sit e.
Use t he largest possible frequency gap bet ween t hese unit s.
Choose t he best frequency channel (as clear as possible form int erference). You may
change band wit h Combo WinLink 1000 product s and all RADWI N 2000 product s).
To select a frequency channel, move t he link t o I nst al l at i on Mode (using Sit e con-
figurat ion) and st art t he I nst allat ion wizard. I n t he Channel Set t i ngs window, use
t he qualit y bar at t he bot t om t o help you choose a bet t er channel (clearer of int erfer-
ence).
I f you are using WinLink 1000 radios, inst all t he collocat ed links wit h different ant enna
polarizat ions.
I f you are using t he RADWI N 2000 radios, use t he Spect r um Vi ew t ool t o find t he
best working channel (Tool s | Spect r um Vi ew).
Not e
I t is possible t o inst all t he link and use t he RADWI N Manager t o find a clear
channel. Each frequency channel can be evaluat ed in t urn. Achievement of a
clear channel is indicat ed by t he marker in t he Qualit y bar on t he Channel
Set t ing window (see Fi gur e 5-6) moving int o t he green area.
RF Pl anni ng f or Dense I nst al l at i ons and Col l ocat ed Si t es Chapt er 2
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 2-5
Decreasing t he Tx Power of a link will reduce collocat ion int erference (Si t e Conf i gu-
r at i on | Ai r I nt er f ace).

Not e
Use t he Link Budget Calculat or t o det ermine t he minimum Tx Power
required t o maint ain link st abilit y.
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-1
Chapter 3
Hardware Installation
This chapt er set s out t he requirement s and procedures for t he hardware inst allat ion and
alignment of a WinLink 1000 link in accordance wit h t he prior planning as set out in Chapt er
2. I t is int ended t o guide qualified field t echnicians.
Safety Practices
Preventing overexposure to RF energy
To prot ect against overexposure t o RF energy, inst all t he ODUs so as t o provide and maint ain
minimal separat ion dist ances from all persons.
When t he syst em is operat ional, avoid st anding direct ly in front of t he ant enna. St rong RF
fields are present when t he t ransmit t er is on. The ODU must not be deployed in a locat ion
where it is possible for people t o st and or walk inadvert ent ly in front of t he ant enna.
Grounding
All RADWI N product s should be grounded during operat ion. I n addit ion:
The ODU should be eart hed by a wire wit h diamet er of at least 12AWG.
The WinLink 1000 ODU must be properly grounded t o prot ect against light ning. I t is
t he user's responsibilit y t o inst all t he equipment in accordance wit h Sect ion 810 of t he
Nat ional Elect ric Code, ANSI / NFPA No.70-1984 or Sect ion 54 of t he Canadian
Elect rical Code. These codes describe correct inst allat ion procedures for grounding t he
War ni ng
Out door unit s and ant ennas should be inst alled ONLY by experienced
inst allat ion professionals who are familiar wit h local building and safet y
codes and, wherever applicable, are licensed by t he appropriat e
government regulat ory aut horit ies. Failure t o do so may expose t he end
user or t he service provider t o legal and financial liabilit ies. RADWI N and it s
resellers or dist ribut ors are not liable for inj ury, damage or violat ion of
regulat ions associat ed wit h t he inst allat ion of out door unit s or ant ennas.
Not e
The mat erial in t his chapt er is generic t o all RADWI N radio link product s
unless st at ed ot herwise.
Pr ot ect i on agai nst Li ght ni ng Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-2
out door unit , mast , lead-in wire and discharge unit . I t also lays down t he size of
grounding conduct ors and connect ion requirement s for grounding elect rodes.
The WinLink 1000 ODU must be grounded t o a Prot ect ive Eart h as described in
Chapt er 18 and in accordance wit h t he Local Elect rical Regulat ions.
The eart h lug on t he I DU-C should be connect ed t o t he prot ect ive eart h at all t imes,
by a wire wit h a diamet er of 18 AWG or wider. Rack-mount ed equipment should be
mount ed only in eart hed racks and cabinet s.
Furt her, you should -
Always make t he ground connect ion first and disconnect it last
Never connect t elecommunicat ion cables t o ungrounded equipment
Ensure t hat all ot her cables are disconnect ed before disconnect ing t he ground
More det ailed guidelines are supplied in Chapt er 18.
Protection against Lightning
The use of light ning prot ect ion is dependent on regulat ory and end user requirement s. All of
RADWI N out door unit s are designed wit h surge limit ing circuit s t o minimize t he risk of dam-
age due t o light ning st rikes. RADWI N recommends t he use of addit ional surge arrest or
devices t o prot ect t he equipment from nearby light ning st rikes.
See Chapt er 18 for det ailed inst allat ion inst ruct ions of light ning prot ect ion devices.
General
I t is recommended t hat inst allat ion of t he out door unit be cont ract ed t o a professional
inst aller.
Before working on equipment connect ed t o power lines or t elecommunicat ion lines,
you should remove j ewelry or any ot her met allic obj ect t hat may come int o cont act
wit h energized part s.
Use ext reme care when inst alling ant ennas near power lines.
Use ext reme care when working at height s.
When using an AC power source for WinLink 1000 always use t he AC power adapt er
supplied by RADWI N.
Use t he right t ools. I n addit ion t o st andard t ools required for any kind of ODU or
ant enna inst allat ion, WinLink 1000 requires addit ional specific t ools det ailed on
page 3-6 below.
Package Contents
The WinLink 1000 packages include t he f ollowing it ems:
ODU Package Contents
The ODU package cont ains:
One ODU - see Fi gur e 3-2 and Fi gur e 3-3 below for front and rear view
An ODU mount ing kit - see Fi gur e 3-1 below
A CD cont aining -
ODU Package Cont ent s Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-3
t he RADWI N Manager
Quick St art Guide
User Manual - t he document you are reading
Link Budget Calculat or
Label showing t he MAC address and t he alt ernat ive Communit y st ring. The label is
self-adhesive. You should keep t his label safe
Cable glands (t o be used wit h t he ODU-I DU cable)
Fi gur e 3-1: ODU Mount i ng ki t
Fi gur e 3-2: Connect or i zed ODU - Fr ont and r ear vi ews
ODU - Fr ont Vi ew ODU - Rear Vi ew
I DU-E or I DU-R package cont ai ni ng: Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-4
Fi gur e 3-3: I nt egr at ed ODU - Fr ont and r ear vi ews
IDU-E or IDU-R package containing:
I DU-E or I DU-R
AC/ DC Convert er
I DU-E wall-mount ing drilling t emplat e
Self adhesive label showing t he I DU LED operat ion
Fi gur e 3-4: I DU-E/ R - f r ont vi ew
IDU-C Package Contents
The I DU-C package cont ains:
I DU-C - see Fi gur e 3-5 below.
19 rack mount ing kit - see Fi gur e 3-7 below
Two DC power plugs for power cables - see Fi gur e 3-7 below
Fi gur e 3-5: I DU-C Package cont ent s - t he I DU-C, Et her net onl y
ODU - Front View ODU - Rear View
PoE-8 Package Cont ai ni ng: Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-5
Fi gur e 3-6: I DU-C Package cont ent s - t he I DU-C, 4 E1/ T1 por t s
1
Fi gur e 3-7: I DU-C Package cont ent s - t he mount i ng ki t and DC power pl ugs
PoE-8 Package Containing:
Fi gur e 3-8: PoE-8 Uni t
PoE-8
110/ 240 VAC wit h I EC 60320 socket cable
3-prong t erminal block connect or (green)
19" mount ing kit
1. The I DU-C is available wit h 0, 4, 8 or 16 TDM port s. WinLink 1000 support s 0 or 4 TDM port s.
BDU Package Cont ent s Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-6
BDU Package Contents
Fi gur e 3-9: RADWI N BDU
BDU
19 rack mount ing kit - see Fi gur e 3-7
DC power plug for power cable
External Antenna Package Contents
Ant enna
RF cable 1m (3) long; t wo cables supplied wit h bipolar ant ennas, single cable sup-
plied wit h monopolar ant ennas
Mount ing kit
Additional Tools and Materials Required
The following is a list of t he equipment and mat erials required t o inst all WinLink 1000 hard-
ware.
Tools and Materials
Crimping t ool for RJ-45 (if t he ODU-I DU cable is wit hout connect ors)
Spanner/ wrench 13 mm ( )
Drill (for wall mount ing only)
Cable t ies
Sealing mat erial
Cables and connectors
ODU grounding cable 12AWG
I DU grounding cable 18AWG
ODU-I DU cable (out door class, CAT-5e, 4 t wist ed pairs, 24AWG)
For PoE based links: A crossed Et hernet LAN cable
O-PoE 10AWG grounding cable if applicable
BDU grounding cable 18AWG if applicable
Hardware Installation Sequence
The following st eps are required t o inst all t he WinLink 1000 syst em:
1. Mount ing t he ODUs, page page 3-8.
Out door i nst al l at i on Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-7
2. Mount ing t he ext ernal ant ennas (if used), page page 3-8.
3. Mount ing t he Light ning Prot ect ion devices (if used), page page 3-9.
4. Out door connect ions, page page 3-9.
5. Mount ing t he I DUs, page page 3-10.
6. I ndoor connect ions, page page 3-13.
7. Aligning t he ODUs/ ant ennas, page page 3-14.
See Fi gur e 3-10 below, which illust rat es a t ypical inst allat ion of a RADWI N 2000 or a Win-
Link 1000 wit h ext ernal ant enna(s).
Fi gur e 3-10: Typi cal I nst al l at i on ( wi t h ext er nal ant enna) Lef t : RADWI N 2000 Ri ght : Wi nLi nk
1000
The inst allat ion st eps are det ailed in t he following sect ions.
Outdoor installation
Preparing the ODU before Deployment
Each ODU must be pre-loaded wit h an I P address. This may be done prior t o deployment in
t he field, or on-sit e using a Lapt op comput er. The process is quit e st raight -forward and
described in Chapt er 19.
Mount i ng t he ODU Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-8
Mounting the ODU
The ODU can be mount ed on a pole or a wall. I n bot h inst allat ions, t he supplied mount ing kit
is used t o secure t he ODU.
A WinLink 1000 link operat es in pairs of t wo ODUs wit h t he same configurat ion. Bot h ODUs
must be inst alled, and t he ant ennas aligned for maximum t hroughput .
To mount t he ODU on a pol e or a wal l :
1. Ensure t hat t he ODU is properly grounded.
2. Mount t he ODU ont o t he pole or wall. Ensure t hat t he unit is orient ed so t hat t he
cable connect ors are at t he bot t om. ( I f t hey ar e on t op, wat er may penet r at e
i nt o t he uni t causi ng damage.) I t is possible t o mount an ODU horizont ally. See
Chapt er 17 for det ails.
3. Refer also t o Chapt er 17 for det ailed ODU mount ing kit cont ent s and schemat ics.
Mounting external antennas
I f you are using ODU wit h an int egrat ed ant enna, skip t o Mount i ng t he Li ght ni ng Pr ot ec-
t i on Devi ces below.
The supplied mount ing kit is used t o mount t he ant enna ont o a pole. The ant ennas must be
aligned for maximum t hroughput .
Not e
A mast -sit ed ODU t ypically uses a pole at t ached t o t he mast .
War ni ng
Prior t o connect ing cables t o t he ODU, t he prot ect ive eart h t erminal (screw)
of t he ODU must be connect ed t o an ext ernal prot ect ive ground conduct or
or t o a grounded pole.
Only a qualified person using t he proper safet y equipment should
climb t he ant enna mast
Only qualified professional personnel should inst all or dismant le
ODUs and mast s
Not e
Do not t ight en t he ODU t o it s mount ing bracket s unt il t he alignment
process of t he ant enna is complet e.
Ensure t hat t here are no direct obst ruct ions in front of t he ODU or
int erference from man-made obst acles.
War ni ng
Do not st and in front of a live ant enna.
Mount i ng t he Li ght ni ng Pr ot ect i on Devi ces Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-9
To mount an ext er nal ant enna:
1. To mount an ext ernal ant enna, ensure t hat t he ant enna is properly grounded and
t hen mount t he ant enna ont o t he pole. Refer t o Chapt er 17 for det ailed ant enna
mount ing inst ruct ions.
2. Follow t he mount ing inst ruct ions supplied wit h t he ant enna.
Mounting the Lightning Protection Devices
The use of light ning prot ect ion is dependent on regulat ory and end user requirement s. The
WinLink 1000 ODU is designed wit h surge limit ing circuit s t o minimize t he risk of damage due
t o light ning st rikes. RADWI N recommends t he use of addit ional surge arrest or devices t o pro-
t ect t he equipment from nearby light ning st rikes.
Refer t o Chapt er 18 for det ailed inst allat ion inst ruct ions of light ning prot ect ion devices.
Outdoor Connections
To compl et e t he out door connect i ons:
1. Connect t he ground cable t o t he ODU chassis as marked on t he ODU.
2. Connect t he ant enna cable t o t he ODU.
3. Connect t he light ning prot ect ion device t o t he ODU (see Chapt er 18).
4. At t ach t he ODU-I DU cable t o t he ODU RJ-45 connect or (see Appendi x B for t he
connect or pinout )
5. Screw in t he cable glands t o ensure hermet ic sealing of t he ODU.
6. Secure t he cables t o t he pole, mast or bracket s using UV-rat ed cable t ies.
Indoor Installation
Installing IDU-E and R units
IDU-E Installation
The I DU-E can be wall mount ed, placed on a deskt op or t ake up one half of a 1U rack slot .
The unit should be grounded, cabled t o t he ODU and connect ed t o power using t he supplied
AC/ DC adapt er.
.
Fi gur e 3-11: New st yl e I DU-E: Rear panel
Mount i ng t he I DU-C Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-10
IDU-R Installation
Fi gur e 3-12: I DU-R Rear Panel
I nst allat ion of an I DU-R unit differs from ot her I DU models in one respect : At t he rear of t he
I DU-R (see Fi gur e 3-12) t here are t wo j acks labeled Trunks . For each I DU-R, t he E1 cable
from out side should be plugged int o one of t he t runks, and t he E1 cable t o t he ot her st at ion
should be plugged int o t he second t runk, as in t he left hand side of Fi gur e 1-12.
Apart from t he above difference, t he link inst allat ion including t he remaining part of t he I DU
inst allat ion and connect ion t o t he ODU proceeds as described as above.
Mounting the IDU-C
I DU-Cs are all rack mount able, as shown in Fi gur e 3-13. A front panel keyed schemat ic of a
rack mount ed I DU-C is shown in t he figure below.
Fi gur e 3-13: I DU-C f r ont panel
Furt her descript ion of t he keyed it ems in Fi gur e 3-13 is shown in Tabl e 3-1 below:
Tabl e 3-1: Component s of an I DU-C f r ont panel
Key Label Remar ks
A I ndicat or LEDs See Fi gur e 3-14.
B ODU Port RJ-45 connect or, see Tabl e B-1.
C LAN RJ45Port s Et hernet , RJ-45 connect or, see Tabl e B-3.
D LAN SFP Port See Appendi x C.
E Alarm Port s St andard DB25 female connect or, see Tabl e B-7.
F Label indent Place for adhesive ident ificat ion labels.
Mount i ng t he I DU-C Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-11
The I ndicat or LEDs (I t em A in Tabl e 3-1 above) are shown in more det ail below:
Fi gur e 3-14: I DU-C Fr ont Panel LEDs
The I DU-E Front Panel LEDS look like t his and are funct ionally t he same as t he I DU-C LEDs.
Fi gur e 3-15: I DU-E Fr ont Panel LEDs
The purpose of t he LEDs is shown in Tabl e 3-2 below:
G Primary 3 pin Power Connect or
St andard 3 pins in line power connect or, see Tabl e B-8.
H Secondary 3 pin Power Connect or
I Grounding Lug Use t he lug supplied.
J Rack mount ing holes
K Det achable Rack mount ing bracket s
L 0, 4, 8 or 16 E1/ T1 Port s See Tabl e B-5.
M St andby Port Hot St andby ready: HSB cable socket , see Tabl e B-6.
Tabl e 3-2: I DU-C and I DU-E/ R Fr ont Panel LEDs
Name Col or Funct i on
I DU
Green
Blinking Green
Red
Blinking Orange
I DU operat ional
During power-up only
Failure
During power-up; cont inues if ODU fails t o load I DU firmware.
Also, when using an I DU-C t o replace a PoE device in which case all ot her LEDs off.
ODU
Green
Red
ODU-t o-I DU communicat ion link is operat ing
ODU-t o-I DU communicat ion link is disrupt ed
AI R I / F
Green
Orange
Red
Wireless link is synchronized
During inst allat ion mode; also signals soft ware mismat ch on some ident ical ODUs
Wireless link lost synchronizat ion
Tabl e 3-1: Component s of an I DU-C f r ont panel
Key Label Remar ks
Mount i ng t he I DU-C Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-12
To mount an I DU-C:
1. At t ach t he rack mount ing bracket s (K) t o t he I DU.
2. Bolt t he I DU int o an empt y slot in t he rack, ensuring t hat it sit s securely.
SVC
Green
Orange
Blinking Orange
Red
Off
E1 or T1 line is synchronized
Alarm det ect ed at t he opposit e sit e int erface; Normal or LOSS
Local or remot e loopback
Alarm det ect ed at t his sit e int erface
Et hernet only I DU or E1/ T1 not configured
HSS See supplement ary Tabl e 3-3 following.
STBY
Hot St andby Mode - f or use wi t h
Tr unks onl y
Li nk St at e
Green
Blinking Green
Red
Orange
Off
Primary
Secondary
Primary
Secondary
Off
Act ive
Not act ive
Not act ive
Act ive
HSM not act ivat ed
Hot St andby Mode - For use wi t h
Et her net onl y i n a 1+ 1 Ri ng
appl i cat i on)
Li nk St at e
Green
Blinking Green
Red
Orange
Off
Hardware ready
Tabl e 3-3: I DU-C and New St yl e I DU-E Fr ont Panel LEDs f or HSS
Col or Funct i on
Green This ODU is HSS mast er, generat ing signal, and HSS Sync is OK
Blinking
Green
This ODU is a HSS client and in Sync
Red HSS not operat ional due t o improper signal det ect ion. This ODU is not t ransmit t ing
Orange
HSS is operat ional. One of t he following condit ions apply:
This ODU is a mast er t hat is generat ing signals and det ect ing signals
This ODU is a mast er t hat is generat ing signals but det ect ed improper signals
This ODU is a client Cont inue Tx but is not det ect ing signals
This ODU is a client Disable Tx and is det ect ing signals from mult iple sources
All orange cases t ransmit .
Of f
HSS is not act ivat ed
HSS is not support ed
Disconnect ion bet ween ODU and I DU
Tabl e 3-2: I DU-C and I DU-E/ R Fr ont Panel LEDs ( Cont i nued)
Name Col or Funct i on
Connect i ng power t o t he I DU Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-13
3. Ground t he I DU t o t he rack using grounding lug I . The I DU should be left perma-
nent ly grounded.
Connecting power to the IDU
The I DU-C has redundant power connect ion circuit s (it ems G and H in Fi gur e 3-13 above).
An enlarged schemat ic of t he power connect ors is shown in below:
Fi gur e 3-16: I DU-C Power connect or s
The connect ors are 3 pin in line female, wit h polarit ies (left t o right ) minus, ground, plus. To
avoid damage t o t he I DU, always use an AC/ DC adapt er supplied by RADWI N.
Ensure t hat t he I DUs at bot h sit es are powered up.
The I DU-E has a single t hree pin power connect or, t he same as used on t he I DU-C.
The I DU-R models have a t wo pin power connect or and an AC/ DC adapt er supplied by RAD-
WI N.
Connecting the ODU to the IDU
The ODU-I DU cable conduct s all t he user t raffic bet ween t he I DU and t he ODU, and also pro-
vides power t o t he ODU. The maximum lengt h of t he ODU-I DU cable is 100m (328ft ) in
accordance wit h 10/ 100BaseT st andards.
The ODU-I DU cable is supplied pre-assembled wit h RJ-45 connect ors, at t he lengt h specified
when ordering, or as a cable drum wit h spare connect ors. I f t he ODU-I DU cable was not
ordered, use an out door class, CAT-5e 24AWG shielded cable. See Appendi x B for Wiring
Specificat ions.
To connect t he ODU t o t he I DU, rout e t he cable from t he ODU t o t he I DU, secure t he cable
along it s pat h and connect t he cable t o t he ODU RJ-45 connect or on t he I DU (see it em B in
Fi gur e 3-13 above).
Installing a Link using PoE Devices
The PoE device is a very simple unit having a power input connect or and t wo Et hernet port s.
I t is AC powered, and has a power LED.
Not e
I nst ead of using t he rack mount ing bracket s, t he I DU may be rail mount ed
using t he four screw holes on each of it s sides.
Connect i ng User Equi pment Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-14
To pr epar e a l i nk usi ng PoE devi ces:
1. To connect t he ODU t o t he PoE device, rout e t he cable from t he ODU t o t he PoE
device, secure t he cable along it s pat h and connect t he cable t o t he LAN-OUT RJ-45
connect or on t he PoE device.
2. Connect it t o AC power.
3. Repeat st eps 1 t o 2 for t he second link.
4. I f you are using a BDU, you should refer t o t he RADWI N Base Dist ribut ion Unit User
Manual.
Connecting User Equipment
To connect user equi pment t o an I DU:
1. Connect user swit ch/ rout er or any ot her compat ible device t o t he I DU panel RJ-45
port s designat ed LAN. (For an I DU-C, see it em C in Fi gur e 3-13 above.)
2. Connect user E1/ T1 t raffic t o t he I DU panel RJ-45 port s designat ed TRUNKS. (For an
I DU-C, see labeled it em L in Fi gur e 3-13 above.)
3. I DU-C only: To use t he SFP Port (labeled it em D in Fi gur e 3-13 above), insert an
SFP plug-in module int o t he port and connect t he user swit ch/ rout er or any ot her
compat ible device t o t he SFP plug-in module.
Refer t o Appendi x B for connect or pinout s.
To connect user equi pment t o a PoE devi ce:
Connect a user swit ch, rout er or any ot her compat ible device t o t he PoE device RJ-45
port designat ed LAN-I N. Refer t o Appendi x B for connect or pinout s.
Connecting and Aligning ODUs / Antennas
You perform ant enna alignment using t he ODU's audible t one.
The met hod is not suit able for t he following models:
To speed up t he inst allat ion t ime, alignment of a WinLink 1000 syst em should be perf ormed
by t wo t eams simult aneously, at sit e A and at sit e B.
To al i gn t he ODUs usi ng t he al i gnment t one:
1. Verify t hat power is connect ed t o t he I DUs at bot h sit es.
Not e
Do not connect t wo LAN port s t o t he same net work, or flooding may occur.
Model See Reference
BRS Chapt er 25
FCC/ I C 5.4 / 5.3 GHz Chapt er 16
Connect i ng and Al i gni ng ODUs / Ant ennas Chapt er 3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 3-15
Provided t hat Sit e A det ect s t he signal from Sit e B, t he ODU st art s beeping 20 sec-
onds aft er power up, and cont inues beeping unt il t he ODUs are aligned, and t he
inst allat ion is complet e.
2. Verify normal operat ion of t he I DU by t he LED indicat ions on t he front panel (see
Tabl e 3-2).
3. Direct t he ant enna of sit e B in t he direct ion of t he sit e A. This is simplified if a previ-
ous sit e survey has been complet ed and azimut hs are known.
4. Make an azimut h sweep of 180 degrees wit h t he sit e A ODU so t hat t he st rongest
signal from sit e B can be det ect ed.
5. Slowly t urning t he sit e A ODU back t owards t he posit ion of Sit e B, list en t o t he t one
unt il t he best signal is reached. See t he following figure for audible signal variat ions.
Fi gur e 3-17: Beep Sequence f or ant enna al i gnment
6. Secure t he sit e A ODU t o t he mast / wall.
7. At sit e B, adj ust t he ODU slowly whilst list ening t o t he beeper sequence unt il t he best
signal is at t ained.
8. Secure t he sit e B ODU t o t he mast / wall.
9. Monit or t he link qualit y for about 15 minut es t o verify st abilit y

War ni ng
When aligning t he ant ennas, do not st and in f ront of a live ant enna.
Not e
Three beeps and a pause is 'best signal so far'
Two beeps and a pause is 'signal qualit y increased'
One beep and pause is 'no change in signal'
Long beep and short pause is 'signal qualit y decreased'
One beep and a long pause is 'no air link'
Any ot her signal does not relat e t o ant enna alignment
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 4-1
Chapter 4
Getting Started with the
RADWIN Manager
Installing the RADWIN Manager Application
Minimum System Requirements
The RADWI N Manager applicat ion is dist ribut ed on a CD. Operat ing syst em specific PC
resources required by t he applicat ion are set out in Tabl e 4-1 below:
Requirement s common t o all syst ems are:
Hard disk: 1 GB free space
Net work: 10/ 100BaseT NI C
Graphics: 1024x768 screen resolut ion wit h 16 bit color
Microsoft Explorer version 5.01 or lat er
Installing the Software
Any PC running t he RADWI N Manager applicat ion can be used t o configure a WinLink 1000
link.
To i nst al l t he RADWI N Manager appl i cat i on:
1. I nsert t he CD int o t he CD/ DVD drive of your comput er.
The CD opening window appears:
Tabl e 4-1: PC Requi r ement s f or t he RADWI N Manager Appl i cat i on
Wi ndows Ver si on
2000 XP Pr o Vi st a/ 7
Memor y 128 MB 512 MB 1 GB
Pr ocessor P I I I P I V P I V Dual Core
Get t i ng St ar t ed wi t h t he RADWI N Manager Chapt er 4
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 4-2
2. Choose I nst al l RADWI N Manager and follow t he on-screen inst ruct ions of t he inst al-
lat ion wizard t o complet e t he set up of t he RADWI N Manager applicat ion.
I f t he inst allat ion program fails t o st art , browse t o your CD/ DVD drive, chose t he
set up.exe program and run it .
Getting Started with the RADWIN Manager
I f your links are wit hin easy reach, you can configure t hem using t he procedure described
below. I f however, your links are t o be geographically scat t ered, it may be convenient t o pre-
load each ODU wit h it s net work address prior t o physical inst allat ion. The procedure is quit e
st raight forward, and set out in Chapt er 19.
To st ar t t he RADWI N Manager :
1. Connect t he managing comput er t o one of t he t wo LAN port s as shown in Fi gur e 4-
1 below:
Not e
Each ODU requires a st at ic I P address, since part of t he link definit ion is t he
I P address pair of bot h ODUs. Net work Managers should ensure t hat t hese
addresses are out side of t he aut omat ic allocat ion ranges used by t heir
net work DHCP server.
?
Get t i ng St ar t ed wi t h t he RADWI N Manager Chapt er 4
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 4-3
Fi gur e 4-1: LAN por t s on t he f r ont panel of t he I DU-C
I f you are not using a direct connect ion as above, ensure t hat you have I DU t o man-
aging comput er connect ivit y (e.g. t hrough a LAN).
2. Check t hat you have connect ivit y t o t he ODU. You can do t his by opening up a com-
mand line session (St ar t | Run and t hen t ype, cmd). At t he command prompt , t ype
pi ng 10.0.0.120
You should see somet hing like t his:
Fi gur e 4-2: Pi ngi ng an uni nst al l ed and unconf i gur ed l i nk
Any ot her response from ping means t hat t he ODU is not responding. Check your
Et hernet connect ion and t hat bot h t he I DU and ODU are swit ched on and t hen t ry
again. I f you do not succeed, seek assist ance from RADWI N Cust omer Support .
3. Dismiss t he command line session.
4. Double-click t he RADWI N Manager icon on t he deskt op, or click St ar t | Pr o-
gr ams| RADWI N Manager| RADWI N Manager.
The Log-on dialog box appears.
Not e
For I DU-E users: The LAN port s are locat ed on t he rear panel on t he unit .
The RADWI N Manager l og-on Concept Chapt er 4
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 4-4
Fi gur e 4-3: Fi r st t i me l og-on wi ndow
The RADWIN Manager log-on Concept
The RADWI N Manager provides t hree levels of access in one of t wo ent ry modes. To see
t hem, click Opt i ons at any t ime in t he Log on window (Fi gur e 4-3 above). You are offered
an ext ended log-on window:
Fi gur e 4-4: Ext ended l og-on wi ndow
At t he User Type field, click t he list but t on:
Not e
Connect ion t hrough t he RMNS Sever will be available in a fut ure release. I f
you have an immediat e requirement for t his service, please cont act
RADWI N Cust omer Support .
The RADWI N Manager l og-on Concept Chapt er 4
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 4-5
Fi gur e 4-5: Log on wi ndow exposi ng t he user t ypes.
There are t hree user t ypes:
An Obser ver has read-only access t o t he link. An Observer can monit or t he link, gen-
erat e report s, but may not change any link paramet ers.
An Oper at or can inst all and configure t he link.
An I nst al l er can, in addit ion t o funct ioning as an Operat or, also change t he operat ing
band. The lat t er funct ion has legal ramificat ions, requiring familiarit y wit h local regula-
t ions.
The following t able summarizes t hese opt ions:
The Net work Manager should change t he default passwords as soon as possible.
Cont i nui ng t he l og-on pr ocedur e:
5. Type an I P address for t he ODU (if you connect t hrough a LAN), or click Local Con-
nect ion (if you are connect ed direct ly t o t he I DU port ).
Tabl e 4-2: User t ypes, def aul t passwor ds and f unct i on
User Type
Def aul t
Passwor d
Funct i on Communi t y
Communi t y
St r i ng
Obser ver admi n Monit oring Read-Only publ i c
Oper at or admi n
I nst allat ion,
configurat ion
Read-Writ e net man
I nst al l er wi r el ess
Operat or plus
set band
Read-Writ e net man
Log-on Er r or s and Caut i ons Chapt er 4
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 4-6
6. I f your User Type is not Operat or, t hen choose it now.
7. Ent er t he password.
8. I f you are a user wit h Read-Writ e permission, click Opt i ons t o ent er t he Communit y
opt ions if required
9. For init ial log on:
Leave t he default Communit y passwords, net man for read-writ e, and publ i c for
read-only.
I f Communit y values were previously defined, ent er t hem under Communit y in t he
Read-Only or Read-Writ e boxes.
I f you are a user wit h read-only permission, t hen you may only log on as Observer.
The RADWI N Manager main window is displayed (see Fi gur e 4-10).
Log-on Errors and Cautions
Unsupported Device
At t empt ing t o connect t o an unsupport ed device on an ot herwise valid I P address (for exam-
ple, a LAN print er) will result in t he following error message:
War ni ng
I f you log on using Local Connect i on, but your physical connect ion
is not local (i.e. anyt hing ot her t han a direct connect ion bet ween t he
managing comput er and t he I DU), t hen any configurat ion you carry
out may affect ot her links in t he net work. Do not do t hi s!
Net work log on (I P address t o t he ODU) is recommended.
I f you log on via an over-t he-air I P address, you will receive a warn-
ing. I f you reset t he sit e t o which you are connect ed t o fact ory set -
t ings, you can lock yourself out of t he link.
Not e
I f you log on using Local Connect i on t hrough a PoE device, you will
need t o connect it t o t he managing comput er using a crossed Et her-
net cable.
The default I P address for t he ODU is 10.0.0.120. The subnet mask is
255.0.0.0.
The act ual I P address is defined during link configurat ion (see Si t e
Management : I P Addr ess, VLAN and Pr ot ocol on page 8-7. See
also, Chapt er 19).
I ncor r ect I P Addr ess Chapt er 4
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 4-7
Fi gur e 4-6: Unsuppor t ed devi ce message
Incorrect IP Address
I f t he I P address chosen is invalid or t he link is unreachable, t he following error message will
be displayed:
Fi gur e 4-7: Unr eachabl e devi ce message
I n bot h of t he above sit uat ions, if you click No, you will see a warning graphic alongside
t he I P Address field.
Incorrect Password
I f you t ype an incorrect password in t he Login window, you will see a warning graphic
alongside t he password field.
Invalid Read/Write Community String
This will result in t he following message:
Fi gur e 4-8: I nval i d Communi t y St r i ng message
Logging in to the Over-the-Air Site
You can log on t o t he over-t he-air sit e of an est ablished link (Sit e B in our example). However,
you will be first offered t he following caut ion:
Cont i nui ng wi t hout an I P Addr ess Chapt er 4
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 4-8
Fi gur e 4-9: Loggi ng on t o an over -t he-ai r si t e
Continuing without an IP Address
The RADWI N Manager provides limit ed offline funct ionalit y when t here is no accessible
I DU/ ODU. I t is primarily for set t ing managing comput er relat ed paramet ers, running t he Link
Budget Calculat or or viewing online Help. The offline funct ionalit y is shown in Tabl e 4-3
below. The t able does not show menu it ems grayed out .
Changing the Log-On Password
To change t he l og on passwor d:
1. From t he Tools menu, select Change Passwor d.
The Change Password dialog box appears.
Tabl e 4-3: RADWI N Manager : Of f l i ne Funct i onal i t y
Menu l evel
Funct i on Ref er ence
Top + 1 + 2
Fi l e
Log Of f
Ret urn t o log-on dialog. Same as Log Of f
but t on
Exi t
Exit t he RADWI N Manager. Same as Exit
but t on
Tool s
Change
Passwor d
Change t he log-on password page 4-8
Event s Log
Cl ear Event s Clear local event s log
page 9-17
Save t o Fi l e Save event s log dat a t o a file
Pr ef er ences Set managing comput er preferences
Hel p
RADWI N
Manager Hel p
View online help version of t he User Manual
Li nk Budget
Cal cul at or
Calculat or opened in default browser Chapt er 21
Get Di agnost i cs
I nf or mat i on
Obt ain syst em informat ion page 9-1
About RADWI N
Manager
RADWI N Manager build informat ion
Fi r st st eps Chapt er 4
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 4-9
2. Ent er t he current password, and t he new password.
3. Click OK t o confirm.
First steps
At t his point t he main window of t he RADWI N Manager should be displayed:
Fi gur e 4-10: Openi ng RADWI N Manager wi ndow pr i or t o i nst al l at i on - I DU-C and new st yl e
I DU-E
Not e
A valid log-on password must cont ain at least five charact ers excluding
SPACE, TAB, and any of > # @| * ?; .
Not e
For what follows, it is assumed t hat you have set t he I P addresses of bot h
ODUs. For t he purposes of illust rat ion, we will use t he following I P
addresses:
Our managing comput er has it s NI C set t o I P address 192.168.2.100. The
log-on ODU is set t o I P address 192.168.2.101 and t he over-t he-air ODU is
set t o 192.168.2.102. The Subnet Mask for bot h sit es is 255.255.255.0 and
t he Default Gat eway is left unset . We will maint ain t his arrangement
t hroughout t he remainder of t his manual.
Ot her default s are shown in Tabl e 4-4.
Fi r st st eps Chapt er 4
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 4-10
Fi gur e 4-11: Openi ng RADWI N Manager wi ndow pr i or t o i nst al l at i on - ol d st yl e I DU-E
A det ailed field by field descript ion of t he cont ent s of t he RADWI N Manager main window
may be found in Chapt er 6.
The procedure required t o make t he link funct ional has t hree phases:
1. Li nk I nst al l at i on - which we will det ail below.
I nst allat ion act ually get s t he link operat ional by set t ing t he link paramet ers. I t uses a fixed
channel at t he lowest possible modulat ion, BPSK at 6.5Mbps and will work under t he harsh
int erference condit ion.
2. Li nk Conf i gur at i on - described in Chapt er 7.
Configurat ion provides much t he same funct ionalit y as I nst allat ion, but for a running link.
A fallback t o I nst allat ion mode is provided for sit uat ions which cannot be handled wit hout
reset t ing t he link, such as ant enna realignment and I DU or ODU replacement .
Not e
During t he inst allat ion procedure, t he definit ion of all paramet ers is
aut omat ically applied t o bot h sides of t he link.
Caut i on
The ODUs as supplied by RADWI N are set up wit h a fact ory default
band. I f for some reason t he default band needs t o be changed, it
should be done before link I nst allat ion. The procedure is set out in
Chapt er 20.
Use of an incorrect band may be in violat ion of local regulat ions.
Def aul t Wi nLi nk 1000 Set t i ngs Chapt er 4
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 4-11
The Link I nst allat ion and Configurat ion phases are bot h carried out wit h Wizards, which
walk you t hrough t he processes. The Wizards are visually quit e similar and will be
described in det ail below.
3. Si t e Conf i gur at i on - described in Chapt er 8.
Sit e specific configurat ion for each side of t he link is available at any t ime - under a run-
ning link or under t he rest rict ed I nst allat ion mode.
Sit e Configurat ion consist s of a set of panels, which may be invoked individually in any
order, as needed.
Default WinLink 1000 Settings
The default set t ings of t he WinLink 1000 configurat ion paramet ers are list ed in t he second
column of Tabl e 4-4 below. The t hird column shows t he values we use in t his manual for
illust rat ive purposes.
Not e
An inst alled and configured link can be ret urned t o inst allat ion mode for re-
inst allat ion and configurat ion from last set t ings or from fact ory set t ings.
Reversion t o inst allat ion mode requires a complet e break in t he link
service
Configurat ion mode may vary t he service t hroughput and qualit y, but
wit hout a service break
Tabl e 4-4: Def aul t Set t i ngs
Par amet er Def aul t Val ue I l l ust r at i ve Val ue
Fact ory default band Product dependent 5.780GHz
ODU I P Address 10.0.0.120 192.168.2.101 and 102
Subnet Mask 255.0.0.0 255.255.255.0
Trap dest inat ion 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
RADWI N Manager log-on
passwords
Observer admin
Operat or admin
I nst aller wireless
Link I D Link EBG_20561334
Link Name Name TPSF_BTT
Sit e 1 Sit e A
Sit e 2 Sit e B
Locat ion (per sit e) Locat ion A B
Name (per sit e) Name Here There
Cont act (per sit e) Person John Mary
Link Password wireless-bridge
Rat e Adapt ive
Def aul t Wi nLi nk 1000 Set t i ngs Chapt er 4
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 4-12


Et hernet Configurat ion Aut o Det ect
Radio Link Failure Act ions No act ion
Bridge or Hub mode Hub Mode, Aging t ime = 300 sec
Communit y values
Read-writ e net man
Read-only public
Tabl e 4-4: Def aul t Set t i ngs ( Cont i nued)
Par amet er Def aul t Val ue I l l ust r at i ve Val ue
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-1
Chapter 5
Installing the Link
Overview
The inst allat ion is carried out using t he I nst allat ion wizard. I t s operat ion is det ailed in t he fol-
lowing pages in a t ut orial st yle.
For t he purpose of explanat ion, we will set up a laborat ory link wit h t he following charact eris-
t ics:
Channel sel ect i on: Aut omat ic
Ser vi ces: Et hernet + 3xE1 on port s 1, 2, 3 using I DU-As
The I nst allat ion wizard has seven eight st eps as shown in Tabl e 5-1 below.
Not e
For new st yle I DU-E users: The procedure shown here is t he same as for
I DU-C based links. The main window will show t wo t runk port s inst ead of
four.
Over vi ew Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-2
Tabl e 5-1: Li nk I nst al l at i on Wi zar d
1
Wizard welcome
2
Syst em paramet ers
Link I D
Sit e det ails
3
Channel set t ings - ACS
Configurat ion
4
HSS Set t ings
5
Services - Types
Et hernet
TDM
Adapt ive or fixed, Jit t er
Buffer, MHS, Et hernet
Ring, QoS
6
Set TDM Clock
Paramet ers
7
Wizard summary and
complet ion
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-3
Installation
Step 1, Start the Wizard
I n t he t ool bar of t he RADWI N Manager main window, click t he Li nk I nst al l at i on but t on.
The Link I nst allat ion but t on is only accessible if t he ant ennas are properly aligned. I f t his box
is grayed out , you should align t he ant ennas as set out in Chapt er 3 on page 3-16.
The I nst allat ion Wizard opens:
Fi gur e 5-1: Li nk I nst al l at i on Wi zar d
The bot t om dat a area reproduces t he corresponding dat a from t he main window - which t he
above panel obscures. See Chapt er 6 for a field by field descript ion of t his dat a area.
Click Next t o proceed wit h t he inst allat ion procedure.
Step 2, System Parameters
The syst em dialog box opens:
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-4
Fi gur e 5-2: I nst al l at i on Wi zar d, Syst em di al og box
To compl et e I nst al l at i on St ep 2:
1. Ent er a Link I D. The Li nk I D must be i dent i cal f or bot h ODUs i n t he l i nk, ot h-
er wi se t hey wi l l not communi cat e. The Link I D must include at least eight
alphanumeric charact ers. Up t o 24 charact ers are allowed. You should use a Link I D
composed of bot h alphabet ic and numeric charact ers.
2. Ent er a Link Name for t he link ident ificat ion. The default name is Link . You should
change it .
3. Ent er names for Sit e 1 and Sit e 2. The default names are bot h Locat ion . You should
change t hem. Throughout t his manual, we use A for Sit e 1 and B for Sit e 2.
4. Opt ionally ent er a new Link Password.
Here is our complet ed Syst em panel:
Not e
I f t he Link Password is incorrect a link is est ablished but configurat ion
cannot be performed and no services are available. A new link password
may be obt ained from RADWI N Cust omer Support or use t he alt ernat ive
password supplied wit h t he product .
The link password is peculiar t o t he link it self and should not be confused
wit h t he RADWI N Manager log on password.
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-5
Fi gur e 5-3: I nst al l at i on Wi zar d, Syst em di al og box f i l l ed out
5. Click Next .
The default link wit h a rat e of 6.5 Mbps is evaluat ed.
The Channel Set t ing dialog box appears. Proceed t o Channel Set t i ngs, below.
Changing the Link Password
The default password is wi r el ess-br i dge. Opt ionally, you can change t he link password as
explained here.
To change t he l i nk passwor d:
1. Click t he Change but t on in t he Syst em dialog box.
The Change Link Password dialog box opens.
Not e
Use t he Hide charact ers check box for maximum securit y
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-6
Fi gur e 5-4: Change Li nk Passwor d di al og box
2. Ent er t he current link password (The default link password for a new ODU is wi r e-
l ess-br i dge).
I f you have forgot t en t he Link Password, click t he Forgot t en Link Password but t on.
The following window is displayed:
Fi gur e 5-5: Lost or f or got t en Li nk Passwor d r ecover y
Follow t he inst ruct ions t o use t he Alt ernat ive Link Password, and click OK t o finish.
You are ret urned t o t he window in Fi gur e 5-4 above. Cont inue wit h t he next st ep.
3. Ent er a new password.
4. Ret ype t he new password in t he Confirm field.
5. Click OK.
6. Click Yes when asked if you want t o change t he link password.
7. Click OK at t he Passwor d changed success message.
Not e
A link password must cont ain at least eight but no more t han 16
charact ers excluding SPACE, TAB, and any of > # @| * ?; .
Rest oring Fact ory Default s ret urns t he Link Password t o wi r el ess-
br i dge.
I f t he link is inact ive, t hen t he link password may also be changed
from t he Sit e Configurat ion dialogs. See page 8-13.
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-7
Step 3, Channel Settings
WinLink 1000 syst ems have a feat ure called Aut omat ic Channel Select ion (ACS). I n t he event
of sync loss, ACS chooses t he first available channel in a list of monit ored channels nominat ed
in t he Channel set t ings window of Fi gur e 5-6 below. A channel swit ch t akes place suffi-
cient ly fast as t o ensure no loss of service.
Fi gur e 5-6: Channel Set t i ngs - Aut omat i c Channel Sel ect i on
The default frequency for t he product is shown.
To sel ect channel s t o be used by t he l i nk:
1. Select t he inst allat ion frequency from t he I nst allat ion Channel box.
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-8
Fi gur e 5-7: Channel Set t i ngs - Showi ng avai l abl e i nst al l at i on r at es
2. Choose t he required Channel Bandwidt h.
Fi gur e 5-8: Channel Set t i ngs - Showi ng avai l abl e Channel Bandwi dt hs
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-9
3. Click t he check box if Aut omat ic Channel Select ion is required.
4. The Available Channels List cont ains all of t he allowable channels for t he link. Check
t he channels t hat can be aut omat ically select ed.
Select ing a new channel causes t he syst em qualit y t o change. The Qualit y bar pro-
vides an indicat ion of t he link qualit y from No ser v(ice) (red) t o Et her net + TDM
(green) as shown in t he bot t om of Fi gur e 5-7 above.
5. Click Next .
Step 4, Hub Site Synchronization Settings
Fi gur e 5-9: HSS Set t i ngs
The Synchronizat ion St at us dialog box displays t he current st at us of each side of t he link. See
Chapt er 10 for inst ruct ions about inst alling and configuring collocat ed links. I f you do not
require HSS, click Next .
Step 5, Services
The Services dialog appears:
Not e
ACS is only support ed for a Channel Bandwidt h of 20 MHz.
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-10
Fi gur e 5-10: Ser vi ces and Rat es
TDM Services selection
To sel ect ser vi ces:
1. Click t he Conf i gur e but t on. The TDM services dialog is displayed:
2. Using t he TDM Type radio but t ons, choose E1 or T1. You are now able t o select t he
required service port s:
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-11
Fi gur e 5-11: TDM ser vi ce por t sel ect i on
3. Use t he spin but t on t o choose consecut ive service port s, t he Sel ect Maxi mum but -
t on t o choose all available port s.
Fi gur e 5-12: TDM Ser vi ce por t sel ect i on - seven ser vi ces sel ect ed
4. Click OK. You are ret urned t o t he Services and rat es dialog of Fi gur e 5-14.
I t is updat ed t o reflect your choice.
Not e
Et hernet is always select ed.
The maximum available services will be reduced in accordance wit h
act ual air int erface capacit y.
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-12
Fi gur e 5-13: Ser vi ces and Rat es - Ser vi ces chosen
Modulation Rate Selection
You may choose a specific modulat ion rat e or use Adapt ive.
Fi gur e 5-14: Ser vi ces and Rat es di al og: Avai l abl e r at es
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-13
To choose a modul at i on r at e:
1. Choose Adapt ive or one of t he available rat es.
2. Click Eval uat e t o cont inue or click t he TDM Jit t er Buffer t ab t o set t he TDM Jit t er
Buffer (see next sect ion).
The service is act ivat ed as show below:
You are ret urned t o t he Services and rat es dialog of Fi gur e 5-14.
Setting Monitored Hot Standby Mode
I f you are not using Hot St andby Mode, you may skip t his sect ion.
To inst all and use t he Hot St andby feat ure, see Chapt er 12. The following procedure can be
used t o swit ch links bet ween primary and secondary or t o disable t he mode.
To set t he Hot St andby Mode:
1. Click t he Hot St andby t ab. The following dialog appears:
Fi gur e 5-15: Choosi ng Hot St andby Mode
2. Click t he radio but t on t o make t his link primary or secondary.
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-14
Ethernet Ring
To inst all and use t he Et hernet Ring feat ure, see Chapt er 13.
Setting the TDM Jitter Buffer
To set t he TDM Ji t t er Buf f er si ze:
1. Click t he TDM Jit t er Buffer t ab. The following dialog appears:
Fi gur e 5-16: TDM Ji t t er Buf f er Conf i gur at i on
Not e
The receiver j it t er buffer for each sit e can be enlarged,
t hereby increasing syst em resist ance t o int erference (t he
larger t he j it t er buffer, t he longer t he int erference period
t hat t he syst em will overcome wit hout TDM errors).
You can also decrease t he j it t er buffer t o decrease t he sys-
t em delay.
The j it t er buffer can be configured bet ween 2.0 and 16.0
ms.
Aft er set t ing t he new value you must evaluat e t he expect ed
qualit y. During t he evaluat ion t he ETBE (Expect ecd Time
Bet ween Errors) bar is displayed. You select eit her Next ,
which performs t he change or Back t o cancel t he change.
Not ice t hat t he Jit t er Buffer is configured per sit e.
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-15
Fi gur e 5-17: TDM Ji t t er Buf f er Conf i gur at i on - ETBE eval uat i on bar
2. Aft er set t ing t he j it t er buffer size, if grayed out , t he Eval uat e but t on is enabled while
bot h Back and Next are disabled as shown in t he next figure:
Fi gur e 5-18: Ser vi ces and TDM del ay set - l i nk r eady f or eval uat i on
3. You may make any furt her changes t o t he Service Configurat ion or t he Jit t er
buffer. When you are sat isfied, click t he Eval uat e.
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-16
The opt imum t ransmission rat e for t he select ed services is evaluat ed.
Following a short delay for processing, Back and Next are enabled.
4. Click Next t o cont inue.
Step 6, TDM Clock Configuration
The following dialog is displayed:
Fi gur e 5-19: TDM Par amet er s Conf i gur at i on ( 1)
To conf i gur e TDM cl ock par amet er s:
1. For any individual port , click it . For t he same paramet ers for all port s, click
t he Sel ect Maxi mum t ag.
2. Click Conf i gur e. The following drop down list is displayed:
Not e
The t ransmission rat es used by WinLink 1000 are shown in Tabl e 5-4
above.
Not e
Sel ect Maxi mum will select t he maximum number of services t hat
were configured for t he air int erface for configurat ion
Desel ect Al l uncondit ionally deselect s all of t he services for configu-
rat ion
Wit hout select ing anyt hing, right -clicking any port will cause t he
appearance of t he drop down list of Fi gur e 5-30 below
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-17
3. Click t he required paramet er. Their meanings are as follows:
Fi gur e 5-20: TDM Par amet er s
Tr anspar ent / Tr anspar ent
The clock at Sit e A regenerat es t he clock from Sit e B and
vice versa.
Loop t i me/ Recover
The Sit e A port receive-clock is used as t he t ransmit -clock
for t hat port on bot h sides of t he link.
Recover / Loop t i me
The Sit e B port receive-clock is used as t he t ransmit -clock
for t hat port on bot h sides of t he link.
I nt er nal / Recover
Not e
Please keep in mind t hat what follows is per por t .
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-18
The Sit e A port uses it s int ernal oscillat or t o generat e it s
t ransmit clock while t he Sit e B port regenerat es t he clock
received at t he Sit e A port .
Recover / I nt er nal
The Sit e B port uses it s int ernal oscillat or t o generat e it s
t ransmit clock while t he Sit e A port regenerat es t he clock
received at t he Sit e B port .
4. Click Fi ni sh t o complet e t he wizard.
Step 7, Installation Summary and Exit
Fi gur e 5-21: I nst al l at i on Wi zar d Exi t Summar y
Click Done t o ret urn t o t he main window.
The main window now reflect s t he inst allat ion:
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 5
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 5-19
Fi gur e 5-22: Mai n wi ndow of t he Manager af t er i nst al l at i on wi t h l oaded t r unks
To ver i f y t he i nst al l at i on:
Verify t hat t he Received Signal St rengt h (RSS) is according t o expect ed result s as
det ermined by t he Link Budget Calculat or.

Caut i on
I nst allat ion mode, as described above, may be re-ent ered using Si t e: A or
Si t e: B and I nst al l at i on Mode in t he Sit e Configurat ion dialog. Some
I nst allat ion mode funct ionalit y may cause a break in, or degrade link
service.
I f you can accomplish link changes wit hout affect ing t he service, always
prefer t o use Configurat ion mode, described in Chapt er 7.
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 6-1
Chapter 6
The RADWIN Manager:
Main Window
One Manager for all RADWIN Radio Products
The RADWI N Manager applicat ion is largely generic t o all RADWI N Radio Product s.
Funct ionalit y differences are minimal according t o radio series (WinLink 1000 and RADWI N
2000) capabilit ies.
The Main Window of the RADWIN Manager
Ensure t hat t he RADWI N Manager is running.
The main window should look similar t o t hat in Fi gur e 6-1:
The RADWI N Manager Tool bar Chapt er 6
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 6-2
Fi gur e 6-1: Mai n wi ndow, Wi r el ess Li nk i s Act i ve
The main window of t he RADWI N Manager cont ains a large amount of informat ion about t he
link. Before proceeding t o det ails of link configurat ion we set out t he meaning of each it em in
t he main window.
The RADWIN Manager Toolbar
I n configurat ion mode, t he RADWI N Manager t oolbar cont ains t he following but t ons:
I n I nst allat ion mode, Link Configurat ion is grayed out and Link I nst allat ion is open.
The but t on funct ions are set out in Tabl e 6-1:
Tabl e 6-1: RADWI N Manager Tool bar
I t em Descr i pt i on
Li nk Conf i gur at i on
Changes configurat ion paramet ers of an operat ing wireless link; assigns t ext files
for st oring alarms, st at ist ics and configurat ion dat a. Thi s but t on i s di sabl ed
unt i l a l i nk i nst al l at i on has been compl et ed
Li nk I nst al l at i on
Performs preliminary configurat ion of t he syst em. Thi s but t on i s di sabl ed af t er
t he l i nk i s i nst al l ed
Si t e: < Si t e 1 name>
Opens t he Sit e configurat ion dialog for Si t e 1. Same as Conf i gur at i on | 1
Conf i gur e < Si t e 1 name>
Mai n Menu Funct i onal i t y Chapt er 6
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 6-3
Main Menu Functionality
The main menu cont ains t he following it ems:
The RADWI N Manager menu funct ionalit y is displayed in Tabl e 6-2.
Si t e: < Si t e 2 name>
Opens t he Sit e configurat ion dialog for Si t e 2. Same as Conf i gur at i on | 2
Conf i gur e < Si t e 2 name>
Get Di agnost i cs Obt ain syst em informat ion
Cl ear Count er s Clears TDM error blocks count ers. Disabled for Et hernet -only link
Log of f Closes t he current session and logs off RADWI N Manager
Exi t Exit s RADWI N Manager
Hel p Opens Help on t he use of cont ext ual online help
Tabl e 6-2: RADWI N Manager mai n menu f unct i onal i t y
Menu l evel
Funct i on Ref er ence
Top + 1 + 2
Fi l e
Log Of f
Ret urn t o log-on dialog. Same as Log
Off but t on
Exi t
Exit t he RADWI N Manager. Same as
Exit but t on
Conf i gur at i on
Li nk Conf i gur at i on
Run t he Configurat ion Wizard. Not
available in I nst allat ion Mode
Chapt er 7
1 Conf i gur e < Si t e 1
name>
Opens t he Sit e configurat ion dialog for
Si t e 1. Has a pat h t o ret urn t o
I nst allat ion Mode
Chapt er 8
2 Conf i gur e < Si t e 2
name>
Opens t he Sit e configurat ion dialog for
Si t e 2. Has a pat h t o ret urn t o
I nst allat ion Mode
Li nk I nst al l at i on
Runs t he I nst allat ion Wizard. Not
available in Configurat ion Mode
Chapt er 5
Tabl e 6-1: RADWI N Manager Tool bar ( Cont i nued)
I t em Descr i pt i on
El ement s of t he RADWI N Manager Mai n Wi ndow Chapt er 6
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 6-4
Elements of the RADWIN Manager Main Window
Li nk det ai l s pane
The Link det ails pane on t he left is split int o t hree sect ions, which are largely self explanat ory.
The t op sect ion summarizes informat ion about t he link:
Tool s
Per f or mance
Moni t or i ng Repor t
On screen and print able
Chapt er 9
Act i ve Al ar ms
1 < Si t e 1 name>
Shows act ive alarms for < Sit e 1
name>
2 < Si t e 2 name>
Shows act ive alarms for < Sit e 1
name>
Recent Event s Displays recent event s by sit e
Sof t war e Upgr ade Upgrade ODU firmware Chapt er 15
Spect r um Vi ew Not available for WinLink 1000
Change Band
( I nst al l er onl y)
Change t he link band Chapt er 20
Change Passwor d Change t he log-on password dialog page 4-8
Event s Log
Cl ear Event s Clear local event s log
page 9-17
Save t o Fi l e Save event s log file
Pr ef er ences Local preferences dialog
Mai nt enance
Cl ear count er s Clear TDM count ers
Loopbacks Set TDM loopbacks page 9-4
Reset
1 < Si t e 1 name> Reset < Sit e 1 name> ODU
2 < Si t e 2 name> Reset < Sit e 2 name> ODU
Hel p
RADWI N Manager
Hel p
View help on online help
Li nk Budget
Cal cul at or
Calculat or opened in default browser Chapt er 21
Get Di agnost i cs
I nf or mat i on
Obt ain syst em informat ion page 9-1
Check f or Updat es
Check for updat es from t he RADWI N
Web sit e
About RADWI N
Manager
Manager build and syst em informat ion
Tabl e 6-2: RADWI N Manager mai n menu f unct i onal i t y ( Cont i nued)
Menu l evel
Funct i on Ref er ence
Top + 1 + 2
El ement s of t he RADWI N Manager Mai n Wi ndow Chapt er 6
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 6-5
For Link st at us possibilit ies and color codes, see Tabl e 9-2.
The t wo lower left panels show basic link sit e det ails:
The t hree fields for each sit e are user definable. See page 8-7.
The Moni t or pane
The monit or pane, is t he main source of real t ime informat ion about link performance at bot h
link sit es. I t includes t he following panes (t op t o bot t om):
Radio I nt erface, Received Signal St rengt h (RSS) in dBm:
Et hernet Service:
El ement s of t he RADWI N Manager Mai n Wi ndow Chapt er 6
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 6-6
Est i mat ed Et her net Thr oughput : The numbers are t he current calculat ed
t hroughput s at each sit e. The colored bars (wit h numbers) indicat e t he maximum
possible t hroughput having regard for air condit ions.
Rx and Tx Rat es: The Rx and Tx rat es are t he receive and t ransmit rat es on t he
LAN si de of each ODU, not t he air side. For a balanced link, t he Rx and Tx rat es
at t he LAN side of Sit e A will mat ch t he Tx and Rx rat es at t he LAN side of Sit e B
respect ively. I n all cases, The LAN side Rx rat e shown will be t he same as t he air
side Tx rat e for each individual ODU.
Act ual Et hernet t raffic received and t ransmit t ed rat es per sit e, is in Mbps of Fps,
select able in t he panel t it le bar.
TDM Services: I DU-C and new st yle I DU-E:
The t it le bar enables you t o swit ch bet ween Accumulat ive and Current view.
I mmediat ely below t he t it le bar is displayed t he Est imat ed Time Bet ween Errors.
I t is zeroed by t he Cl ear Count er s but t on in t he t ool bar.
Error block count is shown immediat ely above t he act ive TDM channels display.
The color of t he TDM port s reflect s t heir current st at us:
Green - Operat ional
Red - Error: LOS for loss of signal and AI S for Alarm I ndi-
cat ion Signal
Yellow - Loopback
Gray - I nact ive
TDM Services: I DU E/ R
For each Trunk t he line st at us and Error block count is displayed. I t is zeroed by
t he Cl ear Count er s but t on in t he t ool bar. The line st at us is color coded and
may be one of:
Green - Normal
Red - Error: LOS for loss of signal and AI S for Alarm I ndi-
cat ion Signal
Yellow - loopback
Frequency box: I t shows t he link frequency. The color of t he box indicat es t he st at us
El ement s of t he RADWI N Manager Mai n Wi ndow Chapt er 6
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 6-7
Green is an act ive link
Red is an inact ive link
Magent a indicat es an aut hent icat ion or compat ibilit y problem
Brown indicat es severe compat ibilit y problem
Event s Log
The Event s Log, st ores alarms generat ed from bot h sides of t he link and is det ailed in Chap-
t er 9.
St at us Bar
The St at us bar, displays t he following icons:
Tabl e 6-3: St at us bar i ndi cat or s
I con or Label Pur pose
Connect i vi t y Shows if RADWI N Manager is communicat ing wit h t he ODU.
Connect i on avai l abl e
Connect ion mode t o t he ODU
Over-t he-Air connect ion - using t he I P address of t he remot e unit .
Local connect ion - direct connect ion t o t he I DU wit hout using an I P
address.
Net work connect ion - t hrough a LAN
ODU unreachable
I P Addr ess Log on I P address
Encr ypt i on i ndi cat or
Normally encrypt ed link
Unencrypt ed link - lock open
Link password validat ion failed. The link is encrypt ed wit h default keys.
Service and configurat ion are unavailable. Change t he link password.
Li nk Lock
Link Lock enabled
Link Lock encrypt ed
Link Lock mismat ch
El ement s of t he RADWI N Manager Mai n Wi ndow Chapt er 6
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 6-8
RADWI N RNMS users will see an addit ional field showing t he I P address of t he RNMS server:

Et her net Ri ng Member
DFS i n use
Rescue Al ar m I n t he event of an act ive alarm, opens alarms dialog
TDM Backup ( I DU-R)
Backup enabled
Backup disabled
Tabl e 6-3: St at us bar i ndi cat or s ( Cont i nued)
I con or Label Pur pose
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 7-1
Chapter 7
Configuring the Link
Overview
This chapt er describes t he link configurat ion procedure, which is performed aft er t he inst alla-
t ion of bot h sides of t he WinLink 1000 link, as set out in Chapt er 5.
Link configurat ion uses a Link Configurat ion wizard t o redefine t he configurat ion paramet ers
and fine-t une an operat ional link. Bot h sides of t he link are configured simult aneously.
Link configurat ion allows you t o configure link paramet ers, which do not lead t o sync loss or
require a reset . Some may change service performance, in respect of which, warnings are dis-
played.
For ease of use, t he Link Configurat ion wizard follows t he same pat t ern as Link I nst allat ion.
You should t herefore be familiar wit h t he cont ent of Chapt er 5.
The following paramet ers are configured using t he Link Configurat ion Wizard:
Syst em paramet ers
Channel set t ings
Transmission power and ant enna set t ings
Service paramet ers
The Configurat ion Wizard has seven st eps as shown in Tabl e 7-1 below.
Not e
For new st yle I DU-E users: The procedure shown here is t he same as for
I DU-C based links. The main window will show t wo t runk port s inst ead of
four.
Over vi ew Chapt er 7
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 7-2
Tabl e 7-1: Li nk Conf i gur at i on Wi zar d
1
Wizard welcome
2
Syst em paramet ers
Link I D
Sit e det ails
3
Channel set t ings - ACS
Configurat ion
4
HSS set t ings
5
Services - Types,
Adapt ive or fixed, Jit t er
Buffer, MHS, Et hernet
Ring, QoS
6
Set TDM Clock
Paramet ers
7
Wizard summary and
complet ion
Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 7
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 7-3
Configuration
Since configurat ion funct ionalit y is included in t he inst allat ion, we will briefly review t he main
st eps and for most part offer references t o t he corresponding inst allat ion st ep.
Step 1, Start the Wizard
I n t he t ool bar of t he RADWI N Manager main window, click t he Li nk Conf i gur at i on but t on.
The Link Configurat ion but t on is only accessible on a fully inst alled link as set out in Chapt er
5.
The Configurat ion Wizard opens:
Fi gur e 7-1: Li nk Conf i gur at i on Wi zar d
Click Next t o proceed wit h t he configurat ion procedure.
Step 2, System Parameters
The Syst em dialog box opens:
Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 7
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 7-4
Fi gur e 7-2: Conf i gur at i on Wi zar d, Syst em di al og box
The Syst em at t ribut es may be edit ed and t he Link Password may be changed exact ly as in t he
corresponding Link I nst allat ion st ep on page 5-5.
Click Next t o cont inue.
Step 3, Channel Settings
Configuring t he Channel Set t ings follows t he same pat t ern as t he I nst allat ion procedure:
Not ice, t hat you can change t he channel bandwidt h, but it will of cause a re synchronizat ion.
Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 7
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 7-5
Fi gur e 7-3: Channel Set t i ngs di al og box - Aut omat i c Channel Sel ect i on
Not ice t hat t he operat ing channel is grayed out . I f you use t he Resel ect Channel but t on, t o
change it , you will be asked for confirmat ion:
I f you accept , t hen t he syst em will search for t he best operat ing channel:
Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 7
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 7-6
Fi gur e 7-4: Sear chi ng f or t he best oper at i ng channel
The link will ret urn t o t he st at us of Fi gur e 7-3 above wit h a possible change t o t he operat ing
channel.
I f you work wit hout aut omat ic channel select ion, t he Channel Set t ings window looks like t his:
Fi gur e 7-5: Channel Set t i ngs wi t hout aut omat i c channel sel ect i on
I f you click t he Operat ing Channel drop-down list , t he following window appears:
Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 7
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 7-7
Fi gur e 7-6: Channel f r equency opt i ons
Select ing one of t he frequencies present ed ret urns you t o t he st at us of Fi gur e 7-5 wit h t he
appropriat e change. I f you choose Ot her ..., t he following window opens:
Fi gur e 7-7: Choosi ng an Ot her Oper at i ng Channel f r equency
The right hand drop-down list (showing t he current Operat ing Channel) allows you t o fine-
t une t he frequency in increment s of 5MHz wit hin a range of t he operat ing band, which in
t his example is 5.740 - 5.835GHz.
Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 7
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 7-8
The Channel Bandwidt h may also be changed. The available choices are 5, 10 and
20MHzdepending on model (see Appendi x A)
When you have complet ed making your choice, click Next t o cont inue.
Step 4, Hub Site Synchronization Settings
Fi gur e 7-8: HSS Set t i ngs
The Synchronizat ion St at us dialog box displays t he current st at us of each side of t he link. See
Chapt er 10 for inst ruct ions about inst alling and configuring collocat ed links. I f you do not
require HSS, click Next .
Step 5, Services
Here is t he services dialog:
Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 7
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 7-9
Fi gur e 7-9: Ser vi ces and Rat es di al og
To choose Services, see t he corresponding I nst allat ion procedure in Chapt er 5.
The procedures for set t ing t he Jit t er Buffer and Hot St andby paramet ers are also t he same as
t he corresponding procedures in Chapt er 5.
Click Next t o cont inue.
Step 6, TDM Clock Configuration
The following dialog is displayed:
Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 7
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 7-10
Fi gur e 7-10: TDM Par amet er s Conf i gur at i on
To configure t he TDM Paramet ers, see t he corresponding procedure in Chapt er 5.
Step 7, Configuration Summary and Exit
Fi gur e 7-11: Conf i gur at i on Wi zar d Exi t Summar y
Click Done t o ret urn t o t he main window.
Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 7
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 7-11
The main window now reflect s t he configurat ion:
Fi gur e 7-12: Mai n wi ndow of t he manager af t er conf i gur at i on

WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-1
Chapter 8
Site Configuration
The Sit e Configurat ion dialog panels are used t o configure paramet ers, which may differ
bet ween bot h sides of t he link.
The paramet ers configured using t he Sit e Configurat ion dialog panels include (among ot h-
ers):
Syst em set t ings
Air int erface - Transmit (Tx) power
Hub Sit e Synchronizat ion st at us
Net work management including VLAN
I nvent ory - link hardware and soft ware model det ails
Securit y set t ings
Dat e and t ime
Et hernet service set t ings
TDM Hot St andby st at us
Ext ernal alarms set t ings
Operat ions - Revert t o fact ory set t ings
The Operat ions dialog offers a doorway t o j ump int o inst allat ion mode.
The Sit e Configurat ion dialog has it s own main menu wit h t he following ext ra funct ionalit y:
Backup ODU soft ware
Rest ore ODU soft ware or configurat ion from a backup file
Refresh t he current panel
Enable/ disable t he sit e ODU buzzer
Jump back int o inst allat ion mode keeping current configurat ion set t ings
Configuring the Site
Editing the Configuration Parameters by Site
You can edit t he configurat ion paramet ers for each sit e individually. The following funct ions
are available from t he left side of t he dialog box.
Edi t i ng t he Conf i gur at i on Par amet er s by Si t e Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-2

Fi gur e 8-1: Conf i gur at i on Di al og Box
Functions on the left of the dialog box:
Functions at the top of the dialog box:
Syst em
Edit t he cont act person and locat ion det ails. View t he syst em
det ails
Ai r I nt er f ace
View Link I D, inst allat ion frequency, channel bandwidt h.
View HSS set t ings
Management
Configure t he I P address, Subnet Mask, Default Gat eway, Trap
Dest inat ion and VLAN
I nvent or y
View t he hardware and soft ware invent ory (product
ident ificat ion, versions, MAC address and serial number)
Secur i t y
Change t he Communit y Values and t he Link Password. Set Link
Lock.
Dat e and Ti me
Set t he dat e and t ime of t he link from an NTP servers or from t he
managing comput er
Advanced
Choose Hub or Bridge ODU mode, I DU aging t ime, set t he
Et hernet port s configurat ion, set max. informat ion rat e, TDM
MHS st at us, set t he ext ernal alarm input s, rest ore fact ory
set t ings, set I DU det ect ion mode.
Backup
Save t he current ODU soft ware t o a file
Rest or e
Rest ore an ODUs soft ware or configurat ion from a backup file
creat ed by t he backup facilit y
Ref r esh
Refresh current panel wit h lat est values
I nst al l at i on Mode
Ret urn t o I nst allat ion Mode for t he ent ire link.
Select ing t he Mut e check box before clicking t he I nst all Mode
but t on mut es t he Beeper.
Vi ewi ng Syst em Det ai l s Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-3
To edi t t he Conf i gur at i on Par amet er s:
1. Click t he required sit e but t on on t he main t ool bar of t he RADWI N Manager
OR
Click Conf i gur at i on from t he main menu and choose a sit e t o configure.
The Configurat ion dialog box opens (see Fi gur e 8-1 above).
2. Choose t he appropriat e it em in t he left hand list t o open a dialog box.
3. Click Appl y t o save changes.
I n subsequent inst ruct ions, we will simply say Choose a sit e t o configure on t he under-
st anding t hat t he foregoing procedure is implied.
Viewing System Details
This is t he first window displayed - as depict ed above. You can edit t he cont act det ails and
sit e names.
Viewing Air Interface Details
Click t he Air I nt erface it em in t he left hand list . A window similar t o t he following appears:
Fi gur e 8-2: Ai r i nt er f ace det ai l s
The only t hing you may change here is t he expect ed Tx power. I f for example you reduce it t o
22, you are first offered a not ificat ion window like t his:
Buzzer
Mut es t he alignment t one in inst allat ion mode. React ivat e t he
beeper during alignment .
Hub Si t e Sync Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-4
Aft er closing t he window you are offered a caut ionary not ice:
I f you accept it , t he change is effect ed immediat ely. Not ice t hat each sit e can have a different
Tx Power set t ing.

Hub Site Sync
Here you can view t he HSS st at us:
Caut i on
Changing t he Tx Power will affect service qualit y. The same considerat ions
apply here as were not ed in t he I nst allat ion procedure on page 5-17.
Si t e Management : I P Addr ess, VLAN and Pr ot ocol Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-5
Fi gur e 8-3: HSS St at us
Site Management: IP Address, VLAN and Protocol
Configuring the ODU Address
Each sit e must be configured separat ely. For an over-t he air configurat ion, first configure sit e
B t hen sit e A so as t o avoid lockout . See Chapt er 19 for det ailed inst ruct ions about t he best
way t o do t his on-sit e.
See Chapt er 14 for furt her det ails about VLAN Funct ionalit y for WinLink 1000.
To def i ne t he Management Addr esses:
1. Choose a sit e t o configure.
The Configurat ion dialog box opens:
Conf i gur i ng VLAN Set t i ngs Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-6
Fi gur e 8-4: Management Addr esses - Si t e Conf i gur at i on di al og box
4. Choose Management .
5. Ent er t he I P address of t he ODU in t he I P Address field.
6. Ent er t he Subnet Mask.
7. Ent er t he Default Gat eway.
8. Ent er t he Trap Dest inat ion. This could be t he I P address of t he managing comput er.
The event s log will be st ored at t his address.
9. Click Appl y t o save t he changes.
Configuring VLAN Settings
VLAN Management enables separat ion of user t raffic from management t raffic whenever such
separat ion is required. I t is recommended t hat bot h sides of t he link be configured wit h differ-
ent VLAN I Ds for management t raffic. (This reduces your chances of accident ally locking
yourself out of t he link.)
Not e
I f performing configurat ion from t he RADWI N Manager, t he I P address is
t hat ent ered from t he Login window.
Caut i on
VLAN I Ds are used by RADWI N product s in t hree separat e cont ext s:
Management VLAN, Traffic VLAN and Et hernet Ring. I t is recommended t hat
you use different VLAN I Ds for each cont ext .
Conf i gur i ng VLAN Set t i ngs Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-7
To enabl e VLAN management :
1. Click Conf i gur at i on from t he main menu.
2. Choose a sit e t o configure. I f you are configuring bot h sit es, choose sit e B first t o
avoid locking yourself out .
3. Choose Management .
4. Open t he VLAN t ab.
5. Check t he Enabl ed box.
6. Ent er a VLAN I D. I t s value should be bet ween 1 and 4094.
Aft er ent ering t he VLAN I D, only packet s wit h t he specified VLAN I D are processed
for management purposes by t he ODU. This includes all t he prot ocols support ed by
t he ODU (I CMP, SNMP, TELNET and NTP). The VLAN priorit y is used for t he t raffic
sent from t he ODU t o t he managing comput er. Using VLAN for management t raffic
affect s all t ypes of management connect ions (local, net work and over t he air).
7. Ent er a Priorit y number bet ween 0 and 7.
8. Change t he VLAN I D and Priorit y of t he managing comput er NI C t o be t he same as
t hose of st eps 6 and 7 respect ively.
9. Click Appl y or OK.
Not e
The VLAN described here is a for management purposes and is int ended t o
govern access by a managing comput er. I t is not t o be confused wit h
Et hernet service t raffic VLAN described on page 8-17 and Chapt er 14.
Caut i on
Changing t his paramet er causes t he RADWI N Manager t o immediat ely
disconnect . To avoid inconvenience, you should verify t he change by
set t ing t he VLAN only t o one ODU, and only aft er verifying proper
management operat ion, change t he ot her ODU VLAN set t ing.
Lost or f or got t en VLAN I D Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-8
Fi gur e 8-5: Conf i gur i ng management t r af f i c VLAN Set t i ngs
Lost or forgotten VLAN ID
I f t he VLAN I D is forgot t en or t here is no VLAN t raffic connect ed t o t he ODU, t hen reset t he
relevant ODU.
During t he first t wo minut es of connect ion, t he ODU uses management packet s bot h wit h and
wit hout VLAN. You may use t his period t o reconfigure t he VLAN I D and priorit y.
Enable / Disable Telnet Access
For a link managed in a net work, direct access t o an ODU using Telnet is considered t o be a
securit y breach. Telnet access may be enabled or disabled by clicking t he Prot ocol t ab and
enabling/ disabling Telnet access using t he Telnet check-box:
Fi gur e 8-6: Enabl e/ Di sabl e Tel net Access
Displaying the Inventory
To vi ew t he i nvent or y dat a
1. Choose a sit e from t he main menu.
The Configurat ion dialog box opens.
2. Choose I nvent ory.
Secur i t y Feat ur es Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-9
Fi gur e 8-7: I nvent or y wi ndow
Security Features
The Securit y dialog enables you t o change t he Link Password and t he SNMP Communit y
st rings and use t he Link Lock feat ure:

Fi gur e 8-8: Avai l abl e secur i t y f eat ur es
Changi ng t he Li nk Passwor d Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-10
Changing the Link Password
This it em is only available when t he link is down. Ot herwise, it works t he same way as t he
corresponding it em on page 5-8.
RADWIN Manager Community Strings
The ODU communicat es wit h t he RADWI N Manager using SNMPv1 prot ocol. The prot ocol
defines t hree t ypes of communit ies:
Read-Onl y for ret rieving informat ion from t he ODU
Read-Wr i t e t o configure and cont rol t he ODU
Tr ap used by t he ODU t o issue t raps.
The Communit y st ring must be ent ered at log on. The user must know t he password and t he
correct Communit y st ring t o gain access t o t he syst em. A user may have read-only privileges.
I t is not possible t o manage t he ODU if t he read-writ e or t he read Communit y values are for-
got t en. A new Communit y value may be obt ained from RADWI N Cust omer Support for t he
purpose of set t ing new Communit y. You must also have available t he serial number or t he
MAC address of t he ODU.
The read-writ e Communit y st rings and read-only Communit y st rings have a minimum of five
alphanumeric charact ers. (br u1 and br u4097 are not permit t ed). Changing t he t rap Com-
munit y is opt ional and is done by clicking t he check box.
Editing Community Strings
The Communit y change dialog box is available from t he Conf i gur at i on | Secur i t y t ab. Bot h
read-writ e and read-only communit ies must be defined.
On logging on for t he first t ime, use t he following as t he current Communit y:
For Read-Writ e Communit y, use net man.
For Read-Only Communit y, use publ i c.
For Trap Communit y, use publ i c
To change a Communi t y st r i ng:
1. From t he Configurat ion dialog box, choose t he Securit y t ab.
2. Type t he current read-writ e Communit y (default is net man).
3. Choose t he communit ies t o be changed by clicking t he check box.
4. Type t he new Communit y st ring and re-t ype t o confirm. A communit y st ring must
cont ain at least five and no more t han 32 charact ers excluding SPACE, TAB, and any
of > # @| * ?; ."
5. Click OK t o save.
Li nk Lock Secur i t y Feat ur e Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-11
Fi gur e 8-9: Changi ng t he Communi t y St r i ng
Forgotten Community string
I f t he read-writ e Communit y st ring is unknown, an alt ernat ive Communit y key can be used.
The alt ernat ive Communit y key is unique per ODU and can be used only t o change t he Com-
munit y st rings. The alt ernat ive Communit y key is supplied wit h t he product , and should be
kept in a safe place.
I f bot h t he read-writ e Communit y and t he alt ernat ive Communit y key are unavailable, t hen
an alt ernat ive Communit y key can be obt ained from RADWI N Cust omer Support using t he
ODU serial number or MAC address. The serial number is locat ed on t he product label. The
serial number and t he MAC address are displayed in t he Sit e Configurat ion invent ory t ab.
When you have t he alt ernat ive Communit y key, click t he For got Communi t y but t on and
ent er t he Alt ernat ive Communit y key (Fi gur e 8-10). Then change t he read-writ e Communit y
st ring.
Fi gur e 8-10: Al t er nat i ve Communi t y Di al og box
Link Lock Security Feature
Link Lock is a part of RADWI Ns securit y concept int ended t o meet a form of abuse
encount ered in t he field. I t is designed t o prevent t he sit uat ion where a remot e ODU
can be st olen and used as a pirat e link t o st eal services or informat ion. The Link
Li nk Lock Secur i t y Feat ur e Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-12
Lock feat ure act ually locks t he local ODU t o be synchronized ONLY t o specific remot e
ODU. I t is a si t e or i ent ed feat ure.
The lock can only be set from a live link. I t is based on MAC aut hent icat ion and is sit e
orient ed and act ivat ed on a per ODU basis. For example, if you lock t he Sit e B ODU t o
t he Sit e A ODU, you must st ill lock t he Sit e A ODU t o t he Sit e B ODU t o ensure
complet e t wo way locking.
Link Lock can only be removed when t he link is unsynchronized. I n such a case, an
alarm is raised by t he RADWI N Manager.
To enabl e Li nk Lock:
1. Click Si t e A on t he main t ool bar.
2. Choose t he Securit y t ab. The following window is displayed:
3. Click t he Link Lock check-box and t hen OK. You are asked t o confirm t he
lock:
4. Click t he Yes but t on and you are ret urned t o t he main window of t he
RADWI N Manager.
Observe t hat a link icon is now displayed in t he st at us bar on t he bot t om right of t he
RADWI N Manager window.
Set t i ng t he Dat e and Ti me Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-13
The link t o t he remot e unit is now locked. I f you repeat st eps 1 and 2 above, t he
Securit y screen will look like t his:
The Link Lock check-box is now unavailable.
5. I f required, repeat t he procedure for Sit e B.
Setting the Date and Time
The ODU maint ains a dat e and t ime. The dat e and t ime should be synchronized wit h any Net -
work Time Prot ocol (NTP) version 3 compat ible server.
During power-up t he ODU at t empt s t o configure t he init ial dat e and t ime using an NTP Server.
I f t he server I P address is not configured or is not reachable, a default t ime is set .
When configuring t he NTP Server I P address, you should also configure t he offset from t he
Universal Coordinat ed Time (UTC). I f t here is no server available, you can eit her set t he dat e
and t ime, or you can set it t o use t he dat e and t ime from t he managing comput er. Not e t hat
Not e
To revert t he Link Lock st at us t o unlocked, power down each ODU
in t urn. Use t he above procedure t o uncheck t he Link Lock st at us
box for t he live ODU.
A simple ODU reset at eit her end will rest ore t he link t o it s previous
locked or unlocked st at e.
Set t i ng t he Dat e and Ti me Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-14
manual set t ing is not recommended since it will be overridden by a reset , power up, or syn-
chronizat ion wit h an NTP Server.
To set t he dat e and t i me:
1. Det ermine t he I P address of t he NTP server t o be used.
2. Test it for connect ivit y using t he command (Windows XP), for example:
w32t m / st r i pchar t / comput er : 216.218.192.202
You should get a cont inuous response of t imes, each a few seconds apart .
3. Choose a sit e t o configure.
The Configurat ion dialog box opens.
4. Choose Dat e & Time:
Fi gur e 8-11: Dat e and Ti me Conf i gur at i on
5. I f ent ering an I P address for t he NTP Server, click Cl ear, and t hen ent er t he new
address.
6. Set your sit e Offset value in minut es ahead or behind GMT
1
.
7. To manually set t he dat e and t ime, click Change and edit t he new values.
Not e
The NTP uses UDP port 123. I f a firewall is configured bet ween t he ODU
and t he NTP Server t his port must be opened.
I t can t ake up t o 8 minut es for t he NTP t o synchronize t he ODU dat e and
t ime.
1. Greenwich Mean Time
Et her net Pr oper t i es Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-15
Fi gur e 8-12: Change Dat e and Ti me
I f you used an NTP Server, you will see a window like t his:
Fi gur e 8-13: Dat e and Ti me conf i gur ed f r om an NTP Ser ver
8. Click OK t o ret urn t o t he Configurat ion dialog.
Ethernet Properties
Configuring the Bridge
Bridge configurat ion is required in various net work t opologies, such as prot ect ion (Et hernet
1+ 1) and ring applicat ions. The bridge configurat ion paramet ers are locat ed under t he
Advanced t ab of t he Sit e Configurat ion dialog box:
Conf i gur i ng t he Br i dge Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-16
Fi gur e 8-14: Br i dge, VLAN and MI R Conf i gur at i on
ODU Mode
This paramet er cont rols t he ODU mode wit h t wo opt ional values:
Hub Mode - in Hub mode t he ODU t ransparent ly forwards all packet s over t he wireless
link.
Bridge Mode - I n Bridge mode t he ODU performs bot h learning and aging, forwarding
only relevant packet s over t he wireless link. The aging t ime of t he ODU is fixed at 300
seconds.
IDU Aging time
This paramet er cont rols t he I DU aging t ime.
The aging t ime paramet er cont rols t he t ime aft er which each MAC address is dropped from
t he MAC address learning t able.
The default value is 300 seconds.
Not e
Changing t hese modes requires syst em reset .
Not e
Any change t o t hese paramet ers is effect ive immediat ely.
Each side of t he link can be configured separat ely, wit h different
aging t imes.
Conf i gur i ng Et her net Por t s Mode Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-17
The following t able shows t he appropriat e configurat ion for several common scenarios. Bot h
link sit es must be configured wit h t he same paramet er:
Configuring Ethernet Ports Mode
The ODU Et hernet port is configured t o aut o-det ect by default and may not be changed.
The ODU Et hernet port mode is configurable for line speed (10/ 100BaseT) and duplex mode
(half or full duplex).
An Aut o Det ect feat ure is provided, whereby t he line speed and duplex mode are det ect ed
aut omat ically using aut o-negot iat ion. Use manual configurat ion when at t ached ext ernal
equipment does not support aut o-negot iat ion. The default set t ing is Aut o Det ect .
To conf i gur e t he Et her net Mode:
1. From t he Conf i gur at i on menu, choose t he sit e t o configure.
The Sit e Configurat ion dialog box opens.
2. Click Advanced | Et her net .
3. I n t he Et hernet Port s Configurat ion pane, use t he drop-down menu t o choose t he
configurat ion.
4. Click Appl y t o save t he changes.
VLAN Tagging for Ethernet Service: Configuration
I f you are using a PoE device, t his feat ure is unavailable. You may skip t his sect ion.
Tabl e 8-1: ODU mode conf i gur at i on f or common scenar i os
Scenar i o
ODU
Mode
I DU Agi ng
Ti me
St andar d ( def aul t ) Conf i gur at i on f or Et her net
Appl i cat i ons
Bridge 300 sec
Rapi d net wor k t opol ogy changes wher e f ast
agi ng i s r equi r ed
Hub 1 sec
Caut i on
You should not reconfigure t he port t hat is used for t he managing comput er
connect ion, since a wrong configurat ion can cause a management
disconnect ion or Et hernet services int errupt ion.
Not e
I t is possible t o close t he Et hernet service by disconnect ing t he Et hernet
port .
I f you close t he port , you may subsequent ly be unable t o access t he
device. I f t his should occur, a workaround is as follows:
Connect t he syst em from t he remot e sit e
Connect via ot her Et hernet port (of t he I DU)
Power down t he equipment and connect immediat ely aft er power
up (t he fast est way is t o ent er inst all mode)
VLAN Taggi ng f or Et her net Ser vi ce: Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-18
To set up VLAN t agging for Et hernet Service, click t he VLAN Configurat ion... but t on in
Fi gur e 8-14. The following window is displayed:
Fi gur e 8-15: VLAN t ag set t i ngs
The choices for I ngress Mode are -
and for Egress Mode are -
Caut i on
VLAN I Ds are used by RADWI N product s in t hree separat e cont ext s:
Management VLAN, Traffic VLAN and Et hernet Ring. I t is recommended t hat
you use different VLAN I Ds for each cont ext .
Not e
I f you are using a new st yle I DU-E, t he SFP row will not appear.
Set t i ng t he Maxi mum I nf or mat i on Rat e ( MI R) Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-19
The det ails of set t ing up VLAN t agging require advanced net work management skills beyond
t he scope of t his manual. Furt her informat ion for t he Net work Manager is provided in Chap-
t er 14.
Setting the Maximum Information Rate (MIR)
What is the MIR
The maximum Et hernet t hroughput of t he link (MI R) can be limit ed. The default set t ing is
Best Ef f or t (see Fi gur e 8-14 above), where t he highest informat ion rat e available for t he link
condit ions and set t ings is used.
What is it for
The MI R set t ing limit s t he t hroughput for Et hernet service. I t does not affect t he capacit y of
TDM services.
I f t he Link Budget Calculat or or air condit ions limit t he capacit y t o X Mbps, and suppose t hat
you use Y (< X) Mbps for TDM services, t hen you are left wit h X - Y= Z Mbps for Et hernet .
Suppose for example, t hat Z = 20 Mbps.
As a Service Provider, you can decide t o sell a package based on 10Mbps and charge $P1 for
it , or 15 Mbps for $P2 > $P1.
The MI R set t ing allows you do t his.
The default value is best effort which will give Z above.
To l i mi t t he Et her net i nf or mat i on r at e:
1. From t he Conf i gur at i on menu, choose t he sit e t o reconfigure.
2. Click Advanced | Et her net
The Configurat ion dialog box opens.
Not e
The minimum value is 64 Mbps.
The maximum value will be t he minimum bet ween Z above and -
18 or 22.5Mbps for WinLink 1000 (model dependent )
The MI R set t ing is independent per direct ion.
Set t i ng t he Maxi mum I nf or mat i on Rat e ( MI R) Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-20
Fi gur e 8-16: Br i dge Conf i gur at i on - Si t e Conf i gur at i on di al og box
3. I n t he I nformat ion Rat e pane, use t he drop-down menu t o choose t he MI R.
Fi gur e 8-17: Et her net MI R - Thr oughput sel ect i on
4. Choose Ot her t o define t he t hroughput wit h 1 Kbps resolut ion
5. Choose Best Ef f or t for t he highest informat ion rat e possible for t he link condit ions
and set t ings
6. Click Appl y t o save t he changes.
TDM MHS St at us Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-21
TDM MHS Status
Here you can see t he TDM MHS st at us. There is not hing t o set .
Fi gur e 8-18: TDM MHS st at us
Setting External Alarm Inputs
The I DU-C, I DU-R, I DU-E-AL and t he new st yle I DU-E have four ext ernal alarm input s and
four ext ernal alarm out put s in t he form of dry-cont act relays. The Alarm int erface is locat ed
on t he front panel of t he I DU-C and is a 25-pin D-t ype female connect or. See Appendi x B,
for wiring specificat ions and pinout . You may enable or disable each of t he alarms and config-
ure t he alarm descript ion t ext appearing in t he alarm t rap message. The ODU sends t he
alarm wit hin less t han a second from act ual alarm t rigger.
To set t he ext er nal al ar m i nput s:
1. Choose Ext er nal Al ar ms from t he Sit e Configurat ion window.
Reset t i ng Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-22
Fi gur e 8-19: Ext er nal Al ar ms Conf i gur at i on
2. Choose an alarm and set it s mode t o Enabled or Disabled
3. Ent er a descript ion of t he alarms in t he t ext field.
4. Click Appl y t o save.
5. Click OK t o exit from t he dialog.
Resetting
You may reset t he link, preserving t he current configurat ion, or reset t o fact ory default s.
To r eset t he l i nk pr eser vi ng cur r ent conf i gur at i on:
1. From Mai nt enance on t he main window, reset t he remot e unit .
2. From Mai nt enance on t he main window, reset t he local unit .
To r eset t o Fact or y Def aul t s
1. Choose eit her of t he sit es t o be reset . The Configurat ion dialog box opens.
2. Choose Oper at i ons in t he Configurat ion dialog box.
Caut i on
Reset t ing t he link causes service disconnect ion.
To mai nt ai n t he connect i on bet ween t he managi ng comput er and
t he l i nk, f i r st r eset Si t e B.
I DU Det ect i on Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-23
Fi gur e 8-20: Si t e Conf i gur at i on - Reset t o f act or y def aul t s
3. Click t he Rest or e Def aul t s but t on.
A message box asking if you want t o rest ore fact ory default set t ings appears.
4. Click t he check box if you want t o keep t he current I P address set t ings.
5. Click Yes t o cont inue.
Aft er a few moment s t he sit e will be reset and you will need t o log on t o it t o re-
inst all t he link.
IDU Detection
An ODU always t ries t o det ect t he I DU t o which it is connect ed. I DU Det ect ion is effect ed by
an I DU responding t o special ODU packet s.
I f a PoE device is in use, t he det ect ion packet s spread t o t he cont aining net work and may
cause flooding. I n such a case, t he I DU Det ect ion feat ure, (Fi gur e 8-20), should be dis-
abled.
Backup/ Rest or e of ODU Sof t war e Fi l es Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-24
To disable I DU Det ect ion Mode, j ust t oggle t he check box in Fi gur e 8-20.
Backup/Restore of ODU Software Files
Backup ODU Software to a File
RADWI N Manager allows you t o backup t he ODU soft ware of bot h unit s of a link t o t he man-
aging comput er as binary files. Each sit e is backed up in a separat e file. Backup files are
mat ched t o t he MAC address of t he sit e ODU. The default backup file name is const ruct ed
from t he ODU I P address and t he dat e as in t he following example:
Backup of Sit e A as used in our examples:
192.168.1.101_1.12.2009.backup
I f you perform more t han one backup on a given dat e you will need t o change t he file name
t o somet hing like t his:
192.168.1.101_1.12.2009_00.backup
192.168.1.101_1.12.2009_01.backup
...
To backup t he ODU sof t war e a f i l e:
1. Choose a sit e t o back up. The Sit e Configurat ion dialog box opens.
2. Click Backup.
3. I n t he Save As dialog box, indicat e in which folder and under what name configura-
t ion file is t o be saved, and click Save.
Restoring ODU Software or Configuration
Backup files can be uploaded from t he managing comput er. You may choose a full soft ware
rest ore or configurat ion-only rest ore.
To r est or e f r om a backup f i l e:
1. Choose a sit e t o rest ore (from a previous backup).
The Sit e Configurat ion dialog box opens.
2. Click Rest or e. You are offered t he choice of a Full or Configurat ion Rest ore as
shown:
3. Click t he required Rest ore t ype. You are t hen offered a st andard Open File dialog
box.
Mut i ng t he al i gnment t one buzzer Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-25
4. From t he Open File dialog box, navigat e t o your backup st orage area and choose file
t o upload. Click OK.
Muting the alignment tone buzzer
The ODU alignment t one becomes audible as soon as power is supplied, and cont inues unt il
t he ODUs are aligned and t he link est ablished.
I t is possible t o mut e t he t one during regular operat ion of t he link. I t must be enabled when
performing t he alignment procedure.
To mut e t he al i gnment t one buzzer :
1. Choose a sit e. The Configurat ion dialog box opens.
2. I n t he Configurat ion dialog box, click t he Buzzer but t on.
Fi gur e 8-21: Al i gnment t one buzzer st at es
3. Click Of f . The t one is disabled.
To r est or e t he al i gnment t one buzzer :
1. Choose a sit e. The Configurat ion dialog box opens.
2. Click On t o have t he buzzer beep cont inuously or Aut o t o have t he buzzer beep only
in inst all mode.
Configuration with Telnet
A Telnet t erminal can be used t o configure and monit or t he WinLink 1000.
To st art a Telnet session, use t el net < ODU_I P> .
For example, if you run Telnet as follows,
t el net 192.168.2.101
you will be asked for a user name and password.
The Telnet log on user name is t he password t hat you used t o ent er t he RADWI N Manager
(for example, t he default : admi n). The Telnet password is t he corresponding Communit y
st ring (default : net man).
Conf i gur at i on wi t h Tel net Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-26
Fi gur e 8-22: Tel net sessi on l og on
A Read-Only Communit y st ring allows display only whereas a Read-Writ e Communit y st ring
allows display and set commands.
Support ed Telnet commands are shown in Tabl e 8-2. Not e t hat some of t he commands are
model-specific. For example, TDM commands will not apply t o Et hernet only and PoE based
links.
Tabl e 8-2: Tel net Commands Summar y
Command Expl anat i on
display invent ory
Displays ODU product name, Name, Locat ion, hardware and soft ware
revisions, upt ime, MAC address, I DU product name, I DU soft ware and
hardware revisions
display management Displays I P, Subnet , Gat eway, Traps t able
display link
Displays St at e, Link I D, Channel BW, RSS, TSL, Frequency/ ACS, DFS,
Rat e/ ARA, Dist ance
display et hernet Displays Bridge Mode, Aging t ime, Port t able (St at e, St at us and act ion)
display t dm
Displays Clock Mode, Mast er Clock Mode, Current Clock, Qualit y, TDM
t able (Line st at us, Error Blocks)
display nt p Displays Time, Server and Offset
display PM < int erface: AI R,LAN1,LAN2,TDM1,
TDM2,...,TDM4> < int erval: current ,day,mont h>
Shows t he performance monit or t ables for each int erface according t o
user defined monit oring int ervals
set ip < ipaddr> < subnet Mask> < gat eway>
Set t he ODU I P address, subnet mask and gat eway. The user must reset
t he ODU aft er t he command complet ion
set t rap < index: 1-10> < ipaddr> < port : 0-
65535>
Set a specific t rap from t he t raps t able (e.g. set t rap 3 192.168.2.101
162)
set readpw < oldpasswd> < passwd> Set t he read access password (Read Communit y)
set writ epw < oldpasswd> < passwd> Set t he read-writ e access password (Read-Writ e Communit y)
set t rappw < oldpasswd> < passwd> Set t he t rap Communit y st ring
set buzzer < mode: 0= OFF,1 = ON> Toggle t he buzzer mode (0 off, 1 on)
set t pc< power: Value bet ween minimal Tx power,
and maximal Tx power>
Set t he ODU Tx Power. I f a wrong value is ent ered, bot h min and max
values shall be displayed in t he error reply
set bridge < mode: 0= Bridging OFF,1= Bridging
ON >
Set t he ODU bridge mode (0 off, 1 on)
set name < new name> Set t he name of t he link
set locat ion < new locat ion> Set t he name of t he locat ion
Conf i gur at i on wi t h Tel net Chapt er 8
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 8-27
Fi gur e 8-23, below, shows t he available Telnet commands using t he hel p command.
Fi gur e 8-23: Tel net Management wi ndow

set cont act < new cont act > Set t he name of t he sit e manager
set et hernet < port : MNG,LAN1,LAN2>
< mode: AUTO,10H,10F,100H,100F,DI SABLE>
Set t he mode and speed of each Et hernet port
reboot
Reset s bot h t he I DU and t he ODU. The user is warned t hat t he command
will reset t he ODU. A new Telnet session t o t he ODU may be opened
aft er t he reset is complet e. (Wat ch t he I DU LEDs.)
help Displays t he available commands
admin@192.168.2.101-> Type "help" for help.
admin@192.168.2.101-> help
display inventory
display management
display link
display ethernet
display tdm
display ntp
display PM <interface:AIR,MNG,LAN1,LAN2,TDM1,TDM2,TDM3,TDM4>
<interval:current,day,month>
set ip <ipaddr> <subnetMask> <gateway>
set trap <index:1-10> <ipaddr> <port:1-65535>
set readpw <writePasswd> <newPasswd>
set writepw <writePasswd> <newPasswd>
set trappw <writePasswd> <newPasswd>
set buzzer <mode:0=OFF,1=ON>
set tpc <power:Value between minimal TX power, and maximal TX power>
set bridge <mode:0=Bridging OFF,1=Bridging ON>
set name <new name>
set location <new location>
set contact <new contact>
set ethernet <port:MNG,LAN1,LAN2> <mode:AUTO,10H,10F,100H,100F,DISABLE>
reboot
help
Command "help" finished OK.
Tabl e 8-2: Tel net Commands Summar y ( Cont i nued)
Command Expl anat i on
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-1
Chapter 9
Monitoring and
Diagnostics
The RADWI N Manager applicat ion enables you t o monit or t he link, as well as perform diag-
nost ic operat ions such as loopback t est s.
This chapt er covers:
Ret rieving link informat ion
Link compat ibilit y issues
TDM port loopbacks
Reinst alling and realigning a link
Link Budget Calculat or
Performance monit oring
Throughput checking
Event s, alarms and Traps
Revert ing alert messages
Remot e power fail indicat ion
Troubleshoot ing
Replacing an ODU
Rest oring t o fact ory set up
Online help
Obt aining support
Retrieving Link Information (Get Diagnostics)
The Get Diagnost ics feat ure collect s and writ es all link and Manager informat ion (from bot h
sit es) int o a t ext file. The file informat ion can be used for diagnost ics and should be sent t o
RADWI N Cust omer Support t o speed up assist ance.
Li nk Compat i bi l i t y Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-2
The following t able list s link and syst em informat ion t hat can be monit ored.
To get di agnost i cs
1. From t he Hel p menu, choose Get Di agnost i cs I nf or mat i on.
Fi gur e 9-1: Get Di agnost i cs Di al og Box
2. Select or deselect t he dat a opt ions. I f t he file is t o be sent t o RADWI N Cust omer Sup-
port leave all opt ions checked.
3. Click Fi l e Pat h t o specify t he folder in which you want t o save t he file and t hen click
St ar t t o save t he informat ion.
The file is saved in t he specified folder as Di agnost i cs I nf or mat i on.t xt
Link Compatibility
Link Compat ibilit y indicat es t he version compat ibilit y using soft ware t raps. As new hardware
or soft ware is added t o exist ing net works compat ibilit y issues may arise. An incompat ibilit y
issue is indicat ed t o t he user by a change of color of t he Link St at us box on t he Main Menu
Tabl e 9-1: Get Di agnost i cs Dat a and Descr i pt i on
Dat a Descr i pt i on
Syst em Dat a General informat ion about t he syst em
Link I nformat ion I nformat ion about t he link propert ies
Event s Log
List of syst em event s including t hose from ot her sit es if t his
sit e is defined as t he t rap dest inat ion
Last 256 event s from bot h sit es
Sit e Configurat ion Dat a about t he sit e paramet ers
Act ive Alarms List of act ive alarms
Performance Monit or Net work performance dat a over defined t ime periods
Monit or Det ailed event dat a record
TDM Loopbacks Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-3
window. Trap messages (can be viewed in t he Event s Log) indicat e t he problems or limit a-
t ions and suggest upgrades when appropriat e.
The following Link St at us messages are given:
fullCompat ibilit y - different soft ware versions were det ect ed t hat are fully compat ible. The
message indicat es t hat an upgrade is available.
rest rict edCompat ibilit y - different soft ware versions were det ect ed t hat operat e correct ly.
However, new feat ures are not support ed.
soft wareUpgradeRequired - different soft ware versions were det ect ed allowing limit ed opera-
t ion. The message is, t hat a soft ware upgrade is required.
versionsI ncompat ibilit y - different soft ware versions were det ect ed t hat are incompat ible. You
need t o perform local upgrades.
TDM Loopbacks
I nt ernal and ext ernal loopbacks on bot h sit es of a link are used t o t est t he TDM
connect ions
To act i vat e a l oopback:
1. From t he Maint enance menu, choose Loopbacks... or right -click t he TDM
display in t he main window.
The Loopbacks dialog box appears:
Tabl e 9-2: Li nk Compat i bi l i t y Tr ap Messages
Li nk St at e
Li nk St at e
t ext
Li nk St at us
Col or
Si t e Descr i pt i on
fullCompat ibilit y Act ive Green
Soft ware Upgrade
Available
rest rict edCompat ibilit y
Act ive -
Soft ware
Version
mismat ch
Magent a
(Same as
aut hent icat io
n error)
Soft ware Upgrade
Recommended
soft wareUpgradeRequired
Act ive
Soft ware
Upgrade
Required
Brown
(Maj or)
Soft ware Upgrade
Required
versionsI ncompat ibilit y
Not Act ive -
Soft ware
Upgrade
Required
Red
Local Soft ware
Upgrade Required
TDM Loopbacks Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-4
Fi gur e 9-2: Loopback conf i gur at i on box
2. From t he act ive port s, click t hose required for loopback act ivat ion. The select ed port
icons change color t o light blue as in t he following example:
Fi gur e 9-3: Loopback conf i gur at i on box wi t h one Si t e A por t sel ect ed
3. Click configure t o choose a loopback mode:
Fi gur e 9-4: Loopback opt i ons
4. Click t he required loopback mode.
TDM Loopbacks Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-5
Fi gur e 9-5: Loopback def i ned
5. Click OK t o act ivat e t he select ed loopback(s).
This act ivat es select ed loopback(s). The corresponding service port icon
changes color and appearance t o indicat e an act ive loopback.
Fi gur e 9-6: Si t e A por t 2 set t o l oopback
To deact i vat e a l oopback:
Ret urn t o t he sit uat ion of Fi gur e 9-4 and click None.
When a loopback is deact ivat ed, t he corresponding icon in Fi gur e 9-6
revert s t o it s previous st at e (like t he right side of t he figure).
Local Li ne Loopback Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-6
Local Line Loopback
A Local line loopback can be set t o t est t he local E1/ T1 port and it s connect ion t o local side
user equipment . I n t his mode, dat a coming from t he local user equipment is looped back t o
it . This loopback is init iat ed from a managing comput er connect ed t o t he local unit .
Fi gur e 9-7: Local Li ne Loopback
Remote Reverse Loopback
A remot e reverse loopback can be set t o t est connect ion bet ween t he local and remot e unit s
and bet ween t he local E1/ T1 port and it s connect ion t o t he local user equipment . I n t his
mode, dat a coming from t he local user equipment is looped back at t he remot e side. This
loopback is init iat ed from a managing comput er connect ed t o t he local unit .
Fi gur e 9-8: Remot e Rever se Loopback
Remote Line Loopback
The remot e unit can be set t o a line loopback t o t est t he remot e E1/ T1 port and it s connec-
t ion t o t he remot e side user equipment . I n t his mode, dat a coming from t he remot e user
equipment is looped back t o it locally. This loopback is init iat ed by t he managing comput er
connect ed t o t he local unit .
Local I nt er nal Loopback Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-7

Fi gur e 9-9: Remot e Li ne Loopback
Local Internal Loopback
The local unit can be set t o close a remot e loopback t o t est connect ion bet ween t he local and
remot e unit s and bet ween t he remot e E1/ T1 port and it s connect ion t o t he remot e user
equipment . I n t his mode, dat a coming from t he remot e user equipment is looped back t o it
locally. This loopback is init iat ed by t he managing comput er connect ed t o t he local unit .
Fi gur e 9-10: Local Rever se Loopback
Reinstalling and Realigning a Link
I t may be necessary t o reinst all t he link if t he ODUs need t o be realigned.
To r ei nst al l t he l i nk:
1. Choose a sit e.
The Configurat ion dialog box opens.
2. I n t he Configurat ion dialog box, click t he I nst al l Mode but t on.
Not e
Act ivat ing I nst all Mode causes bot h sit es t o go int o inst all mode, causing
disrupt ion in service for approximat ely fift een seconds.
The Li nk Budget Cal cul at or Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-8
A message box asking if you want t o ent er inst all mode appears.
3. Click Yes t o cont inue.
The syst em ent ers I nst all mode and t he alignment t one becomes audible.
4. Realign t he ODUs and st art t he I nst allat ion wizard (see Chapt er 5).
The Link Budget Calculator
The Link Budget Calculat or is part of t he RADWI N Manager soft ware and is found in t he Help
menu. This useful ut ilit y enables you t o calculat e t he expect ed performance of t he wireless
link and t he possible configurat ions for a specific link range including ant enna size, cable loss
and climat e condit ions. For full det ails, see Chapt er 21.
Performance Monitoring
WinLink 1000 Performance Monit oring const ant ly monit ors t raffic over t he radio link and col-
lect s st at ist ics dat a for t he air int erface, TDM and Et hernet port s. I t does so cont inuously,
even when t he RADWI N Manager is not connect ed.
Two t ypes of logs are recorded:
Moni t or Log t hat records st at ist ics on t raffic rat e and radio signal st rengt h.
Event s Log t hat records when t he rat es fall above or below a predefined t hreshold.
See page 9-13 below.
Bot h t he st at ist ics Monit or log and event s log can be saved as t ext files.
The Monitor Log
The Monit or Log records performance st at ist ics for predefined int ervals. You can save t he
monit or log t o a t ext file, as well as display t he informat ion in an on-screen report .
Saving the Monitor Log
You can save t he recorded Monit or Log st at ist ics t o a t ext file.
To save t he moni t or l og:
1. From t he Tool s menu, choose Pr ef er ences.
The Preferences dialog box appears:
The Moni t or Log Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-9
Fi gur e 9-11: Pr ef er ences di al og box
2. Click t he Moni t or Tab.
3. Select t he file t o save.
4. Click t he check box t o open t he file for saving.
5. Click t he but t on and in t he Select File dialog box indicat e in which folder and
under what name t he monit or log file is t o be saved.
6. Set t he t ime int erval for adding dat a t o t he file.
7. Click OK t o save t he file.
Viewing Performance Reports
The Performance Monit or Report displays performance views of each of t he int erfaces.
To obt ai n per f or mance moni t or i ng r epor t s:
1. From t he main menu, choose Tool s | Per f or mance Moni t or i ng Repor t ...
You are present ed wit h t he following window:
The Moni t or Log Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-10
Fi gur e 9-12: Basi c Per f or mance Moni t or i ng Repor t
2. Choose a report t ype from t he left panel and click t he Get Dat a t oolbar but t on. For
example, if you choose Sit e A, Air and Current , you will be offered a report looking
like t his:
Fi gur e 9-13: A t ypi cal Per f or mance Moni t or i ng Repor t based on 15 mi nut e i nt er val s
Not ice t he Min RSL value of -100 on t he fourt h line. I t I ndicat es t hat during t he int er-
val 12: 30 t o 12: 45, t here was a link sync loss. The next figure shows t he effect of a
reset bet ween 14: 15 and 14: 30.
The Moni t or Log Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-11
Fi gur e 9-14: Per f or mance Moni t or i ng Repor t showi ng t he ef f ect of a Reset
The prior dat a is invalidat ed as shown by t he red crosses in t he left hand column.
Furt her, Min and Max RSL f or t he invalidat ed period is set t o zero.
3. Click t he Sel ect i on Pane icon t o t oggle t he side panel on or off.
The ot her report s look similar. Here is a det ailed descript ion of t he report s and t heir fields:
Several performance dat a occurrences are collect ed for each of t he int erfaces (ES, SES, and
UAS), as well as specific dat a per I nt erface t ype (e.g., Tx and Rx byt es for Et hernet ). For t he
Air I nt erface, user defined t hresholds dat a are collect ed. Refer t o Tabl e 9-3 and Tabl e 9-4
below.
Dat a is collect ed and select ively displayed based on t hree t ime int ervals as select ed by t he
I nt er val radio but t ons:
Current (t = 0)
15 minut es I nt ervals
Daily
Tabl e 9-3: Expl anat i on of per f or mance dat a
Dat a t ype Repor t ed Val ue Expl anat i on
Gener i c PM Dat a
UAS Unavailable
Seconds
Seconds in which t he int erface was out of service.
Raw ES Raw Errored
Seconds
The number of seconds in which t here was at least one error
block. Not e t hat t he not ion of an error block is different per
int erface.
SES Severe Errored
Seconds
The number of seconds in which t he service qualit y was low
(t he qualit y is different per t ype of int erface and det ermined by
t he BBER t hreshold per int erface).
BBE Background Block
Error
The number of errored blocks in an int erval.
I nt egrit y
A flag indicat ing t hat t he dat a was valid. Not e t hat t he
Performance Monit oring dat a is not valid if not all t he values
were st ored (e.g., due t o clock changes wit hin t he int erval or
power up reset ).
The Moni t or Log Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-12
Performance Monitoring Report Toolbar
You can use t he t oolbar t o perform t he act ions described in t he following t able:
Setting Air Interface Thresholds
Use t he Thr eshol ds but t on on t he Monit oring Performance Report t oolbar t o set t he Air
I nt erface Thresholds:
Addi t i onal Ai r I nt er f ace
PM Dat a
Max RSL The maximum of t he receive signal level (measured in dBm).
Min RSL The minimum of t he receive signal level (measured in dBm).
Max TSL The maximum of t he t ransmit signal level (measured in dBm).
Min TSL The minimum of t he t ransmit signal level (measured in dBm).
RSL Threshold 1
The number of seconds in which t he Receive Signal Level (RSL)
was below t he specified t hreshold.
RSL Threshold 2
The number of seconds in which t he RSL was below t he
specified t hreshold.
TSL Threshold
The number of seconds in which t he Transmit Signal Level
(TSL) was above t he specified t hreshold.
BBER Threshold
The number of seconds in which t he Background Block Error
Rat io (BBER) exceeded t he specified t hreshold.
Addi t i onal Et her net
I nt er f ace PM Dat a
Received Byt es
The number of Megabyt es received at t he specified port wit hin
t he int erval
Transmit t ed Byt es
The number of Megabyt es t ransmit t ed at t he specified port
wit hin t he int erval.
Throughput t hreshold Seconds count when t hroughput fell below t he t hreshold
Traffic t hreshold Seconds count when act ual t raffic exceeded t he t hreshold
TDM i nt er f ace Act ive seconds
The number of seconds t hat t he configured TDM services are
act ive
Tabl e 9-4: Act i on of t he t ool bar but t ons
Command But t on Act i on
Get Dat a Gat her current performance monit oring dat a.
Save Save current performance monit oring dat a t o a file
Clear Clear current performance monit oring dat a
Thresholds Set Thresholds
Select ion Pane Toggle on/ off left panel
Close Closes t he Performance Monit oring window
Tabl e 9-3: Expl anat i on of per f or mance dat a
Dat a t ype Repor t ed Val ue Expl anat i on
Event s, Al ar ms and Tr aps Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-13
Fi gur e 9-15: Thr eshol d conf i gur at i on di al og box
RSL Thr eshol ds
Two RSL Thresholds can be defined. They are used as an indicat or of problems in t he radio
channel. You can check t he RSS from t he Link Budget Calculat or result s during inst allat ion.
Values of -5dB and -8dB from t he current RSS are t ypical.
TSL Thr eshol d
A count er is maint ained, of t he number of second int ervals during which Tx power exceeds
t his t hreshold.
BBER Thr eshol d
The Background Block Error Rat io is measured as a percent age. The t hreshold can be set
from 0.1% up t o 50%.
For links wit h Et hernet only service, 8% t hreshold is recommended. I f t here are no problems
during t he int erval, t hen for t hat t hreshold, t he recommended BBER value should be 0. Since
t he syst em provides a lossless Et hernet service, t here is t hroughput degradat ion in case of
int erference. The degradat ion is proport ional t o t he BBER.
Et her net Thr eshol ds - Capaci t y
This is used as a basis for checking adherence t o a Service Level Agreement . I t is t he number
of seconds count t hat t he link capacit y falls bellow t he t hreshold.
Et her net Thr eshol ds - Tr af f i c
The number of seconds count t hat received t raffic exceeded t his t hreshold. I t can be used t o
measure t raffic peaks.
Events, Alarms and Traps
The Events Log
The Event s Log records syst em failures, loss of synchronizat ion, loss of signal, compat ibilit y
problems and ot her fault condit ions and event s.
Not e
The foregoing event t ypes include event s from all links for which t his
managing comput er has been defined as t he t raps address. Only event s
from RADWI N equipment will be shown.
The Event s Log Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-14
Alarms (t raps) are displayed in t he Event s Log in t he lower panel of t he main window. The
Event s Log may be saved as a t ext file.
The Event s Log includes t he following fields:
Sequent i al number ( I D)
Dat e and t i me st amp
Message
Tr ap sour ce
I P addr ess of t he ODU t hat i ni t i at ed al ar m.
For complet e informat ion about t raps and alarms see Appendi x E.
The event s are displayed in t he Event s Log in t he lower right -hand panel of t he RADWI N
Manager main window:
Fi gur e 9-16: Event s Log Di spl ay
To save t he Event s Log:
1. From t he Tools menu, choose Pr ef er ences.
The Preferences dialog box appears
2. Click t he Event s Tab.
3. Select t he file t o save.
4. Click t he check box t o open t he file for saving.
RADWI N Manager Tr aps Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-15
Click t he but t on and in t he Select File dialog box indicat e in which folder and under what
name t he Event s Log file is t o be saved, and click OK.
RADWIN Manager Traps
The RADWI N Manager applicat ion issues t raps t o indicat e various event s, displayed in t he
Event s Log.
Not e
To st ore t he Event s Log, first define t he I P address, subnet mask, default
gat eway and t rap dest inat ion address of t he managing comput er (see
page 8-7 for det ails).
Tabl e 9-5: RADWI N Manager Tr ap Messages
Tr ap Message Sever i t y Remar ks
Cannot bind t o t rap service port . Port 162 already in use by
ProcessName (pid: ProcessI d)
Warning RADWI N Manager will not cat ch any t raps from t he
ODU, some ot her applicat ion has grabbed t his
port . For furt her det ail see t hi s web si t e.
Device unreachable! Error Check connect ivit y t o ODU
Connect ed t o < sit e_name> I nformat ion
< sit e_name> Sit e will be reset . I nformat ion
Rest ore Fact ory Default Set t ings in process on Sit e < sit e_name> I nformat ion
Fact ory Set t ings: The process was not finished due t o connect ion
issues.
Warning Fact ory set t ing failed due t o connect ivit y problem
t o ODU
Reset : The process was not finished due t o connect ion issues. Warning Fact ory set t ing failed due t o connect ivit y problem
t o t arget - ODU will not be reset
Cannot Writ e t o Monit or file. There is not enough space on t he disk. Warning Free some space on disk on t he managing
comput er and ret ry
Windows Error: < error_I D> . Cannot Writ e t o Monit or file. Warning Operat ing Syst em error on t he managing comput er
TDM Count ers were cleared for bot h sides I nformat ion
I dent ical I P addresses at < local_sit e_name> and
< remot e_sit e_name>
Warning Set up a different I P t o each sit e
The Product is not ident ified at t he < local_sit e_name> sit e. Warning RADWI N Manager is incompat ible wit h t he ODU
soft ware version
The Product is not ident ified at t he < remot e_sit e_name> sit e. Warning
The Product is not ident ified at bot h sit es. Warning
Product Not I dent ified! Warning
The Manager ident ified a newer ODU release at t he
< remot e_sit e_name> sit e.
Warning ODU release is newer t han RADWI N Manager
release.
Wizards are not available. RADWI N Manager will
be used j ust for monit oring. Upgrade t he RADWI N
Manager. (You will get t his message as a pop up)
The Manager ident ified a newer ODU release at bot h sit es. Warning
The Manager ident ified a newer ODU release at t he
< local_sit e_name> sit e.
Warning
Set t i ng t he Event s Pr ef er ences Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-16
Setting the Events Preferences
You can define a color for t he messages t o be displayed in t he Event Log window, according
t o t he severit y of t he event . The severit y is predefined.
To set t he Message col or :
1. From t he Tool s menu, choose Pr ef er ences.
The Preferences dialog box appears.
2. Click t he Event s Tab:
Fi gur e 9-17: Pr ef er ences di al og box - Event t ab
3. Select t he event t ype and click on t he but t on.
A color chart opens.
4. Select t he required color.
5. Repeat for each of t he event t ypes.
To set t he message backgr ound col or :
Click Backgr ound Col or t o change t he t ext background.
Newer Version ident ified at t he < local_sit e_name> sit e. Warning ODU release is newer t han RADWI N Manager
release.
Wizards are not available. RADWI N Manager will
be used j ust for monit oring. Upgrade t he RADWI N
Manager.
Newer Version ident ified at t he < remot e_sit e_name> sit e. Warning
Newer Version I dent ified! Warning
Tabl e 9-5: RADWI N Manager Tr ap Messages ( Cont i nued)
Tr ap Message Sever i t y Remar ks
Savi ng t he Event s Log Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-17
To r eset t he message col or s:
Click Reset Set t i ngs t o ret urn t o t he default color set t ings.
Saving the Events Log
You can save recorded event s in an Event s Log t ext file. New alarms are aut omat ically added
t o t he t ext file, as t hey ent er t he Event s Log.
Active Alarms
Upon set t ing a t rap dest inat ion, applicable event s are report ed as act ive alarms t o t he user.
The act ive alarms are saved and can be viewed in t he Act ive Alarms window.
To vi ew summar y of saved al ar ms:
1. From t he Tool s menu, choose Act i ve Al ar m Summar y.
2. Choose eit her of t he sit es offered.
The Act ive Alarms Summary window opens:
Fi gur e 9-18: Act i ve Al ar ms Summar y
The act ive alarms display does not updat e it self unt il t he Ref r esh but t on is used.
The following t able provides an explanat ion of t he command but t ons.
Tabl e 9-6: Act i ve Al ar ms command but t ons
Command Act i on
Save Saves t he alarms in CSV or t ext format for furt her analysis
Ref r esh Shows t he act ive alarms at t he moment of refresh
Si t e Select s sit e for t he act ive alarms
Cl ose Closes t he act ive alarm window
Vi ewi ng Recent Event s Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-18
Viewing Recent Events
Each ODU st ores t he last 256 event s:
To vi ew t he l ast 256 event s:
1. Click Tool s | Recent Event s ... A window like t he following is displayed:
Fi gur e 9-19: Recent Event s - Up t o l ast 256 event s at Si t e A
2. Use t he Sit e but t on t o choose Sit e B
3. Use t he Save but t on t o st ore t he event s in a t ab-delimit ed list .
Reverting Alert Messages
Many alert messages in t he RADWI N Manager have an opt ion of t he form Do not show t his
message again . These alert messages can be revert ed t o t heir default st at e (shown) by
choosing t he Advanced t ab from t he Preferences dialog:
Fi gur e 9-20: Advanced Pr ef er ences
Just click t he Rest or e Def aul t s but t on, followed by OK.
Ot her Advanced Pr ef er ences Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-19
Other Advanced Preferences
Setting the RADWIN Manager Language
I n t he dialog of Fi gur e 9-20, you can set t he RADWI N Manager int erface language, where
ot her localizat ions are available.
Setting SNMP Parameters
Use t hese choices t o set t he SNMP monit oring int erval and t ime-out . These are only signifi-
cant if you are using an SNMP based net work management syst em.
Remote Power Fail Indication
Remot e power fail indicat ion indicat es t o one side t hat t he ot her side has suf fered a power
failure. The failed sit e sends a final t rap indicat ion about t he power loss j ust before powering
off.
A Dying-Gasp circuit ident ifies t he power failure at a minimum int erval of 20 milliseconds
before t he ODU or I DU powers off. During t hat int erval a message not ifying t he power failure
is sent t o opposit e sit e. Ext ernal alarm out put number 4 indicat es power failure at t he oppo-
sit e sit e.
Troubleshooting
Use t he following t able t o t roubleshoot LED fault indicat ions:
Tabl e 9-7: LED f aul t i ndi cat or s
LED St at us Remedy
PWR Of f Check t hat power is connect ed t o t he I DU
I DU Red Check t hat t he I DU/ ODU cable is properly wired and connect ed.
ODU Red Check t hat t he I DU/ ODU cable is properly wired and connect ed.
AI R I / F
Or ange Complet e t he inst allat ion procedure from t he RADWI N Manager
Red
Check t he ant enna alignment . Check t hat t he radio configurat ion of bot h sit e A and
sit e B unit s are t he same (Channel and Link I D).
SVC
Or ange
Red
Of f
Alarm det ect ed at t he Sit e B int erface or Local or Remot e loopback
Alarm det ect ed at t he Sit e A int erface
Et hernet only I DU or E1/ T1 not configured
HSS
Red
Or ange
HSS not operat ional due t o improper signal det ect ion. This ODU is not t ransmit t ing
HSS is operat ional. One of t he following condit ions apply:
This ODU is a mast er t hat is generat ing signals and det ect ing signals
This ODU is a mast er t hat is generat ing signals but det ect ed improper sig-
nals
This ODU is a client Cont inue Tx but is not det ect ing signals
This ODU is a client Disable Tx and is det ect ing signals from mult iple
sources
All orange cases t ransmit .
STBY
Red
Or ange
MHS mode Primary, Link st at e not act ive
MHS mode Secondary, Link st at e act ive
Repl aci ng an ODU Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-20
Use t he following t able t o t roubleshoot fault s in t he syst em: .
Replacing an ODU
Prior t o any act ion ensure t hat bot h ODUs have t he same soft ware version. You can see t his
on t he invent ory panels for each sit e.
For Sit e A, click Si t e A | I nvent or y and not e t he ODU soft ware version. Repeat t his for Sit e
B using Si t e B | I nvent or y.
I f eit her ODU has an old soft ware version, perform a soft ware upgrade. I t is import ant t o con-
figure t he new ODU ident ically t o t he old ODU t o avoid configurat ion mismat ches, which will
disrupt t he link.
An ODU may be reconfigured in several ways.
Use t he backup conf i gur at i on
I f a backup of t he configurat ion is available, rest ore t hat configurat ion using Si t e A|
Rest or e. Recall t hat backup files are linked t o a MAC address. Thi s wont wor k f or
an i dent i cal r epl acement ODU.
Manual conf i gur at i on
The new ODU can be configured manually according t o t he link configurat ion.
Remember t o use t he same set t ings for Link I D, channels, link password, I P
addresses, and names.
Restoring Factory Setup
To r est or e f act or y set up:
Use Sit e Configurat ion A or B, and t hen Oper at i ons | Rest or e Def aul t s. Always
rest ore t he over-t he-air sit e (B) first .
Online Help
Online help can be accessed from t he Help menu on t he main window of t he RADWI N Man-
ager.
Tabl e 9-8: Syst em Tr oubl eshoot i ng
Sympt om Remedy
No power
Ensure t hat power is connect ed t o t he I DU
Ensure t hat t he ODU cable is properly wired and connect ed
No signal
Complet e t he inst allat ion procedure from t he RADWI N Manager
Check t he ant enna alignment . Check t hat t he radio configurat ion of bot h sit e A and sit e B
unit s is t he same (channel set t ings and Link I D)
Weak signal
received
Check t he ant enna alignment , reconfigure t he link
Check t he alignment t one sounds t he Best Signal sequence
Cust omer Suppor t Chapt er 9
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 9-21
Customer Support
Cust omer support for t his product can be obt ained from t he local VAR, I nt egrat or or dist ribu-
t or from whom it was purchased.
For furt her informat ion, please cont act t he RADWI N dist ribut or nearest t o you or one of RAD-
WI N's offices worldwide.

WinLink 1000
Broadband Wireless Transmission Syst em
USER MANUAL
RELEASE 1.9.40
Part 2: Site Synchronization
UM 1000-1940/ 03.11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-1
Chapter 10
Hub Site Synchronization
What is Hub Site Synchronization?
When several unit s are collocat ed at a common hub sit e, int erference may occur from one
unit t o anot her. RADWI N ODU unit s support t he collocat ion of more t han t wo unit s at a cen-
t ral sit e. Like any ot her RF deployment , t he wireless operat ion is highly dependent on fact ors
such as available frequencies, t he physical spacing bet ween radios, ot her int erfering radios,
and whet her WinLink 1000 or RADWI N 2000 unit s are inst alled.
The RADWI N Hub Sit e Synchronizat ion (HSS) met hod uses a cable connect ed from t he mas-
t er ODU t o all collocat ed ODUs; t his cable carries pulses sent t o each ODU, which synchronize
t heir t ransmission wit h each ot her. The pulse synchronizat ion ensures t hat t ransmission
occurs at t he same t ime for all collocat ed unit s. This also result s in all of t he hub sit e unit s
receiving dat a at t he same t ime, eliminat ing t he possibilit y of int erference t hat could result if
some unit s t ransmit while ot her unit s at t he same locat ion receive.
Fi gur e 10-1 illust rat es int erference caused by non-synchronized collocat ed unit s.
Not e
HSS does not eliminat e t he need for careful RF planning t o ensure t he
design will work as planned. See Chapt er 2 of t he User Manual (bot h
WinLink 1000 and RADWI N 2000) for informat ion on inst allat ion sit e survey.
For WinLink 1000 unit s, Hub Sit e Synchronizat ion support depends on t he
product model.
What i s Hub Si t e Synchr oni zat i on? Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-2
Fi gur e 10-1: I nt er f er ence caused by col l ocat ed uni t s
Adding HSS removes int erference as shown in t he next t wo figures:
Fi gur e 10-2: Col l ocat ed uni t s usi ng Hub Si t e Synchr oni zat i on ( 1)
Fi gur e 10-3: Col l ocat ed uni t s usi ng Hub Si t e Synchr oni zat i on ( 2)
The unit s are connect ed t o each ot her wit h HSS cables and HSS Dist ribut ion Unit s.
One of t he radios in t he sit e is defined as HSS Mast er and generat es synchronizat ion pulses.
The ot her collocat ed radios in t he sit e - t he HSS Client s, are connect ed t o t he HSS Mast er and
synchronize t heir t ransmission t o t he pulses. An HSS Client can be configured t o work in one
of t wo modes:
Har dwar e I nst al l at i on Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-3
HSS Cl i ent -Cont i nue Tr ansmi ssi on (HSC-CT): I f t he unit loses synchronizat ion
wit h t he HSS Mast er, t he link remains act ive. However, wit hout synchronizat ion pulses,
it is possible t hat t his unit will cause int erference.
HSS Cl i ent -Di sabl e Tr ansmi ssi on (HSC-DT): I f t he unit loses synchronizat ion wit h
t he HSS Mast er, t he link is dropped unt il t he synchronizat ion pulses resume. This set -
t ing prevent s t he unit from causing int erference.
The remot e ODUs t hat are not locat ed at t he hub sit e, are called I ndependent Unit s.
Hardware Installation
Connecting an HSS Unit
A single HSS unit support s up t o t en collocat ed ODUs. I n addit ion t o each unit being con-
nect ed t o it s I DU or PoE device, t he collocat ed unit has an addit ional cable t hat is connect ed
t o t he HSS Unit . The HSS Unit is a compact , weat herproof (I P67) connect or box t hat is
inst alled on t he same mast as t he ODUs. All collocat ed unit s connect t o t his box using CAT-5e
cable. Cables in prepared lengt hs are available for purchase.
The HSS unit is supplied wit h t en prot ect ive covers; any port not in use must be closed wit h a
prot ect ive cover.
Fi gur e 10-4: HSS I nt er connect i on Uni t
To connect an ODU t o an HSS uni t :
1. Unscrew t he prot ect ive cover from t he port marked SYNC 1.
2. Connect t he RJ-45 connect or from one end of t he prepared CAT-5e cable t o SYNC 1.
3. Connect t he ot her end of t he CAT-5e cable t o t he ODU connect or labeled SYNC.
Not e
WinLink 1000 radios used as independent unit s do not require HSS
hardware.
Not e
For a single HSS unit , ensure t hat t he collocat ed unit s are connect ed
in sequence from SYNC 1. I f an ODU is removed from t he hub sit e,
t hen all remaining ODUs must be reconnect ed t o maint ain t he con-
nect ivit y.
You may cascade (daisy-chain) t wo or more HSS Unit s wit h an HSS
cable. The met hod is described in det ail below.
Usi ng a Si ngl e HSS Uni t Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-4
4. Tight en t he prot ect ive seal t hat is on t he prepared cable over t he RJ-45 connect or.
5. Repeat for all ODUs t hat are t o be collocat ed at t he hub sit e. The next ODU t o be
connect ed is insert ed in SYNC 1, SYNC 2, followed by SYNC 3 and so on.
Using a Single HSS Unit
Fi gur e 10-5: HSS Wi r i ng schemat i c
The wiring, as shown in Fi gur e 10-5 is self explanat ory. The Sync signal pat h is less self evi-
dent . I f we set ODU 1 (on SYNC 1) t o HSS Mast er, t hen t he Sync signal pat h is as shown in
Fi gur e 10-6. The signal t ravels from ODU 1 t o SYNC 1, from SYNC 1 t o SYNC 2, from SYNC
2 t o ODU 2 and back again. The back and f ort h pat hs repeat for t he second t o fourt h ODU,
from left t o right . The signal exit s t he HSS unit at SYNC 5 and t erminat es in ODU 5.
The choice of t he ODU on SYNC 1 as HSS mast er is not mandat ory, but is good pract ice. I f for
example we were t o use ODU 3 as HSS mast er, t he Sync signal pat h would be ODU 3 t o SYNC
3, t hen left and right t o SYNC 2 and SYNC 4. I t would t hen propagat e t o ODUs 2 and 4, t ermi-
nat ing at bot h ODUs 1 and 5.
Fi gur e 10-6: HSS sync si gnal pat h wi t h ODU 1 as HSS Mast er
Usi ng Mor e t han One HSS Uni t Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-5
Using More than One HSS Unit
I n a large collocat ion sit e, several HSS unit s may be cascaded (daisy-chained) subj ect t o t he
following condit ions:
Condition 1: Cabling Sequence
1. Up t o nine ODUs may be connect ed t o t he first HSS unit using HSS port s SYNC 1, SYNC 2,
SYNC 3,... up t o SYNC 9 in order wit hout leaving empt y port s.
2. The next available SYNC port of t he first HSS unit should be connect ed t o SYNC 10
of t he second HSS unit as shown in Fi gur e 10-7. I n t he illust rat ion, t he next
available port on t he first HSS unit is SYNC 6.
3. The second HSS unit may be filled out wit h up t o nine more ODUs in r ever se
order. That is, connect SYNC 9, SYNC 8, SYNC 7... as shown in Fi gur e 10-7.
Fi gur e 10-7: Cascadi ng t wo HSS uni t s
4. To add a a furt her HSS unit : Connect t he next available SYNC port from t he
second HSS unit in descendi ng or der (SYNC 5 in Fi gur e 10-7) t o SYNC 1 of t he
t hird HSS unit .
5. ODUs are connect ed t o t he t hird HSS unit from SYNC 2 as shown in Fi gur e 10-8,
in ascendi ng or der :
HSS Er r or Not i f i cat i on Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-6
Fi gur e 10-8: Cascadi ng t hr ee HSS uni t s
6. I f furt her ODUs are required, observe t he convent ion t hat addit ional even
numbered unit s are populat ed in descendi ng or der from SYNC 9 and odd
numbered HSS unit s are populat ed in ascendi ng or der from SYNC 2.
Condition 2: Total HSS Cable Length
The t ot al pat h of t he HSS sync pulse must not exceed 300m. This applies no mat t er how
many HSS unit s are used. To illust rat e t he met hod for calculat ing t he sync pulse pat h lengt h
we show t hree examples. For our purpose, let :
L
mn
denot e t he lengt h of t he ODU-HSS unit cable at SYNC n on HSS unit m
H
m
be t he lengt h of t he cable j oining HSS unit m t o HSS unit m+ 1
One HSS uni t wi t h f i ve col l ocat ed ODUs
Two cascaded HSS uni t s as shown i n Fi gur e 10-7
Thr ee cascaded HSS uni t s as shown i n Fi gur e 10-8
HSS Error Notification
I n t he event of an HSS inst allat ion fault , t he ODU will sound a beep pat t ern according t o t he
following chart , also print ed on t he ODU product label:
Not e
I f an ODU is disconnect ed from an HSS unit , t hen all remaining ODUs must
be moved up or down t o maint ain t he connect ivit y.
PathLength L
11
2 L
12
2 L
13
+ 2 L
14
L
15
+ + + =
PathLength L
11
2 L
12
2 L
13
2 L
14
+
2
+
L
15

+
H
1
2 L
29
2 + L
28
2 + L
27
L
26
+
+
+ +
=
PathLength L
11
2 L
12
2 L
13
2 L
14
+
2
+
L
15

+
H
1
2 L
29
2 + L
28
2 + L
27
2 L
26
+
H
2
2 L
32
2 L
33
2 L
34
L
35
+ + +
+
+ + +
+
=
ODU/ HSS Uni t Connect i on Pi nout Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-7
Fi gur e 10-9: ODU beep f or HSS Er r or
ODU/HSS Unit Connection Pinout
Radio Frame Pattern (RFP)
A Radio Frame Pat t ern (RFP) is t he cycle durat ion of t ransmit and receive of t he air-frame.
Without HSS
When select ing TDM or Et hernet services, t he syst em aut omat ically and t ransparent ly
chooses t he opt imal RFP. When TDM and Et hernet services are configured, t he RFP is opt i-
mized for TDM.
RFP and HSS
When HSS is used, t he RFP for t he collocat ed radios must be select ed manually.
Bot h WinLink 1000 and RADWI N 2000 use t he Time Division Duplex (TDD) mechanism.
Under HSS, TDD enables synchronizat ion of t ransmission for t he collocat ed unit s as shown in
Fi gur e 10-10:
Tabl e 10-1: ODU/ HSS Uni t Connect i on Pi nout
Col or
ODU
RJ-45
HSS UNI T
RJ-45
Whit e/ Green 1 1
Green
Not connect ed
Whit e/ Orange
Orange 6 6
Blue 4 4
Whit e/ Blue 5 5
Whit e/ Brown 7 7
Brown 8 8
RFP: Gener al Radi o Fr ame Pat t er n Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-8
Fi gur e 10-10: Radi o Fr ame Pat t er n
Five RFP t ypes (A t o E) are available. Under HSS t he RFP must be configured by t he user
depending on t he t ype of t he radio product s, services and channel bandwidt h in accordance
wit h t he Tabl e 10-2 and Tabl e 10-3.
The t ables describe t he efficiency of t he air int erface according t o t he RFP t ype, radio prod-
uct s mix, services and channel bandwidt h. The t ables may also be viewed in t he RADWI N
Manager and in t he Link Budget Calculat or for bot h WinLink 1000 and RADWI N 2000. The
efficiency of t he air int erface will vary according t o t he product used.
Legend:
Best f i t - opt imal RFP choice for TDM and Et hernet services.
Avai l abl e - available RFP for TDM and Et hernet services, but not opt imal.
N/ A - service unavailable
Select t he RFP t hat gives you t he Best Fi t or Avai l abl e for required syst em services and
select t he channel bandwidt h accordingly.
RFP: General Radio Frame Pattern
When set t ing t he RPF, t he following considerat ions should be borne in mind:
When synchronizing RADWI N 2000 unit s you must use RFP B or E
Tabl e 10-2: Radi o Fr ame Pat t er n Tabl e - RADWI N 2000
RFP
40 MHz 20 MHz 10 MHz 5 MHz
TDM Et her net TDM Et her net TDM Et her net TDM Et her net
B Available Available Available Available Available Available Best fit Best fit
E Best fit Best fit Best fit Best fit Best fit Best fit Available Available
Tabl e 10-3: Radi o Fr ame Pat t er n Tabl e - Wi nLi nk 1000
RPF
20 MHz 10 MHz 5 MHz
TDM Et her net TDM Et her net TDM Et her net
A Best fit Best fit Available Available N/ A N/ A
B N/ A N/ A Best fit Available Best fit Available
C N/ A N/ A N/ A Best fit N/ A Available
D N/ A N/ A N/ A N/ A N/ A Best fit
E Available Available Available Available N/ A N/ A
Not e
The RFP must be t he same for each link wit hin t he collocat ed syst em.
RFP: RADWI N 2000 Consi der at i ons Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-9
I f you mix RADWI N 2000 and WinLink 1000 unit s in a collocat ed sit e, you must use
RFP B or E
Select ion of t he RFP influences t he capacit y, lat ency and TDM qualit y
RFP influences capacit y and lat ency. Jit t er buffer configurat ion can be used t o set t he
TDM qualit y (see Chapt er 5, TDM Ser vi ces sel ect i on)
Using t he Link Budget Calculat or, you can see t he affect of t he RFP on t he Et hernet
t hroughput .
RFP: RADWIN 2000 Considerations
The performance of RADWI N 2000 radios t hat operat e wit h RFPs B or E can be seen
in t he Link Budget Calculat or.
For RADWI N 2000 C series: I f t he HSS Mast er works in asymmet ric Tx/ Rx rat io, t hen
all ot her collocat ed RADWI N 2000 unit s must operat e in t he same Tx/ Rx rat io. I n t his
case t he rat io will be fixed and not aut omat ic-adapt ive.
I nst allat ion/ Configurat ion considerat ions: I f you are using RADWI N 2000 C mast er
and RADWI N 2000 client s, t he Services and Rat es dialog will look like t his:
Fi gur e 10-11: Ser vi ces and Rat es - RADWI N 2000 C mast er , RADWI N 2000 cl i ent s
The circled areas should not be used. Using t hose areas, you may loose t he collocat ed
link wit h t he longest dist ance bet ween sit es. I f you do move t he slider int o a circled
area, you will receive a popup warning:
RFP: RADWI N 2000 Consi der at i ons Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-10
Fi gur e 10-12: Ser vi ces and Rat es - RADWI N 2000 C mast er , RADWI N 2000 cl i ent s - Ext r eme
asymmet r i c al l ocat i on
By rest rict ing one direct ion int o t he rest rict ed area, t he more dist ant sit es may not
even be able t o sust ain t he link much less send or receive dat a.
Asymmet ric Allocat ion and Collocat ion: I f t he link is collocat ed, t he use of Asymmet ric
Allocat ion is limit ed.
The effect ive available range for Asymmet ric Allocat ion (bet ween t he t wo circled t ick
in Fi gur e 10-11) is primarily det ermined by t hree fact ors:
The RFP in use (B or E)
Channel Bandwidt h
Link dist ance
The first t wo paramet ers are ent ered during Link
I nst allat ion/ Configurat ion.
Possible scenarios are shown in Tabl e 10-4.Whenever Asymmet ric Allocat ion is avail-
able, it is st at ic for all t raffic condit ions.
RFP: Wi nLi nk 1000 Consi der at i ons Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-11
RFP: WinLink 1000 Considerations
When WinLink 1000 radios are collocat ed wit h RADWI N 2000 radios using HSS, all
radios must use RFP B or E.
The performance of WinLink 1000 radios t hat operat e wit h t hese RFPs can be seen in
t he Link Budget Calculat or.
The choice of t he unit t o be t he HSS mast er is a mat t er of convenience. There is no
t echnical reason t o prefer a WinLink 1000 over a RADWI N 2000 as HSS mast er or vice
versa. I t is however, recommended t hat you use t he RADWI N 2000 as mast er, since it
will enforce t he correct RFP on t he ot her collocat ed unit s.
The following list summarizes t he effect of using RFP B or E on WinLink 1000 radios. These
effect s should be t aken int o considerat ion when planning new inst allat ions:
Channel bandwidt h 5 MHz i s available under RFP E but is onl y support ed for WinLink
1000 Access product s
For product s support ing a maximum t hroughput of 18.1 Mbps, t he maximum Et hernet
t hroughput is 14.5 Mbps at 20 MHz channel bandwidt h and 9.3 Mbps at 10 MHz chan-
nel bandwidt h
For product s support ing maximum t hroughput of 22.5 Mbps, t he maximum Et hernet
t hroughput is 21.4 Mbps at t he 20 MHz channel and 9.3 Mbps at 10 MHz channel
bandwidt h
Tabl e 10-4: Asymmet r i c Al l ocat i on wi t h Col l ocat ed Li nks - Scenar i os
HSS Mast er HSS Cl i ent Scenar i o: I f you t r y t o... Resul t Remar ks
RADWI N 2000
WinLink 1000
Change mast er t o
asymmet ric allocat ion
Link down Reversion t o 50/ 50 rest ores link
RADWI N 2000
Releases prior t o
2.4 - Link down
Release 2.4 lat er
(RADWI N 2000 PDH
and RADWI N 2000
L series) - Link
down
Release 2.4 and
lat er (RADWI N
2000 C ) - TDM ser-
vices st opped, link
set t o t ransmission
rat io of mast er
Release 2.4 and lat er (RADWI N
2000 C ) - Asymmet ric Allocat ion
slider visible but cannot be
changed
RADWI N 2000
WinLink 1000
RADWI N 2000
Change client t o
asymmet ric
Asymmet ric Allocat ion slider
not displayed
You cannot do t his
Wi nLi nk 1000
WinLink 1000
RADWI N 2000
Change client t o
asymmet ric
Asymmet ric Allocat ion slider
not displayed
You cannot do t his
HSS St at us LED on t he I DU-C and New St yl e I DU-E Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-12
HSS Status LED on the IDU-C and New Style IDU-E
The I DU-C and I DU-E have a front panel HSS st at us LED:
Link Configuration and HSS
For WinLink 1000 HSS-enabled unit s and all RADWI N 2000 unit s, t he Hub Sit e Synchroniza-
t ion Set t ings dialog box appears in bot h t he Link I nst allat ion and Configurat ion Wizards.
Fi gur e 10-13: HSS Set t i ngs: Lef t - Wi nLi nk 1000 client , Ri ght - RADWI N 2000 mast er
The Synchronizat ion St at us dialog box displays t he current st at us of each side of t he link.
Operat ion: Type of unit
Hub Sync Mast er (HSM)
Hub Sync Client - Disable Transmission (HSC-DT)
Tabl e 10-5: I DU-C and New St yl e I DU-E Fr ont Panel LEDs f or HSS
Col or Funct i on
Green This ODU is HSS mast er, generat ing signal, and HSS Sync is OK
Blinking
Green
This ODU is a HSS client and in Sync
Red HSS not operat ional due t o improper signal det ect ion. This ODU is not t ransmit t ing
Orange
HSS is operat ional. One of t he following condit ions apply:
This ODU is a mast er t hat is generat ing signals and det ect ing signals
This ODU is a mast er t hat is generat ing signals but det ect ed improper signals
This ODU is a client Cont inue Tx but is not det ect ing signals
This ODU is a client Disable Tx and is det ect ing signals from mult iple sources
All orange cases t ransmit .
Of f
HSS is not act ivat ed
HSS is not support ed (WinLink 1000 only)
Disconnect ion bet ween ODU and I DU
Li nk Conf i gur at i on and HSS Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-13
Hub Sync Client - Cont inue Transmission (HSC-CT)
I ndependent Unit
Synchronizat ion:
N/ A- for Mast er or I ndependent Unit s
Synchronized - for Hub Sit e Client s
Not Synchronized - for Hub Sit e Client s
Ext ernal Pulses:
To conf i gur e t he Oper at i onal St at es of t he Hub Si t e uni t
1. Click t he Enabl ed check box
2. Click t he Conf i gur e but t on
The Hub Sit e Configurat ion dialog box wit h t he current st at us of t he ODUs is dis-
played.
3. Select t he t ype of unit configurat ion from t he drop-down list .
4. Select t he appropriat e RFP radio but t on. Some RFP opt ions may be disabled depend-
ing on t he bandwidt h previously select ed.
Not e
Cont inue Transmission is int ended t o work if t here is no HSM pulse. I f a
wrong HSM pulse is det ect ed, a WinLink 1000 will resync, adapt ing t o t he
HSM RFP and cont inue whereas RADWI N 2000 may st op.
Tabl e 10-6: Ext er nal Pul se St at us
HSS Sync St at us Meani ng Col or code
Gener at i ng
ODU i s HSM and gener at es t he
sync pul se
Gr een
Det ect ed
ODU i s HSC and det ect s t he
sync pul se
Not det ect ed ODU i s i ndependent
Gener at i ng and det ect ed HSM, but ot her HSM pr esent
Or ange
Gener at i ng and
I mpr oper l y Det ect ed
RADWI N 2000 ODU i s HSM,
but but det ect s a Wi nLi nk 1000
HSM si gnal t hat i s not RFP E
Not det ect ed HSC but no HSM pr esent
I mpr oper l y det ect ed
HSC but HSM pul se doesnt f i t
t he HSC as conf i gur ed. Occur s
onl y f or RADWI N 2000, whi ch
st ops t r ansmi t t i ng.
Red
Not e
Take care t o avoid incorrect configurat ion of bandwidt h, RFP or t o set
mult iple Hub Sync Mast ers, as syst em int erference can occur. RADWI N
Manager provides error messages and t ool t ips if t he syst em is configured
wit h mismat ches.
Si t e Conf i gur at i on and HSS Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-14

Fi gur e 10-14: Hub Si t e Conf i gur at i on di al og - Lef t Wi nLi nk 1000, r i ght RADWI N 2000
Site Configuration and HSS
For unit s t hat support HSS, t he Hub Sit e Sync opt ion appears in t he Air I nt erface sect ion and
displays t he current HSS of t he unit . Configure t he unit from t he Link Configurat ion Wizard
according t o t he procedure described above.
Fi gur e 10-15: Si t e Conf i gur at i on: HSS - Lef t - Wi nLi nk 1000 cl i ent , Ri ght - RADWI N 2000 mas-
t er
For WinLink 1000 unit s wit hout HSS support , Fi gur e 10-16 is displayed inst ead of
Fi gur e 10-15:
Si t e Conf i gur at i on and HSS Chapt er 10
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 10-15
Fi gur e 10-16: HSS Not Suppor t ed

WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-1
Chapter 11
Using the RADWIN GSU
What is it for
The GPS-based synchronizat ion unit (GSU) is designed t o handle int er-sit e int erferences
under large-scale deployment scenarios.
The GSU is an out door unit consist ing of a st andard WinLink 1000 enclosure, a GPS ant enna
and a PoE device.
The GSU is connect ed t o t he HSS Unit using a st andard HSS cable. I t synchronizes t he t rans-
mission t iming of mult iple Hub-Sit es t o t he same clock source t hus eliminat ing mut ual int er-
ference.
GSU Functionality
The GSU receives a synchronizat ion signal from t he GPS once per second. I t dist ribut es a
RADWI N propriet ary synchronizat ion signal t o all ot her ODU unit s using t he RS422 prot ocol
and t he st andard HSS mechanism, where t he GSU act s as an HSM unit .
When t he GSU doesnt receive a synchronizat ion signal from t he GPS for 30 seconds, it moves
aut omat ically t o Self-Generat ion mode and act s as a regular HSM unit , unt il t he GPS recovers.
Typical GSU Scenarios
Independent Distributed Sites
I n t he scenario of Fi gur e 11-1, we have mult iple independent collocat ed sit es, which may
int erfere wit h each ot her. To meet t his sit uat ion, we coordinat e all of t hem using t he GSU as
shown.
The GSU funct ions like wide area HSS unit , ensuring t hat all part icipat ing radios at t he loca-
t ions marked GSU each t ransmit and receive at t he same t ime.
Mul t i pl e Di st r i but ed Si t es wi t h Communi cat i on Chapt er 11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-2
pendent dis t ribut ed sit es
Fi gur e 11-1: GSU Scenar i o - I ndependent di st r i but ed si t es
Multiple Distributed Sites with Communication
What happens if, in Fi gur e 11-1, t he GSU t owers t hemselves have radios communicat ing as
shown in Fi gur e 11-2?
Consider GSU 1 and GSU 2: Bot h collocat ed t owers t ransmit and receive simult aneously. How-
ever, t he radios communicat ing at GSU 1 and GSU 2 must t ransmit and receive in t urn accord-
ing t o t he scheme in marked Normal Phase in Fi gur e 11-3. This is an impossible sit uat ion,
if all t he links must send and receive t oget her. I t is furt her complicat ed by adding a t hird and
furt her sit es as shown.
Fi gur e 11-2: GSU Scenar i o - Communi cat i ng di st r i but ed si t es
Cascaded Si t es usi ng Shi f t ed Phase Tr ansmi ssi on Chapt er 11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-3
Cascaded Sites using Shifted Phase Transmission
The solut ion offered here is not a universal cure . The following condit ions are necessary, but
in any specific case may not be sufficient :
The GSU sit es (marked 1, and 3 above) are sufficient ly far apart as t o ensure t hat
t here is no mut ual int erference bet ween communicat ing sit es (1-2 and 2-3 above)
There should be no int erference bet ween non-communicat ing sit es (1 and 3 above).
To see how it works, we use Fi gur e 11-2. The GSU t owers are numbered and marked for
cascading, 1-2 and 2-3. There should not be a link bet ween 1 and 3.
The GSU can synchronize t he TDD t iming of several sit es enabling t he cascading of consecu-
t ive links wit hout mut ual int erference.
To use cascading, t he TDD t iming of t he even-ordered links (GSU 2 above) must be shift ed
(Shift ed Phase) and odd-ordered links (GSU 1 and GSU 3 above) must be unshift ed (Normal
Phase). The phase shift is half of t he Radio Frame Durat ion (RFD) from t he chosen RFP. The
scheme is shown in Fi gur e 11-3.
Since t he GSU is always HSS mast er (HSM), at each GSU locat ion, t he GSU can force t he
synchronizat ion of it s collocat ed radios. By half RFD shift ing, alt ernat e collocat ed sit es can
t alk t o each ot her.
Fi gur e 11-3: Phase shi f t ed t r ansmi ssi on - phase shi f t i s 1/ 2 t he RFD
Choice of normal or shift ed phase is configurable per GSU using t he RADWI N Manager.
GSU Redundancy
The GSU is designed t o support redundancy, improving t he robust ness of a GSU based t opol-
ogy.
I n redundancy mode, t wo GSUs are inst alled at t he same HSS sit e. One of t hem self-config-
ures t o generat e HSS sync signals. We will call it t he Primary unit . The ot her one, t he Second-
ary unit remains dormant merely polling t he first GSU. I f t he Primary GSU fails, t hen t he
Secondary GSU becomes act ive immediat ely. I f t he Primary unit becomes act ive again, it
remains dormant , reversing t he original roles. The choice of t he Primary GSU is random and
of no significance.
I f t he Primary GSU fails, and t hen t he Secondary GSU also fails t o receive sync signals from
it s GPS, t hen it moves t o self-generat ion HSM mode like an ordinary HSM ODU unt il it s GPS
recovers.
GSU Ki t Cont ent s Chapt er 11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-4
Fi gur e 11-4: Make t he GSUs t he f i r st t wo col l ocat ed uni t s
Redundancy swit ching is complet ely t ransparent t o t he GSU-managed links.
GSU Kit Contents
The GSU package includes:
1 x GSU
1 x Mount ing Kit
1 x GPS Ant enna
1 x GPS Ant enna Mount ing Kit
1 x RF Cable, 1.5m
CD
GSU Installation
Overview
The GSU uses t he same cont ainer and cabling as a WinLink 1000 unit .
Pr epar i ng t he GSU f or Use Chapt er 11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-5
Fi gur e 11-5: Gener al GSU conf i gur at i on
I n t hat respect , all of t he considerat ions of Chapt er 3, Chapt er 17 and Chapt er 18 of t he
use Manual apply t o t he GSU.
I t may be configured using t he regular RADWI N Manager or Telnet .
Preparing the GSU for Use
Use t he met hod of Chapt er 19, Pr el oadi ng an ODU wi t h an I P Addr ess t o change t he I P
address from t he default (10.0.0.120). I n t he example screen capt ures below, we use
192.168.222.20 wit h Subnet Mask 255.255.252.0.
Mounting the GSU
Mount t he GSU and ant enna. Ensure t hat it s ODU port connect ed t o it s PoE device and t he
HSS cable is connect ed t o t he HSS unit as shown. The ext ernal LAN port of t he PoE device is
connect ed t o t he managing comput er. I f you are accessing t he GSU t hrough a net work it is
essent ial t hat you use t he I P preloading met hod. The default I P address may be inaccessible
and you may not use t he Local Connect ion met hod over a net work.
Configuring the GSU
Getting Started
To configure t he GSU, you log on t o it , exact ly as in Chapt er 4.
The GSU Mai n Wi ndow
Here is t he main window for GSU configurat ion:
Conf i gur i ng t he GSU Chapt er 11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-6
Fi gur e 11-6: GSU Mai n wi dow at st ar t up
The t op five it ems in t he GSU Monit or panel are t aken from a sat ellit e. The t ransmission
Phase may be Nor mal as shown or Shi f t ed. I t purpose, t oget her wit h t he Tx Rat i o bar, will
be explained below.
The St at us Box
Under normal operat ing condit ions, it will be green as shown, indicat ing t hat it is synchro-
nized wit h a sat ellit e.
I f sat ellit e synchronizat ion is lost , t hen t he GSU will funct ion as an independent HSM and t he
st at us box will change color:
The Mai n Menu
The main menu is a subset of t he main menu applicable t o t he WinLink 1000. Not ice t hat
t here are no I nst allat ion or Configurat ion wizards. Such configurat ion as is necessary is car-
ried out using a modified version of Sit e Configurat ion for WinLink 1000.
Similarly, t he Tool bar is a subset of t hat applicable t o t he WinLink 1000.
Conf i gur i ng t he GSU Chapt er 11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-7
Using Site Configuration for the GSU
Si t e Conf i gur at i on: Syst em
Here is t he opening window for Si t e Conf i gur at i on:
Fi gur e 11-7: Si t e Conf i gur at i on: Syst em
I t is similar t o t hat of t he WinLink 1000.
Conf i gur i ng t he GSU Chapt er 11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-8
Si t e Conf i gur at i on: GPS Sync Uni t
This window is t he main GSU configurat ion t ool:
Fi gur e 11-8: Si t e Conf i gur at i on: GPS Sync Uni t
1. Set t i ng t he RFP f or HSS
The GSU is aut omat ically configured as HSS Mast er (HSM).
I f t he hub sit e consist s only of WinLink 1000 unit s, t hen any suit able RFP may be chosen.
I f t here are one or more RADWI N 2000 unit s, you must use RFP B or E.
The permit t ed RFPs are also dependent on channel bandwidt h and are color coded as fol-
lows:
Not e
The 1000 and 2000 labels refer t o WinLink 1000 and RADWI N 2000 radios,
respect ively. The act ual annot at ion seen may vary, but t he int ent ion should
be clear.
Not e
Ensure t hat no ot her collocat ed ODU is configured as HSM.
You May use RFP/
Channel
Bandwi dt h
combi nat i ons wi t h
t hi s col or
For t hese col l ocat ed r adi os
WinLink 1000 only
RADWI N 2000 only
WinLink 1000 and RADWI N 2000 t oget her
None - unavailable
Conf i gur i ng t he GSU Chapt er 11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-9
There is a furt her rest rict ion: I f t here are t wo dist ribut ed sit es t ransmit t ing t o each ot her,
t hey must bot h use t he same RFP. This requirement , t oget her wit h use of shift ed t ransmis-
sion phase (it em 3 below), ensures t hat communicat ing dist ribut ed sit es t o not int erfere
wit h each ot her by t ransmit t ing simult aneously.
Two GSU managed sit es t ransmit t ing wit h shift ed t ransmission phase and using t he same
RFP, t ransmit one half a RFD apart (see Fi gur e 11-3 above).
2. Set t i ng t he Tx Tr ansmi ssi on Rat i o
Since t he GSU is always HSM, it must be able t o cat er for hub sit e RADWI N 2000 C based
links. (See t he RADWI N 2000 User Manual, Chapt er 5). I f you use asymmet ric allocat ion,
shift ed t ransmission phase becomes unavailable and you cannot cascade links as
described in st ep 1.
3. Choosi ng t he Tr ansmi ssi on Phase
Chose t he Transmission Phase in accordance wit h considerat ions in st ep 1 above. I f you
choose Shift ed Phase t hen t he Asymmet ric Rat io select or is disabled.
Si t e Conf i gur at i on: Management
Fi gur e 11-9: Si t e Conf i gur at i on: Management
Here you set t he GSU I P address, subnet mask and gat eway. You also set t rap addresses
here. I t is ident ical t o t he corresponding panel for WinLink 1000.
Conf i gur i ng t he GSU Chapt er 11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-10
Si t e Conf i gur at i on: I nvent or y
Fi gur e 11-10: Si t e Conf i gur at i on: I nvent or y
Si t e Conf i gur at i on: Secur i t y
You can only change t he SNMP Communit y st ings:
Fi gur e 11-11: Si t e Conf i gur at i on: Secur i t y
Si t e Conf i gur at i on: Dat e and Ti me
ODU Recent event s, alarms and t raps are t ime-st amped from t he t ime met hod chosen here
(NTP, managing comput er, ODU default ).
Conf i gur i ng t he GSU Chapt er 11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-11
Fi gur e 11-12: Set t i ng t he dat e and t i me f or t r ap r epor t i ng
Si t e Conf i gur at i on: Oper at i ons
The only available act ion here is Rest ore Syst em Default s:
Fi gur e 11-13: Si t e Conf i gur at i on: Oper at i ons
GSU Pr ef er ences Chapt er 11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-12
GSU Preferences
The Pr ef er ences window adds a new t ab for t he GSU:
Fi gur e 11-14: Si t e Conf i gur at i on: Oper at i ons
You may chose t he unit s for lat it ude/ longit ude coordinat es.
GSU Monitoring and Diagnostics
The monit oring and diagnost ic report s are similar t o t hose of WinLink 1000.
GSU Telnet Support
To configure t he GSU wit h Telnet , st art a Telnet session, using
t el net < GSU_i paddr > .
For example, if you run Telnet as follows,
t el net 192.168.222.20
you will be asked for a user name and password. You must log on wit h administ rat or privilege
under user name, admi n and password net man.
The available commands are t he same as for WinLink 1000 wit h t he addit ion of four addi-
t ional display commands and t hree addit ional set commands.
The addit ional di spl ay commands are
di spl ay r f p
di spl ay r at i o
di spl ay t x_phase
di spl ay gpsi nf o
The last one di spl ay gpsi nf o, is t he most int erest ing:
admi n@192.168.222.20-> di spl ay gpsi nf o
Current GPS t ime 102941.000
Sof t war e Updat e f or GSUs Chapt er 11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 11-13
Current GPS lat it ude 51.500000
Current GPS N\ S I ndicat or N
Current GPS longit ude 0.000000
Current GPS E\ W I ndicat or E
Current GPS number of sat ellit es 09
Current GPS alt it ude 84.0
Command " di spl ay gpsi nf o" f i ni shed OK.
The t hree addit ional set commands are
set r f p < i ndex> ( 2-6)
set r at i o < r at i o>
set t x_phase < mode: 1= nor mal ,2= shi f t ed>
Software Update for GSUs
All GSUs in a dist ribut ed sit e can be updat ed simult aneously. Use an I P list as described in
Chapt er 15.

WinLink 1000
Broadband Wireless Transmission Syst em
USER MANUAL
RELEASE 1.9.40
Part 3: Advanced Installation
UM 1000-1940/ 03.11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-1
Chapter 12
Monitored Hot Standby
Installation Procedure
What is a RADWIN Monitored Hot Standby
The RADWI N Monit ored Hot St andby (MHS a.k.a 1+ 1) is a duplicat ed link set up as a primary
link and a secondary link in hot st andby mode as shown in Fi gur e 12-1 below.
Fi gur e 12-1: RADWI N Moni t or ed Hot St andby
What RADWI N MHS pr ovi des Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-2
RADWI N MHS provides redundancy and backup t o TDM services. I t is designed t o provide
high reliabilit y high-capacit y Point -t o-Point links. The RADWI N MHS is -
Designed t o provide redundancy and high reliabilit y for carrier class operat ors
Opt imized for high capacit y links operat ing in license-free bands
A comprehensive solut ion providing prot ect ion against bot h equipment failure and loss
of air int erface, by simple connect ivit y bet ween a primary link and a secondary link
The main service redundancy feat ures of t he RADWI N MHS are
TDM service cut -over from t he primary t o t he secondary link is complet ely aut omat ic
TDM service cut -over t ime no more t han 50 ms
Aut omat ic rest ore t o primary link as soon as it becomes available
Support for up t o sixt een TDM channels for RADWI N 2000 and four TDM channels for
WinLink 1000.
MHS is support ed bet ween -
t wo WinLink 1000 links
t wo RADWI N 2000 links
a WinLink 1000 link and a RADWI N 2000 link.
What RADWIN MHS provides
Equipment Protection
Equipment prot ect ion is provided for t he elect rically-act ive net work element s, ODU and I DU.
The primary I DU and t he secondary I DU are connect ed by a cable t o monit or failure and t o
cont rol prot ect ion swit ching. Swit ching t ime is less t han 50ms.
When connect ing t wo WinLink 1000 links as 1+ 1, one dual-polarizat ion ant enna can be
shared by t he primary link and t he secondary link.
Air-Interface Protection
Air-I nt erface prot ect ion is unique t o RADWI N and is opt imized for wireless links operat ing in
license-free bands.
The primary link and t he secondary link use different frequency channels. I f t he air-int erface
of t he primary link is dist urbed and cannot carry t he required TDM service, t hen t he syst em
aut omat ically swit ches t o t he secondary link.
I n addit ion, improved robust ness and frequency planning flexibilit y is achieved, as t he pri-
mary and secondary air int erfaces can operat e in t he same frequency band or in different fre-
quency bands.
Aut omat ic Channel Select ion (ACS) can be configured for each link t o add addit ional robust -
ness.
The primary and secondary links are synchronized using Hub Sit e Synchronizat ion (HSS).
I t is recommended t hat bot h sit es be inst alled wit h HSS cables. I f HSS fails at one sit e, it can
be operat ed from t he ot her sit e by remot e configurat ion.
Pur pose of t hi s Chapt er Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-3
Purpose of this Chapter
This chapt er is an inst allat ion and maint enance guide for RADWI N MHS. I t applies t o all RAD-
WI N radio product s able t o support t he Monit ored Hot St andby operat ional mode.
Who Should Read this
This chapt er is int ended for persons responsible for t he inst allat ion and maint enance of RAD-
WI N MHS. To use it you need t o know how t o -
I nst all a WinLink 1000 radio link
I nst all a RADWI N 2000 radio link
Use t he RADWI N Manager soft ware
RADWIN MHS Kit Contents
One Y-Connect ion Pat ch Panel
One MHS cable
Fi gur e 12-2: RADWI N Y-Connect i on Pat ch Panel
Installing a RADWIN MHS
Fi gur e 12-1 above is a schemat ic of a RADWI N MHS. Fi gur e 12-3 shows how t o connect
t he I DUs t o t he Pat ch Panel.
Not e
The following procedure is subst ant ially generic t o all RADWI N radio
product s. Differences bet ween WinLink 1000 and RADWI N 2000 class
product s will be st at ed explicit ly. What you see on your running RADWI N
Manager may differ in some det ails from t he screen capt ures used t o
illust rat e t his chapt er.
I nst al l i ng a RADWI N MHS Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-4
Fi gur e 12-3: How t o connect t he I DUs t o t he Pat ch Panel
I n what follows, it will be assumed t hat
1. We will depart from our usual Sit e A / Sit e B convent ions. Sit es A and B on t he primary link
will be Sit es 1.2 and 1.4 respect ively. The corresponding sit es on t he secondary link will be
Sit es 2.2 and 2.4. The sit e names reflect t heir I P addresses. This is a useful convent ion and
is reflect ed in t he screen capt ures below.
2. The link will be managed from Sit e 1.2; Sit e 1.4 may be a remot e sit e.
3. The links int ended as t he primary and secondary will be referred t o t heir respect ive names,
Primary Link and Secondary Link as shown in Fi gur e 12-1 above, despit e t heir having yet
t o be inst alled.
To i nst al l a Hot St andby Li nk:
1. Set up Primary Link in t he usual way. Ensure t hat it is fully operat ional in accordance
wit h t he relevant inst ruct ions in Part 1 of t he User Manual.
2. Connect user equipment t o Sit e 1.4.
3. At Sit e 1.2, disconnect t he TDM cables from t he ext ernal equipment or disconnect
ext ernal equipment from t he Hot St andby Pat ch Panel.
4. The HSS cable (connect ing t he ODUs) should be connect ed at Sit e 1.2. The ODU
belonging t o t he primary link should be configured as HSM, whereas t he ODU
belonging t o t he secondary link should be configured as HSC-CT.
5. Est ablish Secondary Link in t he usual way, wit h HSS enabled. The t wo l i nk f r e-
quenci es shoul d be at l east 5MHz apar t .
Not e
Wit h RADWI N 2000 links you can prot ect up t o 16 TDM port s. To pro-
t ect more t han eight TDM port s use t wo Pat ch Panels at each sit e.
Et hernet services are carried independent ly by primary and second-
ary links. Each link carries different Et hernet t raffic. MHS does not
prot ect Et hernet t raffic.
Not e
Do not pr oceed unl ess t hi s condi t i on i s f ul l y met !
I nst al l i ng a RADWI N MHS Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-5
6. Connect t he MHS cables at Sit es A and B as shown in Fi gur e 12-1 and Fi gur e 12-
3 above.
7. Run t he Configurat ion Wizard for Primary Link. Act ivat e TDM services in t he usual
way. Navigat e t o t he Hot St andby t ab, in t he Services Configurat ion panel:
Fi gur e 12-4: Ser vi ces Conf i gur at i on Panel : Hot St andby mode sel ect i on
Check t he Primary but t on t o configure Primary Link as t he primary link.
8. Complet e t he Wizard, and t hen move t o Secondary Link.
9. Repeat st ep 7 for Secondary Link. For t he Services Hot St andby t ab, t his t ime, check
t he Secondary but t on.
10. Complet e t he Wizard.
11. At Sit e 1.2, reconnect t he Hot St andby Pat ch panel t o t he ext ernal equipment .
From t his point on, we will simply refer t o primary and secondary link (no capit alized names).
At t he end of t he process, t he RADWI N Manager main windows should look like t his:
I nst al l i ng a RADWI N MHS Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-6
Fi gur e 12-5: The pr i mar y l i nk under nor mal oper at i on
I nst al l i ng a RADWI N MHS Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-7
Fi gur e 12-6: The secondar y l i nk under nor mal oper at i on
To see what happens following a cut -over from t he primary link t o t he secondary link, you
need t o have running t wo copies of t he RADWI N Manager one logged int o t he primary link,
and one logged int o t he secondary link.
Here t hen, is t he sit uat ion aft er a cut -over t o t he secondary link:
For t he primary link, t he following window will appear for a few seconds:
I nst al l i ng a RADWI N MHS Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-8
Fi gur e 12-7: Pr i mar y l i nk a f ew seconds bef or e r egul ar No-Li nk di spl ay
I t will t hen revert t o t he st andard No-Link-available window.
On t he secondary link Manager window, you will see a window like t his:
Mai nt ai ni ng a RADWI N MHS Li nk Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-9
Fi gur e 12-8: Secondar y Li nk oper at i ng as t he Hot St andby l i nk
Not ice t hat t he act ive link not ice is highlight ed in red, so t hat t here is no mist aking which link
is operat ional.
Maintaining a RADWIN MHS Link
IDU Replacement
There are t wo sit uat ions, which must be t reat ed different ly.
Si t uat i on 1:
To replace eit her of t he I DUs at Sit e 1.4 or t he I DU at Sit e 2.2, not hing special is required.
Simply disconnect t he I DU t o be replaced and replace it wit h a new one. Replacing a sec-
ondary link I DU obviously has no effect on t he TDM service. Disconnect ing t he Sit e 1.4 pri-
mary I DU act ivat es Hot St andby. Aft er t he Sit e 1.4 primary I DU is replaced, t he Link will
det ect t he change and swit ch back t o t he primary link.
I f you replaced t he Sit e 2.2 I DU, remember t o reconnect t he MHS cable.
Si t uat i on 2:
Replacing t he Sit e 1.2 I DU is different , and requires several st eps.
To r epl ace t he Si t e 1.2 pr i mar y l i nk I DU:
1. Power off t he Sit e 1.2 I DU. This act ivat es t he secondary link using Hot St andby.
ODU Repl acement Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-10
2. Run t he Configurat ion manager on t he secondary link, and in t he Hot St andby panel
of Fi gur e 12-4 above, check t he Disabled but t on.
3. Replace t he Sit e 1.2 I DU wit hout connect ing it t o t he ODU (t o prevent t ransmission
by t he primary link wit h t he undefined I DU).
4. Reconnect t he MHS cable bet ween t he I DUs at Sit e 1.2.
5. Again, run t he Configurat ion Wizard on t he secondary link, and in t he panel of
Fi gur e 12-4 above, check t he Secondary but t on t o re-enable t he link as secondary.
6. Connect t he new Sit e 1.2 I DU t o it s ODU.
The Hot St andby will aut omat ically revert t o t he primary link wit hin 50ms.
ODU Replacement
Bot h t he primary and secondary replacement ODUs require pre-configurat ion prior t o inser-
t ion int o t he link. The it ems t o be pre-configured are
HSS mode
Link I D
Frequency
Hot St andby mode using t he new Services panel in Fi gur e 12-4 above
I P address (opt ional)
To pr e-conf i gur e an ODU:
1. At t ach t he new ODU t o an I DU or a PoE device.
2. Run t he RADWI N Manager and use Hot St andby t ab of Fi gur e 12-4 above t o config-
ure t he new ODU t o Primary or Secondary mode as required.
3. Ensure t hat it is set t o t he proper HSS mode in accordance wit h Fi gur e 12-4 above.
Ent er t he required Link I D and frequency.
To r epl ace an ODU f or pr i mar y or secondar y l i nk, at ei t her si t e:
I nst all t he pre-configured ODU. (Since t he ot her link is working normally, not hing
need be done wit h it . I f t he secondary ODU was replaced, TDM service remains as is
on t he primary link. I f t he primary ODU was replaced, t hen t he TDM service will shift
back t o t he primary link.)
Switching Logic
Switching from Primary Link to Secondary Link
Swit ching from primary link t o secondary link will occur following:
Loss of t he primary air int erface due t o sync loss
Not e
Pre-configurat ion must be carried out before t he new ODU is
connect ed t o it s I DU. I f you t ry t o do it live against it s I DU, it will
cause spurious t ransmissions and a service break.
Swi t chi ng f r om Pr i mar y Li nk t o Secondar y Li nk Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-11
Loss of t he primary air int erface due t o failure of t he receiver t o acquire expect ed E1/
T1 dat a during a period of 24ms
The Primary equipment (eit her ODU or I DU, local or remot e) is powered off
Following t he swit ch from t he primary t o t he secondary link, t he primary and secondary link
Manager main windows should look like t his:
Fi gur e 12-9: Pr i mar y l i nk af t er t he swi t ch over t o secondar y l i nk ( Af t er a f ew seconds t he di s-
pl ay moves t o No-Li nk di spl ay, wi t h TDM por t s gr ayed out .)
Swi t chi ng back f r om t he Secondar y t o t he Pr i mar y Li nk Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-12
Fi gur e 12-10: Secondar y l i nk oper at i ng af t er t he swi t ch over t o secondar y. ( Af t er a f ew
moment s t he TDM i cons become gr een.)
Switching back from the Secondary to the Primary Link
Swit ching back from t he secondary link t o t he primary link will occur aft er t he primary link has
become and remains fully funct ional for a cont inuous period of at least one second. Following
reversion from t he secondary link t o t he primary link, t he Manager main windows should look
like t his:
Swi t chi ng back f r om t he Secondar y t o t he Pr i mar y Li nk Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-13
Fi gur e 12-11: Pr i mar y l i nk oper at i ng af t er t he swi t ch back f r om secondar y
Syst em Oper at i on descr i pt i on Chapt er 12
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 12-14
Fi gur e 12-12: Secondar y Li nk oper at i ng af t er t he swi t ch back t o Pr i mar y
System Operation description

Nor mal oper at i on
TDM services are carried by t he primary link
The secondary link (equipment and air int erface) is operat ing but not carrying user t raffic
TDM port s on t he secondary I DUs are t ri-st at e
Swi t chi ng t o backup
Swit ching t o secondary will occur in t he following cases:
Loss of t he primary air int erface due t o sync loss
Loss of t he primary air int erface due t o failure of t he receiver t o acquire expect ed
TDM dat a during a period of 24ms
Primary equipment power off (eit her ODU or I DU, local or remot e)
The swit ching result would be:
TDM port s on t he primary I DUs t urn t o t ri-st at e
TDM port s on t he secondary I DUs become act ive
Backup oper at i on TDM services are carried by t he secondary link
Swi t chi ng back t o
pr i mar y
Swit ching back t o primary will occur as soon as t he Primary link is fully funct ional for 1
second
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 13-1
Chapter 13
The RADWIN Ethernet
Ring
Scope
The descript ion of RADWI N Et hernet Ring in t his Chapt er is complet ely generic: Bot h WinLink
1000 and RADWI N 2000 links may part icipat e in an Et hernet ring.
What is an Ethernet Ring
An Et hernet ring consist s of several nodes connect ed by hops (links). Loops are not allowed
wit h Et hernet ; t herefore one hop is a Ri ng Pr ot ect i on Li nk (RPL) which blocks Et hernet
t raffic. I n t he event of failure in t he ring, t he Ring Prot ect ion Link unblocks and Et hernet t raf-
fic in t he ring is rest ored.
Some terminology:
Nor mal St at e all member links are funct ional except t he RPL which is blocked.
Bl ocked - t he air-link is up but Et hernet t raffic is not t ransmit t ed across t he link. The
Et hernet service panel for t he RPL in t he RADWI N Manager is labeled I dl e
Unbl ocked - Et hernet t raffic is t ransmit t ed across t he RPL. The Et hernet service
panel for t he RPL in t he RADWI N Manager is labeled Act i ve
Pr ot ect i on St at e a member link is broken and t he RPL passes Et hernet t raffic
Ri ng Pr ot ect i on Li nk - as described above
Ri ng Li nk - any member link cont rolled by t he RPL
I ndependent Li nk - not subj ect t o ring prot ect ion
Caut i on
VLAN I Ds are used by RADWI N product s in t hree separat e cont ext s:
Management VLAN, Traffic VLAN and Et hernet Ring. I t is recommended t hat
you use different VLAN I Ds for each cont ext .
RADWI N Et her net Ri ng Chapt er 13
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 13-2
Ri ng Pr ot ect i on Message (RPM) - cont rol message used t o monit or and cont rol t he
ring.
RADWIN Ethernet Ring
The following figure describes t he RPL behavior during a ring failure and recovery cycle.
Fi gur e 13-1: Ri ng Pr ot ect i on mechani sm
Not e
RPM messages are br oadcast , so it is essent ial (t o prevent flooding) t o
associat e t he RPL and member Ring LI nks wit h a VLAN I D. This requires in
t urn, t hat equipment used in t he ring eit her support s VLAN or can
t ransparent ly pass t hrough VLAN t agged packet s.
RADWI N Et her net Ri ng Chapt er 13
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 13-3
The st eps below follow t he numbering in Fi gur e 13-1:
1. Nor mal oper at i on
Et hernet t raffic runs in t he ring, but does not pass t hrough t he RPL, which is blocked. The
RPL does however, broadcast RPM packet s t hrough t he ring.
2. Ri ng Li nk down, RPL not i f i ed
The RPL det ect s a link-down condit ion by t he non-arrival of an RPM packet . I t remains
blocked for t he Mi ni mum t i me f or f ai l ur e det ect i on which is configurable using t he
RADWI N Manager (see page 13-9).
3. Ri ng Li nk down, RPL unbl ocked f or t r af f i c
The RPL unblocks for Et hernet t raffic aft er t he Mi ni mum t i me f or f ai l ur e det ect i on
expires and no RPM message has been received.
4. Ri ng Li nk r est or ed but st i l l bl ocked f or t r af f i c
The Ring Link is rest ored, but remains blocked for t he Mi ni mum t i me f or r ecover y, set
using t he RADWI N Manager, t o avoid rapid fluct uat ions leading t o pot ent ial short t erm
loops (see page 13-9).
5. Ri ng Li nk r est or ed, RPL bl ocked f or t r af f i c
The RPL blocks t o Et hernet t raffic aft er t he Mi ni mum t i me f or r ecover y expires and
rest ores Et hernet t raffic t o t he Ring Link (wit h a special RPM packet ).
Ret ur n t o 1.) Ri ng Li nk r est or ed, RPL bl ocked f or t r af f i c
The ring is back t o normal operat ion.
Wit h RADWI N links, RADWI Ns Ring Prot ect ion solut ion prevent s Et hernet loops in t he ring at
all t imes. The ring is always broken somewhere.
Under a ring configurat ion a RADWI N Ring Link t hat was down and commences recov-
ery, keeps blocking Et hernet t raffic. The RPL ident ifies t his sit uat ion, blocks it self and
t hen unblocks t he ot her Ring Link. This is t he t ransit ion from st ep 4 t o 5 in
Fi gur e 13-1.
I f t he failed hop is not a RADWI N link t hen t here are t wo possibilit ies:
I f t he hop Ring Link can signal t hat it is down by issuing a Loss of Signal (LOS) at
t he Et hernet port , t hen t he RPL will cont rol t he RADWI N link connect ed t o t hat
port in t he same manner as described above, t o prevent an Et hernet loop.
Ot herwise, t here may be a short loop period when t he RPL is st ill open for t raffic
and t he Ring Link is also unblocked during t he Mi ni mum t i me f or r ecover y.
Et her net Ri ng Topol ogi es Suppor t ed by RADWI N Chapt er 13
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 13-4
Ethernet Ring Topologies Supported by RADWIN
The following ring t opologies are support ed:
Tabl e 13-1: Topol ogi es suppor t ed by RADWI N Et her net Ri ng
St and-al one r i ng
The ring is not connect ed t o ot her rings
Si ngl e-homed r i ng
One of t he nodes is connect ed t o anot her net work / ring:
Dual -homed r i ng
Two adj acent nodes are connect ed t hrough a non-RADWI N link (e.g. micro
wave or fiber):
Not e:
The net work has t o be layer 2 and support VLANs
The ring cont rol broadcast s RPM packet s. Hence it is recommended t o
prevent t hese packet s from propagat ing int o t he net work
Et her net Ri ng Topol ogi es Suppor t ed by RADWI N Chapt er 13
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 13-5
Mi xed r i ng
Some of t he hops are connect ed t hrough non-RADWI N links:
Repeat er si t es
Some of t he hops are connect ed t hrough RADWI N links wit h PoE devices, not
support ing ring funct ionalit y:
Shar ed r i ng
RADWI N rings wit h shared hops.
Not e:
A RADWI N link hop can be a part of up t o 4 rings
The RPL cannot be a shared link
The t wo RPLs should use different Minimum Time for Act ivat ion values
t o prevent duplicat e act ion causing a loop
Tabl e 13-1: Topol ogi es suppor t ed by RADWI N Et her net Ri ng ( Cont i nued)
Pr ot ect i on Swi t chi ng Chapt er 13
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 13-6
Protection Switching
Prot ect ion swit ching occurs upon failure in t he ring.
The Et hernet service rest orat ion t ime depends on t he number of hops in t he ring. Wit h four
hops t he Et hernet service is rest ored in less t han 50 ms.
I n single and dual homed t opologies t he service rest orat ion may t ake longer due t o t he aging
t ime of t he ext ernal swit ches. Swit ches t hat are immediat ely aware of rout ing changes reduce
t he rest orat ion t ime.
Hardware Considerations
Et hernet Ring Prot ect ion is support ed by t he I DU-C, I DU-E and PoE.
A t ypical Ring Prot ect ion Link consist s of an I DU-C or new st yle I DU-E, a PoE and t wo ODUs
as shown in Fi gur e 13-2. Hence one end of t he RPL and of ring cont rolled links, as shown in
Fi gur e 13-2 has t o be an I DU. I t is recommended t o have an I DU at each node t o have t he
flexibilit y t o change t he RPL.
A ring node is built from t wo ODUs from adj acent links. The ODUs can be connect ed t o eit her
an I DU or t o a PoE device as in Fi gur e 13-2. Port names in t he I DU are shown.
Fi gur e 13-2: Node wi t h I DU and PoE devi ce
The swit ching funct ion is carried out by t he I DU-Cs and I DU-Es, bot h of which provide Layer
2 support (see Chapt er 14).
Special Case: 1 + 1 Ethernet Redundancy
The same device may be used t o provide economic 1 + 1 redundancy for a single link.
A 1+ 1 Et hernet is a ring wit h t wo nodes. One of t he links is RPL.
Not e
Connect t he swit ch at t he sit e only t o one I DU.
Usi ng RADWI N Manager t o Set up a Ri ng Chapt er 13
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 13-7
The equipment in a 1+ 1 Et hernet inst allat ion is as follows:
Fi gur e 13-3: 1+ 1 Et her net
Fi gur e 13-4: Usi ng I DU-C or I DU-E wi t h PoEs f or t he RPL
Not ice t hat link cont ent drops from four PoEs plus t wo swit ches t o t wo PoEs and t wo I DU-Cs
or I DU-Es.
Using RADWIN Manager to Set up a Ring
Creat ing a Ring using RADWI N Manager requires t wo st ages:
6. Set up each part icipat ing link separat ely, in t he usual way
7. For each link, run t he Configurat ion wizard t o define it as RPL or a Ring Link
Here t hen, is st ep 2 in more det ail:
Not e
The Ring uses a VLAN I D for t he RPL. I t is used t o manage t he Ring
and not hing else; it is complet ely separat e from t he management
and t raffic VLANs referred t o elsewhere
A regular Ring Link may be a member of up t o four rings and each of
t heir RPL VLAN I Ds must be configured
Usi ng RADWI N Manager t o Set up a Ri ng Chapt er 13
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 13-8
To i nt egr at e a l i nk i nt o an Et her net Ri ng:
1. Using eit her t he I nst allat ion or Configurat ion wizards, navigat e t o t he Services win-
dow and chose t he Ring t ab.
Fi gur e 13-5: Ser vi ces wi ndow wi t h Ri ng sel ect ed
2. Click Conf i gur e. The Ring definit ion window is displayed. The default is I ndepen-
dent Link and is used when t he link is not part of any Ring.
Fi gur e 13-6: Ri ng Opt i ons
3. To configure t he link as a regular Rink link, click Ri nk Li nk ( Non- RPL) and ent er
t he ring LAN VI Ds (at least one) t o which it belongs and click OK:
Usi ng RADWI N Manager t o Set up a Ri ng Chapt er 13
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 13-9
Fi gur e 13-7: Conf i gur i ng Ri ng LAN VI Ds
4. To configure t he link as RPL, click Ri ng Pr ot ect i on Li nk ( RPL) and ent er it s Ring
VI D.
Fi gur e 13-8: Conf i gur i ng RPL VI Ds
5. Ent er t he minimum t imes for failure det ect ion and recovery.
For dual-homed configurat ions, where part of t he ring goes t hrough t he core, if a
core segment fails, t he core should be allowed t o recover before t he RPL ent ers Pro-
t ect ion St at e. Ot herwise, it could happen t hat bot h t he core and t he RADWI N ring
will swit ch in parallel. You should t herefore, configure a Mi ni mum t i me f or f ai l ur e
det ect i on high enough t o t ake t his possibilit y int o account .
The Mi ni mum t i me f or r ecover y is a delay swit ch t o prevent rapid on-off fluct u-
at ions. I t funct ions like a delay swit ch use t o prot ect elect rical devices from rapid
on-off power fluct uat ions, which in t his cont ext , may lead t o pot ent ial short t erm
loops.
6. Click OK t o accept your set t ings.
Usi ng RADWI N Manager t o Set up a Ri ng Chapt er 13
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 13-10
The RPL will be clearly indicat ed in t he RADWI N Manager. I n t he Link st at us area on
t he t op left , you will see an Et hernet (Blocked) not ice:
A Link-I dle message is displayed on t he Et hernet Services Bar:
When t he RPL cut s in as a result of a failure, t he Et hernet (Blocked) not ice disap-
pears. The Et hernet Services Bar indicat ed t hat t he RPL is act ive:
Upon rest orat ion of t he broken link, t he RPL ret urns t o idle st at us wit h t he appropri-
at e indicat ions on t he RADWI N Manager main window.
On t he st at us bar for all ring member links, you will see t he ring membership indica-
t or icon:

Caut i on
Do not configure more t han one RPL. I f you do, you will break t he
Ring
I f you forget t o configure one RPL in a Ring, you will int roduce a loop
int o your net work
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 14-1
Chapter 14
VLAN Functionality with
WinLink 1000
VLAN Tagging - Overview
VLAN Terminology
Bot h t he t echnical lit erat ure and t he RADWI N Manager use t he t erms VLAN I D and VI D int er-
changeably t o denot e a VLAN ident ificat ion number.
VLAN Background Information on the WEB
The st andards defining VLAN Tagging are I EEE_802.1Q and ext ensions.
For general background about VLAN see ht t p: / / en.wi ki pedi a.or g/ wi ki / Vi r t ual _LAN.
Background informat ion about Doubl e Taggi ng also known as Qi nQ may be found here:
ht t p: / / en.wi ki pedi a.or g/ wi ki / 802.1Qi nQ.
VLAN Tagging
VLAN t agging enables mult iple bridged net works t o t ransparent ly share t he same physical
net work link wit hout leakage of informat ion bet ween net works:
Fi gur e 14-1: Two net wor k usi ng t he same l i nk wi t h t aggi ng
Qi nQ ( Doubl e Taggi ng) f or Ser vi ce Pr ovi der s Chapt er 14
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 14-2
I EEE 802.1Q is used as t he encapsulat ion prot ocol t o implement t his mechanism over Et her-
net net works.
QinQ (Double Tagging) for Service Providers
QinQ is useful for Service Providers, allowing t hem t o use VLANs int ernally in t heir t ransport
net work while mixing Et hernet t raffic from client s t hat are already VLAN-t agged.
Fi gur e 14-2: Separ at i ng cl i ent dat a st r eams usi ng doubl e t aggi ng
The out er t ag (represent ing t he Provider VLAN) comes first , followed by t he inner t ag. I n
QinQ t he Et herType = 0x9100. VLAN t ags may be st acked t hree or more deep.
When using t his t ype of Provider Tagging you should keep t he following in mind:
Under Provider Tagging, t he syst em double-t ags egress frames t owards t he Providers
net work. The syst em adds a t ag wit h a VLAN I D and Et herType = 0x9100 t o all
frames, as configured by t he service provider (Provider VLAN I D).
The syst em always adds t o each frame, t ags wit h VLAN I D and Et herType = 0x9100.
Therefore,
For a frame wit hout a t ag t he syst em will add a t ag wit h VLAN I D and
Et herType = 0x9100 so t he frame will have one t ag
For a frame wit h a VLAN t ag t he syst em will add a t ag wit h VLAN I D and
Et herType = 0x9100 so t he frame will be double-t agged
For a frame wit h a VLAN t ag and a provider t ag t he syst em will add a t ag wit h
VLAN I D and Et herType = 0x9100 so t he frame will be t riple-t agged and so on
VLAN Untagging
VLAN Unt aggi ng means t he removal of a VLAN or a Provider t ag.
Port Functionality
The VLAN funct ionalit y is support ed by all LAN and SFP port s in t he I DU.
Each port can be configured how t o handle Et hernet frames at t he ingress direct ion (where
frames ent er t he I DU) and at t he egress direct ion (where frame exit t he I DU).
The configurat ion is independent at each port .
Por t Funct i onal i t y Chapt er 14
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 14-3
Ingress Direction
Egress Direction
Tabl e 14-1: Por t set t i ngs - I ngr ess di r ect i on
Tr anspar ent The port does not hing wit h regard t o VLANs - inbound frames are left unt ouched.
Tag
Frames ent ering t he port wit hout VLAN or QinQ t agging are t agged wit h VLAN I D and Priorit y
a
, which
are pre-configured by t he user. Frames which are already t agged at ingress are not modified.
a. Priority Code Point (PCP) which refers to the IEEE 802.1p priority. It indicates the frame priority
level from 0 (lowest) to 7 (highest), which can be used to prioritize different classes of traffic
(voice, video, data, etc).
Tabl e 14-2: Por t set t i ngs - Egr ess di r ect i on
Tr anspar ent The port does not hing wit h regard t o VLANs - out bound frames are left unt ouched.
Unt ag al l
All frames are unt agged.
Por t Funct i onal i t y Chapt er 14
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 14-4
Unt ag sel ect ed
VI Ds
Unt ags only frames t agged wit h one of t he user defined VI Ds. You can define up t o eight VI Ds per
port . Ot her frames are not modified.
Fi l t er ed VLAN
I Ds at egr ess
This set t ing allows for mut ual filt ering of mult iple ingress t ags not relevant at t he egress end:
Tabl e 14-2: Por t set t i ngs - Egr ess di r ect i on ( Cont i nued)
VLAN Avai l abi l i t y Chapt er 14
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 14-5
VLAN Availability
VLAN is available for links using eit her WinLink 1000 or RADWI N 2000 radios. VLAN support
requires t he use of I DU-Cs or new st yle I DU-Es.
VLAN Configuration Using the RADWIN Manager
Pr ovi der
t aggi ng
Wit h Provider t agging, t he syst em double-t ags egress frames t owards t he providers net work. All
frames are t agged QinQ wit h a VLAN I D, which is configured by t he service provider (Provider VLAN
I D).
Wit h t his set t ing, ingress frames which are not t agged wit h t he configured Provider VLAN I D are
blocked (filt ered).
Not e: Each port can be configured independent ly t o a t agging mode. However, only a single Provider
VLAN I D can be defined per I DU.
Pr ovi der
t aggi ng wi t hout
f i l t er
This set t ing funct ions like Pr ovi der t aggi ng. However, all ingress frames are passed t hrough.
Caut i on
VLAN I Ds are used by RADWI N product s in t hree separat e cont ext s:
Management VLAN, Traffic VLAN and Et hernet Ring. I t is recommended t hat
you use different VLAN I Ds for each cont ext .
Di scl ai mer
I f you are not a VLAN expert , please be aware t hat incorrect VLAN
configurat ion may cause havoc on your net work. The facilit ies described
below are offered as a service t o enable you t o get best value from your
WinLink 1000 links and are provided as is . Under no circumst ances does
RADWI N accept responsibilit y for net work syst em or financial damages
arising from incorrect use of t hese VLAN facilit ies.
Tabl e 14-2: Por t set t i ngs - Egr ess di r ect i on ( Cont i nued)
Management Tr af f i c and Et her net Ser vi ce Separ at i on Chapt er 14
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 14-6
Management Traffic and Ethernet Service Separation
You can define a VLAN I D for management t raffic separat ion. You should configure t he sys-
t em t o prevent conflict s as det ailed below.
When configured for t he default operat ional mode, a Provider port will handle ingress t raffic
as follows:
Filt ers frames t hat are not t agged wit h t he Provider VLAN I D
Removes t he Provider double t ag
Therefore, if a port is configured for management t raffic separat ion by VLAN and as Provider
port , t hen t he received management frames must be double t agged as follows:
The out er t ag has t o be t he Providers t ag (so t he frame is not filt ered)
The int ernal t ag has t o be management VLAN I D
To avoid mix-ups, best pract ice is t o:
Separat e t he management and dat a port s
Define only a dat a port wit h Provider funct ion
All I DU-C and new st yle I DU-E models have t wo LAN port s so you can easily separat e man-
agement and Et hernet service.
VLAN Tagging for Ethernet Service: Configuration
VLAN Configurat ion is carried out per sit e. I t is up t o you t o ensure consist ency bet ween t he
link sit es. The discussion below is based on Sit e A however, it also applies t o Sit e B.
To set up VLAN t agging for Et hernet service, ent er Sit e Configurat ion for Sit e A, choose t he
Et hernet t ab and click t he VLAN Conf i gur at i on... but t on (Fi gur e 8-15). The following win-
dow is displayed:
VLAN Taggi ng f or Et her net Ser vi ce: Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 14
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 14-7
Fi gur e 14-3: VLAN t ag set t i ngs
The choices for I ngress Mode are -
Fi gur e 14-4: VLAN: I ngr ess modes
The t wo choices correspond respect ively t o t he t wo rows of Tabl e 14-1. Choosing Tag
causes t he VLAN I D and VLAN Priorit y fields t o become available:
Not e
I f you are using a new st yle I DU-E, t he SFP row will not appear.
VLAN Taggi ng f or Et her net Ser vi ce: Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 14
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 14-8
Fi gur e 14-5: VLAN: I ngr ess mode - set t i ng VLAN I D and Pr i or i t y
The choices for Egress Mode are -
Fi gur e 14-6: VLAN: Egr ess modes
The five non-t ransparent choices correspond respect ively t o t he five rows of Tabl e 14-2 in
t he order, row 1, 2, 4, 5, 3.
The first t wo choices, Tr anspar ent and Unt ag al l require no furt her act ion.
Unt ag sel ect ed VI Ds causes t he eight VLAN I D fields t o become available:
Fi gur e 14-7: Unt aggi ng sel ect ed VI Ds
You may nominat e up t o eight VI Ds for unt agging; beyond simple range checking, t here is no
ot her validat ion.
Bot h Pr ovi der t aggi ng and Pr ovi der t aggi ng wi t hout f i l t er enable t he Pr ovi der
par amet er s fields:
Fi gur e 14-8: Pr ovi der par amet er s
Not e
Throughout t his chapt er, all VLAN I Ds must be bet ween 1 and 4094,
inclusive. All VLAN priorit ies must be bet ween 0 and 6, inclusive. The values
ent ered are range-checked. I f for example, you ent er a VLAN I D of 4095,
t hen 4094 will be reflect ed back.
VLAN Taggi ng f or Et her net Ser vi ce: Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 14
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 14-9
There is of course only one Provider VLAN I D. I t is most likely yours, as t he Provider!
Fi l t er ed VLAN I Ds enables you t o filt er and block only frames t agged wit h one of t he user
defined VI Ds. You can define up t o eight VI Ds per port . Ot her frames are not modified and
are forwarded t ransparent ly.
When you are finished, remember t o click OK (Fi gur e 14-3) t o save your ent ries.

WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 15-1
Chapter 15
Software Upgrade
What is the Software Upgrade Utility?
The RADWI N Manager provides a Soft ware Upgrade Ut ilit y (SWU) t o upgrade t he soft ware
(firmware) of inst alled ODUs in a net work. The updat e files may be locat ed anywhere acces-
sible by t he operat or.
The SWU provides for:
Prior backup of t he current files prior t o upgrade
Upgrade from a list
Delayed upgrade
Various ODU reset opt ions
The default locat ion of t he soft ware files is in t he inst allat ion area, and can be used t o rest ore
fact ory default s.
Upgrading an Installed Link
To upgr ade sof t war e f or a l i nk:
1. I n t he RADWI N Manager main menu, click Tool s | Sof t war e Upgr ade ... The fol-
lowing det ached window appears
Not e
The following procedure is generic t o all RADWI N radio and GSU product s.
Upgr adi ng an I nst al l ed Li nk Chapt er 15
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 15-2
Fi gur e 15-1: Sof t war e Upgr ade Ut i l i t y - Mai n wi ndow
The default sit es shown in t he Soft ware Upgrade list panel belong t o t he current ly
link. The list may be empt y if you are running t he RADWI N Manager offline .
2. Click Add Si t e t o add addit ional sit es for upgrade.
Fi gur e 15-2: Add si t e opt i ons
Click Add Si ngl e Si t e for one sit e only:
Fi gur e 15-3: Addi ng a si ngl e si t e f or upgr ade
War ni ng
What follows about adding sit es manually or from a list file, assumes t hat all
sit es t o be upgraded are of t he same t ype - eit her WinLink 1000 or RADWI N
2000. but not bot h. Thi s wi l l not wor k wi t h a mi xed l i st .
Upgr adi ng an I nst al l ed Li nk Chapt er 15
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 15-3
Ent er t he I P address of t he sit e, t he Communit y st rings (Default : publ i c and net -
man, respect ively) and t hen click OK. The sit e will appear in t he Soft ware Upgrade
list box. For example if we add t he sit e at I P address 192.168.2.101, t he SWU main
window of Fi gur e 15-1 looks like t his:
Fi gur e 15-4: Si ngl e si t e added f or upgr ade
The list can be cleared using t he Cl ear Al l but t on.
As an alt ernat ive t o adding sit es one at a t ime, you can add sit es from a prepared list
using t he Add f r om Fi l e opt ion in Fi gur e 15-2. The list has t he following format :
< I P addr ess> ,< Read-Onl y communi t y> ,< Read-Wr i t e communi t y>
Here is an example:
192.168.1.101,public,net man
192.168.1.102,public,net man
192.168.2.101,public,net man
192.168.2.102,public,net man
3. Having creat ed an updat e list , click Upgr ade Package t o chose t he relevant files.
The default files are locat ed in t he SWU subdirect ory in t he RADWI N Manager inst al-
lat ion area. They are current ly named SWU_1k.swu and SWU_2k.swu. You may
have t o find t hem elsewhere, depending on your syst em.
4. You make limit ed changes t o t he list by right -clicking any line:
Fi gur e 15-5: Sof t war e Upgr ade si t e opt i ons
Upgr adi ng an I nst al l ed Li nk Chapt er 15
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 15-4
5. To back up your exist ing syst em, check Backup devi ce sof t war e check-box. Then
click t he but t on for a st andard file dialog. The default locat ion is t he My Docu-
ment s direct ory on t he managing comput er or t he last backup direct ory you used.
6. I n addit ion t o t he previous st ep, you may opt t o perform a delayed upgrade. Check
t he Delayed Upgrade box, and ent er t he dat e and t ime for t he delayed upgrade.
7. The radio but t ons on t he right det ermines how your sit es should be reset . Bear in
mind t hat on t he one hand, a reset involves a service int errupt ion, but on t he ot her
hand, t he soft ware upgrade will not become effect ive unt il aft er t he reset is carried
out .
8. Click St ar t Upgr ade t o commence t he process. For an immediat e upgrade you will
be able t o observe t he upgrade progress from t he green progress bars:
Fi gur e 15-6: Sof t war e upgr ade i n pr ogr ess - Not e t he st op but t on
Fi gur e 15-7: Sof t war e upgr ade compl et ed successf ul l y
9. Click Cl ose t o exit .
10. I f you request ed a delayed upgrade, a not ice like t his will appear in t he SWU t it le
bar:
Not e
The backup here is t he same as t hat in page 8-32, and serves t he same
purpose. I t provides a fallback if t he upgrade proves problemat ic.
Sof t war e Updat e f or GSUs Chapt er 15
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 15-5
Software Update for GSUs
All GSUs in a dist ribut ed sit e can be updat ed simult aneously. Use an I P list as described
above.

Caut i on
I f one or bot h sit es fail t o updat e, a warning not ice will be displayed.
I f one sit e of a link updat es but t he ot her fails, you should correct t he
problem and updat e t he second sit e as soon as possible. I f you do not ,
following t he next reset of t he updat ed sit e, you could experience a link
soft ware mismat ch which may affect service. See page 9-3 for det ails.
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 16-1
Chapter 16
FCC/IC DFS Installation
Procedure
FCC/IC 5.4/5.3 GHz Links: Background
The FCC/ I C regulat ion for 5.4/ 5.3 GHz allows unlicensed wireless dat a equipment , provided
t hat it does not int errupt radar services. I f radar act ivit y is det ect ed, t he equipment must
aut omat ically change frequency channel. This feat ure is t ermed Dynamic Frequency Select ion
(DFS). According t o t he st andard, a channel wit h act ive radar is prohibit ed from use for 30
minut es. Before using a channel for t ransmission, t he radio equipment must probe it for radar
signals for a period of 60 seconds.
RADWI N radio product s support DFS as well as ACS.
An immediat e consequence of t he FCC/ I C regulat ion for 5.4/ 5.3 GHz is t hat t he st andard
met hod of link inst allat ion using a single default fixed inst allat ion channel, cannot be used.
I nst ead of t he inst allat ion procedure of Chapt er 5, a l i nk act i vat i on met hod is used.
The ODUs are eit her supplied from t he fact ory ready for use at 5.4 GHz or 5.3 GHz FCC/ I C or
alt ernat ively, t hey can be set up for t hese bands using t he RADWI N Manager.
FCC/IC 5.4/5.3 GHz Link Activation
To Act i vat e a FCC/ I C 5.4/ 5.3 GHz Li nk:
1. I nst all RADWI N Manager soft ware as usual.
2. Connect t he PC t o t he I DU-ODU pair t o be used as t he local sit e.
3. Run t he RADWI N Manager and log in as I nst aller. You will see t he following window:
Not e
The following procedure is generic t o all relevant RADWI N radio product s.
What you see on your running RADWI N Manager may differ in some det ails
from t he screen capt ures used t o illust rat e t his chapt er.
FCC/ I C 5.4/ 5.3 GHz Li nk Act i vat i on Chapt er 16
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 16-2
Fi gur e 16-1: Act i vat i ng an ODU - I nact i ve l i nk
When t he Manager Main Screen is displayed it appears wit h t he Link St at us label red
and showing I nact ive.
4. Click Si t e: Locat i on | Ai r I nt er f ace for t he logged in sit e.
5. The Air I nt erface dialog box opens:
Fi gur e 16-2: Ai r I nt er f ace di al og box
6. Ent er t he Link I D and not e it for use wit h t he second sit e of t he link.
7. Check t he Mast er radio but t on.
FCC/ I C 5.4/ 5.3 GHz Li nk Act i vat i on Chapt er 16
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 16-3
8. Click OK. The following window appears:
Fi gur e 16-3: The l ocal ODU af t er act i vat i on - Pr obi ng
Not ice t hat t he Link I D is shown in t he Link det ails pane (circled).
9. Repeat t he above procedure for t he remot e ODU, ensuring t hat in t he Air I nt erface
window, t hat you ent er exact ly t he same Link I D, but t his t ime t hat you check t he
Sl ave radio but t on.
I f bot h ODUs are powered up, aft er a minut e or so a link will be est ablished. I f you
are st ill connect ed t o t he remot e sit e (from t he previous st eps), t he window of
Fi gur e 16-3 will look like t his:
FCC/ I C 5.4/ 5.3 GHz Li nk Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 16
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 16-4
Fi gur e 16-4: Bot h si t es act i vat ed and awai t i ng conf i gur at i on
FCC/IC 5.4/5.3 GHz Link Configuration
The Configurat ion procedure may be carried out from eit her sit e using t he Configurat ion wiz-
ard as shown in Chapt er 7.
The only difference is in t he Channel Set t ings window:
Not e
Bot h sit es in a FCC/ I C 5.4/ 5.3 GHz Link must be configured
ident ically.
FCC/ I C 5.4/ 5.3 GHz Li nk Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 16
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 16-5
Fi gur e 16-5: Channel Sel ect di al og box - ACS per manent l y enabl ed
Upon complet ion of t he wizard, t he Sit e configurat ion dialogs can be used in t he usual way.
Once operat ional, t he RADWI N Manager window is t he same as for ot her radio equipment
models.
Here is t he RADWI N Manager main window upon complet ion of t he wizard:
Not e
ACS cannot be disabled.
FCC/ I C 5.4/ 5.3 GHz Li nk Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 16
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 16-6
Fi gur e 16-6: FCC/ I C 5.4/ 5.3 GHz oper at i onal

WinLink 1000
Broadband Wireless Transmission Syst em
USER MANUAL
RELEASE 1.9.40
Part 4: Field Installation
Topics
UM 1000-1940/ 03.11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 17-1
Chapter 17
Pole and Wall Installation
ODU Mounting Kit Contents
Tabl e 17-1: Bi l l of Mat er i al s: ODU mount i ng ki t
I t em Qt y
Large Clamp (see Fi gur e 17-1) 1
Small Clamp (see Fi gur e 17-2) 1
Arm (see Fi gur e 17-3) 1
Screw hex head M8x40 4
Screw hex head M8x70 2
Washer flat M8 4
Washer spring M8 3
M8 Nut s 2
Fi gur e 17-1: Lar ge Cl ampFi gur e 17-2: Smal l Cl amp Fi gur e 17-3: Ar m
Mount i ng an ODU on a Pol e Chapt er 17
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 17-2
Mounting an ODU on a Pole
Fi gur e 17-4: Mount i ng on a pol e
Mount i ng an ODU on a Wal l Chapt er 17
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 17-3
Mounting an ODU on a Wall
Fi gur e 17-5: Mount i ng on a Wal l
Mount i ng an Ext er nal Ant enna Chapt er 17
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 17-4
Mounting an External Antenna
Opt ional ext ernal ant ennas can be mount ed on a pole. The ext ernal mount ing kit varies
according t o t he specific ant enna model.
Mounting a Connectorized ODU Horizontally
What follows applies t o bot h WinLink 1000 and RADWI N 2000 wit h obvious differences.
An ODU may be mount ed horizont ally as shown in Fi gur e 17-6.
To mount an ODU hor i zont al l y, obser ve t he f ol l owi ng caut i ons:
1. To ensure your warrant y right s for horizont ally inst alled ODUs, make sure t hat t he
four port s ANT1, ANT2, HSS and ODU are firmly secured or moist ure sealed wit h t he
supplied caps.
2. Furt her, ensure t hat cables are connect ed using a wat er nose as shown in
Fi gur e 17-6.
Fi gur e 17-6: Mount ed ODUs wi t h cor r ect wat er nose
Do not do t his:
Fi gur e 17-7: I ncor r ect l y mount ed ODU ( No wat er nose )
3. I f you at t ach an ext ernal PoE device near t he ODU, t he same considerat ions apply.

WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 18-1
Chapter 18
Lightning Protection and
Grounding Guidelines
Met iculous implement at ion of t he guidelines in t his chapt er will provide best prot ect ion
against elect ric shock and light ning.
The RADWI N Light ning Prot ect ion Syst em consist s of t he following component s:
Grounding for t he ant enna coax cable
Grounding for each I DU and ODU
Ext ernal Primary Surge Suppressor unit s and grounding for t he out door cable
I nt ernal ESD prot ect ion circuit s over t he Power/ Telecom lines
Grounding for Antenna Cable
A Grounding Kit must be connect ed t o t he coax ant enna cable and reliably grounded. The
grounding kit is an Andrew Type 223158-2 (www.andr ew.com). See Fi gur e 18-1 below.
War ni ng
100% prot ect ion is neit her implied nor possible.
Not e
This chapt er is at best a guide. The act ual degree of light ning prot ect ion
required depends on local condit ions and regulat ions.
Gr oundi ng f or I ndoor / Out door Uni t s Chapt er 18
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 18-2
Fi gur e 18-1: Gr oundi ng ant enna cabl es
Grounding for Indoor/Outdoor Units
ODU Grounding
RADWI N Light ning Prot ect ion Syst em uses a Shielded CAT-5e cable t o int erconnect t he Out -
door (ODU) and I ndoor (I DU) unit s.
However, t his shielding does not provide a good light ning discharge pat h, since it can not t ol-
erat e t he high Light ning Current surges.
To provide an alt ernat e Light ning Discharge pat h, t he ODU and ant enna grounding post s
should be connect ed t o ground point by a 10 AWG short copper wire.
The device should be permanent ly connect ed t o ground.
I DU Gr oundi ng Chapt er 18
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 18-3
IDU Grounding
The I DUs grounding post should be connect ed t o t he int ernal ground point , using a ground-
ing wire of at least 10 AWG. The grounding wire should be connect ed t o a grounding rod or
t he building grounding syst em.
The device should be permanent ly connect ed t o ground.
External Lightning Surge Suppressors and Grounding
A Grounding Kit and Surge Arrest or Unit must be locat ed near t he ODU and properly
grounded as illust rat ed in Figures 18-2 and 18-3 below:
Ext er nal Li ght ni ng Sur ge Suppr essor s and Gr oundi ng Chapt er 18
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 18-4
Fi gur e 18-2: Gr oundi ng a t ypi cal pol e i nst al l at i on
Ext er nal Li ght ni ng Sur ge Suppr essor s and Gr oundi ng Chapt er 18
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 18-5
Fi gur e 18-3: Gr oundi ng a t ypi cal wal l i nst al l at i on
The next figure shows a close-up of t he rear of grounded ODU:
Fi gur e 18-4: ODU Sur ge Suppr essor and gr oundi ng
Ext er nal Li ght ni ng Sur ge Suppr essor s and Gr oundi ng Chapt er 18
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 18-6
The Transt ect or prot ect ion circuit s shown in Fi gur e 18-5 below, ut ilize silicon avalanche
diode t echnology. The unit consist s of an out door rat ed NEMA 3R t ype enclosure wit h easy
mount ing flanges, ground st ud at t achment and easy wiring.
The ALPU-POE feat ures RJ-45 prot ect ion circuit s for t he ODU-I DU dat a pairs (pins 1,2 & 3,6)
and DC power (pins 4,5 & 6,7 wit h t he pairs bonded).
The unit is designed t o be wall mount ed. An opt ional set of bracket is available from t he man-
ufact urer t o allow a wide range of pole mount applicat ions. A dedicat ed ground st ud is pro-
vided inside t he unit t hat must be bonded t o t he nearest grounding syst em (or Mast er Ground
bar) for proper surge prot ect ion.
The syst em wiring is inst alled wit h RJ-45 t ype connect ors t hat can feed direct ly int o t he chas-
sis wit hout having t o cut , splice or rout e t hrough awkward st rain relief holes.
Fi gur e 18-5: Tr anst ect or s Sur ge Suppr essor
To mount t he l i ght ni ng pr ot ect i on devi ces:
1. Mount t he device as close t o t he ODU as possible. Mount t he unit so t hat t he cable
connect ors are at t he bot t om (t o prevent wat er from penet rat ing), wit h t he st rain
reliefs facing t he ground.
2. Remove t he cover by unscrewing t he front of t he unit .
3. Mount t he unit t o an out side surface using t he t wo mount ing holes.
4. Connect t he ODU-I DU cable using t he RJ-45 j ack.
5. Connect one cable bet ween t he ODU and t he suppressor using an RJ-45 j ack.
6. Connect t he suppressors ground st ud t o a grounding point . Use t he appropriat e wire
gauge and t ype, keeping t he wire as short as possible, less t han 1m (3), bet ween
t he st ud and t he sit e grounding point .
7. Replace t he cover.
Not e
There may also be regulat ory requirement s t o cross bond t he ODU-I DU CAT-
5e cable at regular int ervals up t he mast . This may be as frequent as every
10 met ers (33 feet ).
Ext er nal Li ght ni ng Sur ge Suppr essor s and Gr oundi ng Chapt er 18
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 18-7
A second Surge Arrest or Unit should be mount ed at t he building ent ry point and must be
grounded, as shown in Fi gur e 18-3 above.
To mount t he l i ght ni ng pr ot ect i on at t he bui l di ng ent r y poi nt :
1. Mount t he device out side t he building, locat ed as near as possible t o t he ent rance of
t he CAT-5e ODU-I DU cable. Mount t he unit so t hat t he cable connect ors are at t he
bot t om (t o prevent wat er from penet rat ing), wit h t he st rain reliefs facing t he ground.
2. Remove t he cover by unscrewing t he front of t he unit .
3. Mount t he unit t o an out side surface using t he t wo mount ing holes.
4. Connect t he ODU-I DU cable using t he RJ-45 j ack.
5. Connect one cable bet ween t he I DU and t he suppressor using an RJ-45 j ack.
6. Connect t he suppressors ground st ud t o a grounding point . Use t he appropriat e wire
gauge and t ype, keeping t he wire as short as possible, less t han 1m (3), bet ween
t he st ud and t he sit e grounding point .
7. Replace t he cover
Fi gur e 18-6: Sur ge Suppr essor and gr oundi ng at bui l di ng ent r y poi nt
I nt er nal ESD Pr ot ect i on ci r cui t s Chapt er 18
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 18-8
Internal ESD Protection circuits
RADWI N equipment is designed t o meet t he ETSI / FCC/ Aus/ NZ/ CSA EMC and Safet y require-
ment s. To fulfill t hese requirement s, t he syst em's Telecom lines at t he ODU/ I DU are Trans-
former-isolat ed and include int ernal ESD (Elect ro-St at ic-Discharge) Prot ect ion circuit s.

WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 19-1
Chapter 19
Preloading an ODU with
an IP Address
Why this is Needed?
All ODUs supplied by RADWI N come pre-configured wit h an I P address of 10.0.0.120. For use
in a net work, t he ODUs must be configured wit h suit able st at ic I P addresses. The met hod for
doing t his under office condit ions is set out in Chapt er 5.
There are t wo sit uat ions under which ODUs may need t o be pre-loaded wit h an I P address
prior t o inst allat ion t o a link:
Changing an individual ODU in t he field
Preparing a large number of ODUs in a warehouse prior t o deployment in t he field,
according t o a net work inst allat ion plan.
This chapt er explains how do t his.
Required Equipment
The minimal equipment required t o pre-load an ODU wit h an I P address is:
Lapt op comput er (managing comput er) sat isfying t he requirement s of Tabl e 4-1
An inst alled copy of t he RADWI N Manager
A PoE device
A crossed Et hernet LAN cable
An I DU-ODU cable
I f you have connect orized ODUs, t wo N-t ype RF t erminat ors
Caut i on
Do not carry out t his procedure using a mult i homed managing comput er
also connect ed t o a net work. I t will flood t he net work wit h broadcast
packet s. Furt her, it will t hrow any ot her links on t he net work int o I nst allat ion
mode.
The pr ocedur e Chapt er 19
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 19-2
The procedure
To Pr eol ad an ODU wi t h an I P addr ess:
1. Using t he I DU-ODU cable, connect t he PoE device t o t he ODU, ensuring t hat t he
cable is plugged int o t he PoE port marked P-LAN-OUT.
2. For connect orized ODUs, screw t he RF t erminat ors int o t he t wo ant enna port s.
3. Connect t he Poe device t o AC power.
4. Using a crossed LAN cable, connect t he LAN-I N port of t he PoE device t o t he Et hernet
port of t he managing comput er. The ODU will commence beeping at about once per
second, indicat ing correct operat ion.
5. Launch t he RADWI N Manager.
6. At t he log on window, choose Local Connect ion.
Fi gur e 19-1: Log on Wi ndow f or Local Connect i on
7. Ent er t he default password, admi n. Aft er a few moment s, t he RADWI N Manager
main window appears:
Not e
The following procedure is generic t o all RADWI N radio product s. What you
see on your running RADWI N Manager may differ in some det ails from t he
screen capt ures used t o illust rat e t his chapt er.
War ni ng
A powered up ODU emit s RF radiat ion from t he ant enna port (or connect ed
ant enna). When working wit h a powered up connect orized ODU, always use
RF t erminat ors.
For an ODU wit h an int egrat ed ant enna, ensure t hat t he ant enna is always
direct ed away from ot her people.
The pr ocedur e Chapt er 19
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 19-3
Fi gur e 19-2: Openi ng RADWI N Manager wi ndow pr i or t o i nst al l at i on
8. Click t he un-grayed Si t e: Locat i on but t on. The following dialog window appears:
Fi gur e 19-3: Conf i gur at i on Di al og Box
9. Click t he Management it em in t he left hand panel. The following window is pre-
sent ed:
The pr ocedur e Chapt er 19
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 19-4
Fi gur e 19-4: Management Addr esses - Si t e Conf i gur at i on di al og box
10. Ent er t he I P Address, Subnet Mask and Default Gat eway as request ed. For example,
t he ODU used here is t o be configured as follows:
Fi gur e 19-5: ODU wi t h I P Addr essi ng conf i gur ed
11. Click OK. You are asked t o confirm t he change:
Fi gur e 19-6: Conf i r mat i on of I P Addr ess change
The pr ocedur e Chapt er 19
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 19-5
12. Click Yes t o accept t he change. Aft er about half a minut e t he changes will be reg-
ist ered in t he ODU. On t he left hand panel of t he main window, you will see t he new
I P configurat ion for t he ODU.
Fi gur e 19-7: Mai n Wi ndow af t er I P Addr ess change
13. Click Cancel t o leave t he open Management dialog. You may now exit t he RADWI N
Manager, or connect t o anot her ODU. I f you choose t o connect t o anot her ODU,
aft er about a minut e, t he main window of t he RADWI N Manager will revert t o t hat
shown in Fi gur e 19-2 above. I n any event , power down t he changed ODU; your
changes will t ake effect when you power it up again.
Not e
Some addit ional t hings you may want t o do now:
Go t o Sit e I nst al l at i on | Ai r I nt er f ace. You can ent er a Link I D
and change t he I nst allat ion Frequency and Channel Bandwidt h.
I f you log on as I nst aller, you can change t he default band (Chapt er
20).
Not e
Dont forget t o remove t he RF t erminat ors from a connect orized ODU aft er
powering it down.
Ti p: How t o Recover a For got t en ODU I P Addr ess Chapt er 19
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 19-6
Tip: How to Recover a Forgotten ODU IP Address
I f you have an ODU wit h lost or forgot t en I P address, use t he above procedure t o log on t o it
using Local Connect ion. The I P address will appear in t he left hand st at us area:
Fi gur e 19-8: Exi st i ng I P addr ess di spl ayed af t er l og-on wi t h Local Connect i on

WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 20-1
Chapter 20
Changing the Factory
Default Band
Why this is Needed
All ODUs supplied by RADWI N come wit h pre-configured wit h a fact ory default product -
dependent band according t o t he ODU part number.
For ODUs support ing Mult i-band, it may be changed using t he procedure in t his chapt er. The
procedure is generic, applying t o all ODUs wit h t he Mult i-band feat ure.
Required Equipment
The minimal equipment required t o change an ODU default band is:
Lapt op comput er (managing comput er) sat isfying t he requirement s of Tabl e 4-1.
An inst alled copy of t he RADWI N Manager
A PoE device
A crossed Et hernet LAN cable
An I DU-ODU cable
The procedure
To change t he f act or y def aul t band:
1. Using t he I DU-ODU cable, connect t he PoE device t o t he ODU, ensuring t hat t he
cable is plugged int o t he PoE port marked P-LAN-OUT.
Caut i on
I f for some reason t he default band needs t o be changed, it should
be done before link inst allat ion.
Use of an incorrect band may be in violat ion of local regulat ions.
Not e
The following procedure is generic t o all relevant RADWI N radio product s.
What you see on your running RADWI N Manager may differ in some det ails
from t he screen capt ures used t o illust rat e t his chapt er.
The pr ocedur e Chapt er 20
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 20-2
2. Connect t he Poe device t o AC power.
3. Using a crossed LAN cable, connect t he LAN-I N port of t he PoE device t o t he Et hernet
port of t he managing comput er. The ODU will commence beeping at about once per
second, indicat ing correct operat ion.
4. Launch t he RADWI N Manager.
5. Log on as I nst aller.
Fi gur e 20-1: Becomi ng I nst al l er
6. Ent er t he default password, wi r el ess. Aft er a few moment s, t he RADWI N Manager
main window appears:
The pr ocedur e Chapt er 20
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 20-3
Fi gur e 20-2: Openi ng RADWI N Manager wi ndow pr i or t o band change ( def aul t ci r cl ed)
7. Click Tool s | Change Band. The following window appears:
Fi gur e 20-3: Change Band di al og
8. Click t he band required:
Not e
The bands appearing in Fi gur e 20-3 are product dependent . To see which
bands are available for your product , check your product I nvent ory (see
Fi gur e 8-8) and t hen consult RADWI N Cust omer Support .
The pr ocedur e Chapt er 20
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 20-4
Fi gur e 20-4: A di f f er ent band sel ect ed
9. The Change Band warning is displayed. Click Yes t o cont inue.
Fi gur e 20-5: Change Band conf i r mat i on
The change, which may t ake some t ime, is carried out :
The result is reflect ed in t he RADWI N Manager main window:
Changi ng Band f or DFS Chapt er 20
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 20-5
Fi gur e 20-6: Mai n Wi ndow af t er band change - new band ci r cl ed
Changing Band for DFS
Changing t o a DFS band is similar t o t he foregoing procedure.
As soon as you est ablish a link using a DFS band, you are offered Configurat ion only in t he
main menu. I nst allat ion mode is disabled.
Special Products or Features: Entering a License Key
I f you go t o t he Operat ions window as I nst aller (Fi gur e 20-7), you will see a provision for
ent ering a license key. Should you ever require such a key, t he procedure is as follows:
To ent er a Li cense key:
1. Log on as I nst aller (as for t he previous procedure).
2. Click t he Si t e: Locat i on t ool bar but t on from t he main t ool bar.
Not e
I f you carry out t his operat ion on a link, t he band is effect ive on bot h sit es
and you are placed in inst allat ion mode.
Speci al Pr oduct s or Feat ur es: Ent er i ng a Li cense Key Chapt er 20
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 20-6
Fi gur e 20-7: Usi ng t he Oper at i ons wi ndow t o ent er a l i cense key
3. Ent er your license key and click Act i vat e.
4. When it is accept ed, click Cancel .

Not e
License keys, where appropriat e, are obt ainable from RADWI N Cust omer
Support .
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-1
Chapter 21
Link Budget Calculator
Overview
The Link Budget Calculat or is a ut ilit y for calculat ing t he expect ed performance of t he WinLink
1000 wireless link and t he possible configurat ions for a specific link range.
The ut ilit y allows you t o calculat e t he expect ed RSS of t he link, and find t he t ype of services
and t heir effect ive t hroughput as a funct ion of t he link range and deployment condit ions.
User Input
You are required t o ent er or choose t he following paramet ers. Depending on t he product ,
some of t he paramet ers have a default value t hat cannot be changed.
Band, which det ermines frequency and regulat ion
Channel Bandwidt h
Tx Power (maximum Tx power per modulat ion is validat ed)
Ant enna Type (cannot be changed for ODU wit h int egrat ed ant enna)
Ant enna Gain per sit e (cannot be changed for int egrat ed ant enna)
Cable Loss per sit e (cannot be changed for int egrat ed ant enna)
Required Fade Margin
Rat e (and Adapt ive check box)
Service Type
Required Range
Link Budget Calculator Internal Data
For each product (or Regulat ion and Band) t he calculat or st ores t he following dat a required
for link budget calculat ions:
Maximum Transmit power (per modulat ion)
Receiver Sensit ivit y (per modulat ion) for Et hernet service and for TDM services at var-
ious BER
Maximum linear input power (used t o calculat e minimum dist ance)
Ant enna gain and cable loss for ODU wit h int egrat ed ant enna
Available Channel Bandwidt hs
Cal cul at i ons Chapt er 21
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-2
Calculations
EIRP
Expected RSS and Fade Margin
where:
Sit e A is t he t ransmit t ing sit e
Sit e B is t he receiving sit e
Pat hLoss is calculat ed according t o t he free space model,
where Sensit ivit y is dependent on air-rat e.
Min and Max Range
MinRange is t he short est range for which per air-rat e.
MaxRange (wit h Adapt ive checked) is t he largest range for which
, at t he highest air-rat e for which t his relat ionship is t rue. I n a
link wit h adapt ive rat e t his will be t he act ual behavior.
MaxRange (for a given air-rat e) is t he largest range for which
.
Service
The Et hernet and configured TDM t runks t hroughput is calculat ed according t o int ernal prod-
uct algorit hms.
Availability
The Service Availabilit y calculat ion is based on t he Vigant s Barnet t met hod which predict s t he
downt ime probabilit y based on a climat e fact or (C fact or).
EIRP TxPower AntennaGain
SiteA
CableLoss
SiteA
+ =
ExpectedRSS EIRP PathLoss AntennaGain
SiteB
CableLoss
SiteB
+ =
PathLoss 32.45 20 frequency
MHz
( ) 20 RequiredRange
Km
( )
10
log +
10
log + =
ExpectedFadeM in arg ExpectedRSS Sensitivity =
ExpectedRSS MaxInputPower s
ExpectedRSS Sensitivity >
ExpectedRSS Sensitivity RequiredFadeM in arg + >
Availability
1 6 10
7
Cfactor frequency
GHz
RequiredRange
KM
( )
3

10
ExpectedFadeM in arg
10
-------------------------------------------------------------

=
Ant enna Hei ght Chapt er 21
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-3
Antenna Height
The recommended ant enna height required for line of sight is calculat ed as t he sum t he Fres-
nel zone height and t he boresight height . See About t he Fr esnel Zone below. Using t he
not at ion of Fi gur e 21-1 below, split t ing Expect edRange int o d
1
+ d
2
, t he Fr esnel zone
hei ght at dist ance d
1
from t he left hand ant enna, is given by
For t he most conservat ive set t ing, we t ake t he mid-point bet ween t he ant ennas, set t ing
which gives
simplifying t o .
The bor esi ght cl ear ance hei ght is calculat ed as:
where .
About the Fresnel Zone
The Fresnel zone (pronounced "frA-nel", wit h a silent s ) is an ellipt ically shaped conical zone
of elect romagnet ic energy t hat propagat es from t he t ransmit t ing ant enna t o t he receiving
ant enna. I t is always widest in t he middle of t he pat h bet ween t he t wo ant ennas.
0.6
300
frequency
GHz
------------------------------------ d
1
d
2

d
1
d
2
+
-------------------------------------------------------------
d
1
d
2
ExpectedRange
2
----------------------------------------- = =
0.6
300
frequency
GHz
------------------------------------
ExpectedRange
2
-----------------------------------------
2

ExpectedRange
2
-----------------------------------------
ExpectedRange
2
----------------------------------------- +
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.52
ExpectedRange
frequency
GHz
-----------------------------------------
R
2
Mean
ExpectedRange
2
-----------------------------------------
2
+ R
Mean

R
Mean
6367.4425Km =
About t he Fr esnel Zone Chapt er 21
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-4

Fi gur e 21-1: Fr esnel zone
Fresnel loss is t he pat h loss occurring from mult i-pat h reflect ions from reflect ive surfaces such
as wat er, and int ervening obst acles such as buildings or mount ain peaks wit hin t he Fresnel
zone.
Radio links should be designed t o accommodat e obst ruct ions and at mospheric condit ions,
weat her condit ions, large bodies of wat er, and ot her reflect ors and absorbers of elect romag-
net ic energy.
The Fresnel zone provides us wit h a way t o calculat e t he amount of clearance t hat a wireless
wave needs from an obst acle t o ensure t hat t he obst acle does not at t enuat e t he signal.
There are infinit ely many Fresnel zones locat ed coaxially around t he cent er of t he direct
wave. The out er boundary of t he first Fresnel zone is defined as t he combined pat h lengt h of
all pat hs, which are half wavelengt h (1/ 2 ) of t he frequency t ransmit t ed longer t han t he
direct pat h. I f t he t ot al pat h dist ance is one wavelengt h (1 ) longer t han t he direct pat h,
t hen t he out er boundary is said t o be t wo Fresnel zones. Odd number Fresnel zones reinforce
t he direct wave pat h signal; even number Fresnel zones cancel t he direct wave pat h signal.
The amount of t he Fresnel zone clearance is det ermined by t he wavelengt h of t he signal, t he
pat h lengt h, and t he dist ance t o t he obst acle. For reliabilit y, point -t o-point links are designed
t o have at least 60% of t he first Fresnel zone clear t o avoid significant at t enuat ion.
The concept of t he Fresnel zone is shown in Fi gur e 21-1 above. The t op of t he obst ruct ion
does not ext end far int o t he Fresnel zone, leaving 60% of t he Fresnel zone clear; t herefore,
t he signal is not significant ly at t enuat ed.
For more about Fresnel zone, see ht t p: / / en.wi ki pedi a.or g/ wi ki / Fr esnel _zone.

Runni ng t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or Chapt er 21
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-5
Running the Link Budget Calculator
The Link Budget Calculat or is supplied on t he RADWI N Manager CD. I t may be run st and-
alone from t he CD or from t he RADWI N Manager applicat ion.
To r un t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or f r om t he CD:
1. I nsert t he RADWI N Manager CD int o t he drive on t he managing comput er. I n t he
window which opens, click t he Link Budget Calculat or opt ion.
2. I f t he CD aut orun applicat ion does not st art by it self, t hen point your browser t o
Z: \ RADWI N\ Set up\ DATA\ Li nk Budget Cal cul at or .ht m
where Z should be replaced wit h your own CD drive name.
To r un t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or f r om t he RADWI N Manager :
Choose Hel p | Li nk Budget Cal cul at or from t he main menu of t he RADWI N Man-
ager as in t he following figure:
Fi gur e 21-2: Accessi ng t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or
However invoked, your browser displays t he following page:
Fi gur e 21-3: Li nk Budget wi ndow
Runni ng t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or Chapt er 21
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-6
To use t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or f or Wi nLi nk 1000:
1. Choose a band from t he drop-down list .
Fi gur e 21-4: Pr oduct sel ect or
2. Choose t he channel bandwidt h:
Not e
Microsoft I nt ernet Explorer users may see a warning message like
t his:
Click t he yellow bar and follow t he inst ruct ions t o allow blocked
cont ent .
Runni ng t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or Chapt er 21
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-7
Fi gur e 21-5: Channel Bandwi dt h sel ect or
3. For a collocat ed link choose t he RFP. Use t he Help but t on t o t he right of t he RFP
select ion box for help:
Fi gur e 21-6: RFP Sel ect or
Runni ng t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or Chapt er 21
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-8
Fi gur e 21-7: RFP Sel ect i on Gui de
You must select E for a Hub Sit e cont aining RADWI N 2000 links.
4. Ent er t he radio det ails. Not e t hat Rat e is chosen from a drop-down list :
Runni ng t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or Chapt er 21
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-9
Fi gur e 21-8: Rat e sel ect or
The Rat e shown, defines t he air-int erface rat e in Mbps. The syst em operat es in TDD
mode and has t he overhead of t he air-int erface prot oco.l Thus, t he Et hernet act ual
t hroughput is provided by t he Et her net Rat e.
The Fade margin is t he minimum required for LOS condit ions. For degraded link con-
dit ions, a larger Fade margin should be used.
The EI RP is given in dBm and Wat t s.
Not e
I f you choose Adapt ive Rat e, t hen t he Rat e list is unavailable as is t he
Climat e fact or list . Bot h of t hese quant it ies are calculat ed.
Not e
For a given air-rat e, Et hernet t hroughput will decrease wit h increasing range
due t o propagat ion delay.
Runni ng t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or Chapt er 21
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-10
Fi gur e 21-9: Cal cul at i on of di st ance f r om si t e coor di nat es
For example, if you ent er t he following coordinat es and press Set ,
t he range will be calculat ed and displayed:
I f for example, we ent er:
Sit e A: 41.1N lat 74.2W Long
Sit e B: 40.8N lat 74.0W Long
Runni ng t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or Chapt er 21
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-11
5. Click Set . The dist ance and link budget is calculat ed.
6. Locat ed t o t he right of t he green Coordinat es but t on is a drop-down list of Climact ic
C Fact or values. I t is only available if you choose a non-adapt ive rat e.
Fi gur e 21-10: Cl i mact i c C Fact or s
For help about what t hese mean, click t he ? but t on t o t he right of t he list in
Fi gur e 21-10.
Runni ng t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or Chapt er 21
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-12
Fi gur e 21-11: Cl i mact i c C Fact or descr i pt i on
I n Fi gur e 21-12 we display a map of t he world showing C Fact or cont ours:
Fi gur e 21-12: Wor l d map showi ng C Fact or cont our s
7. Choose t he required services:
Runni ng t he Li nk Budget Cal cul at or Chapt er 21
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 21-13
Fi gur e 21-13: Ser vi ces sel ect or
8. Click Cal cul at e t o obt ain t he required performance est imat e.
The Expect ed Performance paramet ers are calculat ed and displayed:
Expect ed RSS - t he expect ed RSS t hat t he RADWI N Manager shows when t he Win-
Link 1000 ODUs are opt imally aligned
Ser vi ces Type - max number of T1 or E1 t runks if Max Trunks is select ed
Et her net Rat e - maximum t hroughput available for t he chosen paramet er combina-
t ion
Ant enna hei ght f or LOS t he minimum ant enna height required for line-of-sight
operat ion. I t is t he sum of t he height required for boresight clearance due t o t he
eart hs curvat ure plus t he height required t o clear t he Fresnel zone
I f t he expect ed performance is not suit able for your applicat ion, t ry different paramet ers and
repeat t he calculat ion.
Not e
Placing t he cursor in any ot her calculat ed field will also updat e t he
calculat ed result s.
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 22-1
Chapter 22
Quick Install Mode
Why this is Needed
I t may be required t o t emporarily suspend service t raffic over a link wit hout losing t he link
connect ion. The simplest way t o do t his is t o place t he link in I nst allat ion mode but wit hout
changing any configured paramet ers. Quick I nst all Mode is a one click met hod for doing
t his. The met hod is complet ely generic, working ident ically for bot h WinLink 1000 and RAD-
WI N 2000 product s.
Enabling Quick Install
By default , t his feat ure is disabled.
To enabl e Qui ck I nst al l mode:
1. Log on t o t he RADWI N Manager, navigat e t o Tool s | Pr ef er ences and click t he
Advanced t ab:
Usi ng Qui ck I nst al l Chapt er 22
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 22-2
Fi gur e 22-1: Pr ef er ences: Qui ck I nst al l
2. Check t he Enabl e Qui ck I nst al l box and t hen OK. A new but t on is added t o t he
main window t oolbar:
Fi gur e 22-2: New I nst al l Mode but t on f or Qui ck I nst al l mode
Qui ck I nst al l mode may be disabled by unchecking t he Enabl e Qui ck I nst al l box.
Using Quick Install
To suspend ser vi ce t r af f i c and ent er I nst al l at i on mode:
1. Click t he I nst all mode but t on. You are offered a confirmat ory message:
Usi ng Qui ck I nst al l Chapt er 22
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 22-3
Fi gur e 22-3: Change t o I nst al l at i on Mode caut i onar y message
2. Click Yes t o cont inue. The link goes int o I nst allat ion mode. The main window looks
t he same as if you had ent ered I nst allat ion mode in t he usual way t hrough one of
t he Si t e windows wit h t he except ion of t he t oolbar:
Fi gur e 22-4: Ser vi ce Mode but t on t o r esume l i nk ser vi ce t r af f i c
3. When you are ready t o resume normal service t raffic, click t he Ser vi ce Mode but -
t on. The following caut ionary message is displayed:
Fi gur e 22-5: Resumpt i on of ser vi ces caut i onar y message
Usi ng Qui ck I nst al l Chapt er 22
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 22-4
4. Click Yes t o cont inue. The link will resume normal services wit h your last set config-
urat ion paramet ers provides t hat you did not change link paramet ers in a a way
leading t o sync loss.

Not e
I t is also possible t o change paramet ers in a way leading t o service
degradat ion. For example mis-configuring t he number of ant ennas or
t ransmission paramet ers at one side of t he link may allow service t o
resume, but in a degraded fashion.
You may only ent er Quick I nst all mode from a configured link. I f you set
bot h sit es back t o fact ory set t ings and chose Quick I nst all, you will not be
able t o cont inue:
WinLink 1000
Broadband Wireless Transmission Syst em
USER MANUAL
RELEASE 1.9.40
Part 5: Product Dependent
Features
UM 1000-1940/ 03.11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 23-1
Chapter 23
Reserved
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 24-1
Chapter 24
Cascaded Links
About the RADWIN Cascaded Links
I n Chapt er 1, we int roduced t he I DU-R as device for aut omat ic backup of leased lines. The
I DU-R monit ors t he st at us of leased lines, and in t he event of a connect ion failure aut omat i-
cally swit ches t o t he radio link. You may choose which of t he t wo links is t he main link and
which is t he backup link. I t may be configured in cascaded links for mult i-hop. The lat t er sit u-
at ion arises where t he t runk t o be backed up is longer t han t he range of WinLink 1000.
Fi gur e 24-1below shows a simple cascaded link wit h t wo hops.
Fi gur e 24-1: Cascaded Li nk wi t h t wo hops
The t runk t o backed up is shown as Trunk2, from I DU A t o I DU B. The first hop is from ODU
A t o ODU A. The second is from ODU B t o ODU B.
Installing Cascaded Links
For most part , inst allat ion of t he links follows t he st andard pat t ern. I n bot h t he I nst allat ion
and Configurat ion Wizards, t here is an ext ra window following Services select ion:
Not e
I f ODU A and ODU B are sit ed close t oget her, t hey may require collocat ion.
I nst al l i ng Cascaded Li nks Chapt er 24
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 24-2
Fi gur e 24-2: Conf i gur i ng an I DU-R i n a cascaded l i nk
To backup a single hop, leave Cascaded Li nk unchecked. I n a cascaded sit uat ion, check it
and t hen chose t he Line / Repeat er combinat ion t hat reflect s your set up.
You should repeat t his procedure for t he second link, making sure t hat your definit ion of Line
/ Repeat er I DU-Rs is consist ent .
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 25-1
Chapter 25
BRS Installation
Procedure
BRS Link Activation
I n accordance wit h 2.5 GHz st andard, WinLink 1000-BRS links must be act ivat ed before use.
This is done at bot h ODUs independent ly before inst allat ion on sit e. Bot h ODUs must be con-
figured ident ically.
To Act i vat e a BRS Li nk:
1. I nst all RADWI N Manager soft ware as usual.
2. When t he Manager Main Screen is displayed it appears wit h t he Link St at us label red
and showing I nact ive. The Link Configurat ion and Link inst allat ion but t ons are dis-
abled.
Fi gur e 25-1: I nact i ve l i nk st at e
3. Click Conf i gur at i on | Conf i gur e Locat i on
The Air I nt erface dialog box opens:
BRS Li nk Act i vat i on Chapt er 25
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 25-2
Fi gur e 25-2: BRS Ai r I nt er f ace di al og box
4. Set t he appropriat e Frequency Band Plan and Bandwidt h.
5. Select t he required frequency band, and click Appl y.
6. Click I nst al l at i on Mode
7. Repeat for t he remot e ODU.
Fi gur e 25-3: BRS Channel Set t i ngs Pr e-Tr ansi t i on
8. Perform t he remainder of t he I nst allat ion procedure as defined in t he I nst allat ion
sect ion.
BRS Li nk Conf i gur at i on Chapt er 25
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 25-3
BRS Link Configuration
The BRS link is reconfigured during t he Link I nst allat ion or t he Link Configurat ion wizards, or
from t he Air I nt erface screen.
To Conf i gur e BRS Channel Set t i ngs:
1. Set t he Band Plan.
2. Select t he Bandwidt h required,
Single Band
Double Band
Quad Band
3. Select t he Frequency from t he pull-down menu.
4. Click Next . The syst em is re-synchronized t o t he changes.
Fi gur e 25-4: BRS Channel Set t i ngs Post -Tr ansi t i on
Not e
Bot h sit es in a BRS Link must be configured ident ically.
Any changes t o t he frequency set t ings cause t he link t o re-
synchronize. A short loss of service will occur during re-
synchronizat ion.
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 26-1
Chapter 26
Video Surveillance
About the RADWIN Video Surveillance Product
RADWI Ns Video Surveillance solut ion provides an inexpensive asymmet ric link: A fast uplink
for a real t ime video st ream from a camera sit e t o t he surveillance base and a slower com-
mand downlink from t he base t o t he camera sit e.
The Video Surveillance (VS) product belongs t o RADWI Ns Access line. A VS link consist s of a
base ODU t ransmit t ing at 2Mbps connect ed by a PoE device. The camera sit e uses a PoE con-
nect ed ODU t ransmit t ing at 5Mbps.
I nst allat ion, configurat ion and maint enance of a VS link is subst ant ially t he same as for a reg-
ular PoE based link. VS links are readily collocat ed using RADWI Ns HSS syst em, so t hat a sin-
gle base mast can accommodat e up t o 16 camera st at ions.
Fi gur e 26-1: Col l ocat ed basi c VS conf i gur at i on
Not e
Consider replacing cont rol cent er PoE devices wit h one or more RADWI N
BDUs.
I nst al l at i on Chapt er 26
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 26-2
Installation
Follow t he procedures of Chapt ers 4 t o 8. The only subst ant ial difference is in t he Services
window.
VS is Et hernet only. You must however, specify which ODU has t he high t ransmission capac-
it y:
Fi gur e 26-2: VS Ser vi ces wi ndow f or VS
On complet ion of t he inst allat ion, t he RADWI N Manager main window should look similar t o
t his:
Fi gur e 26-3: RADWI N Manager wi ndow f or VS showi ng asymmet r i c t hr oughput
The Configurat ion wizard is similar t o t he I nst allat ion wizard; Sit e configurat ion is also st an-
dard.
WinLink 1000
Broadband Wireless Transmission Syst em
USER MANUAL
RELEASE 1.9.40
Part 6: Product Reference
UM 1000-1940/ 03.11
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 A-1
Appendix A
Technical Specifications
Scope of these Specifications
This appendix cont ains t echnical specificat ions for t he maj or link component s appearing in
t his User Manual. They are correct at t he dat e of publicat ion, but are int ended for general
background only. The lat est aut horit at ive and most up t o dat e t echnical specificat ions are
available as Dat a Sheet s obt ainable from RADWI N Cust omer Service.
I n any event , RADWI N reserves t he right t o change t hese specificat ions wit hout not ice.
ODU
WinLink
1000
Access
Visual
Surveill-
ance
WinLink
1000
Access
Pro
WinLink 1000 and WinLink 1000 HE
Capaci t y (net t hroughput , full duplex) 2Mbps 2/ 5Mbps 6Mbps 18Mbps
Range (Maximum) 20 Km (13 miles) 80 Km (50 miles)
Channel Bandwi dt h
5MHz for Access, all ot her models 5MHz, 10MHz and 20MHz (5MHz
Resolut ion)
Radi o Modul at i on OFDM (BPSK/ QPSK/ 16QAM/ 64QAM)
Adapt i ve Modul at i on & Codi ng Support ed
Aut omat i c Channel Sel ect i on Support ed
Dupl ex Technol ogy TDD
Er r or Cor r ect i on FEC k = 1/ 2, 2/ 3, 3/ 4
Rat e [ Mbps] 6 9 12 18 24 26 48 54
Modul at i on BPSK QPSK 16QAM 64QAM
FEC [ k= ] 1/ 2 3/ 4 1/ 2 3/ 4 1/ 2 3/ 4 2/ 3 3/ 4
Max Tx Power [ dBm] 23 20 16
Sensi t i vi t y ( dBm) @BER < 10e-11
( 20MHz)
-87 -84 -80 -79 -73 -66 -62
Encr ypt i on AES 128
ODU Appendi x A
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 A-2
Band
Occupied Frequency
range [ GHz]
Compliance
FCC/ I C 5.8 5.730 5.845
FCC 47CFR, Part 15,
Subpart C and I C RSS-210
FCC 5.4 5.475 5.720
FCC 47CFR, Part 15,
Subpart E
I C 5.4
5.475 5.595
5.655 - 5.720
I C RSS-210
FCC/ I C 5.3 5.250 5.350
FCC 47CFR, Part 15,
Subpart E and I C RSS-210
FCC/ I C 4.9 4.940 4.990
FCC 47CFR, Part 90,
Subpart Y and I C RSS-111
FCC/ I C 2.4 2.402 2.472
FCC 47CFR, Part 15,
Subpart C and I C RSS-210
FCC 2.5 2.496 2.690 FCC 47CFR, Part 27
WPC I ndia 5.8 5.825 5.875 GSR-38
MI I China 5.8 5.730 5.845 MI I China
ETSI 5.8 5.725 5.875 ETSI EN 302 502
UK 5.8 5.725 - 5845 UK VNS 2107
ETSI 5.4 5.490 5.710 ETSI EN 301 893
ETSI 5.3 5.170 5.330 ETSI EN 301 893
ETSI 2.4 2.402 2.482 ETSI EN 300 328
Universal 5.9 5.730 5.950
N/ A
Universal 5.4 5.475 5.720
Universal 5.3 5.140 5.345
Universal 2.4 2.312 2.482
Universal 2.3 2.302 2.397
Universal 5.7 5.690 5.880
Universal 2.7 2.700 2.900
Universal 6.0 5.795 6.030
ODU wi t h I nt egr at ed Ant enna 30.5/ 12.00(W) x 30.5/ 12.00(H) x 5.8/ 2.28(D) cm/ in; 1.5 kg / 3.3 lbs
ODU Connect or i zed 13.5/ 5.3(W) x 24.5/ 9.6(H) x 4/ 1.5(D) cm/ in; 1.0 kg / 2.2 lbs
Power Feedi ng Dual feeding, -20 t o -60 VDC (AC/ DC convert er is available)
Power Consumpt i on - al one 10W
Power Consumpt i on wi t h I DU See I DU specificat ions, t his Appendix
Ar chi t ect ur e
ODU: Out door Unit wit h I nt egrat ed Ant enna or Connect orized for Ext ernal
Ant enna
I DU: I ndoor Unit for service int erfaces or PoE device for Et hernet only
ODU t o I DU/ PoE I nt er f ace Out door CAT-5e cable; Maximum cable lengt h: 100 m
I DU Appendi x A
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 A-3
IDU
The following specificat ions are for most part , common t o bot h I DU-C and new st yle I DU-E
product s. Differences are point ed out in t he t ables.
Management Appl i cat i on ( per l i nk) RADWI N Manager
Pr ot ocol SNMP and Telnet
NMS RADWI N NMS
Oper at i ng Temper at ur es ODU: -35C t o + 60C / -31F t o + 140F
Humi di t y ODU: Up t o 100% non-condensing, I P67
FCC/ I C ( cTUVus) UL 60950-1, UL 60950-22, CAN/ CSA C22.2 60950-1, CAN/ CSA C22.2 60950-22
ETSI / I EC EN/ I EC 60950-1, EN/ I EC 60950-22
FCC 47 CFR Class B, Part 15, Subpart B
ETSI EN 300 386, EN 301 489-1, EN 301 489-4
CAN/ CSA CI SPR 22-02
AS/ NZS CI SPR 22: 2006
I DU-C I DU-E
Number of por t s 16, 8, 4 port s or no TDM port s. 2 or no TDM port
Max por t s usabl e by Wi nLi nk 1000 4 2
Max por t s usabl e by RADWI N 2000 16 2
Type E1/ T1 configurable by RADWI N Manager
Fr ami ng Unframed (t ransparent )
Ti mi ng I ndependent t iming per port , Tx and Rx
Connect or RJ-45
St andar ds Compl i ance I TU-T G.703, G.826
Li ne Code E1: HDB3 @ 2.048 Mbps, T1: B8ZS/ AMI @ 1.544 Mbps
Lat ency Configurable 5-20 msec
I mpedance E1: 120, balanced, T1: 100, balanced
Ji t t er & Wander According t o I TU-T G.823, G.824
Ji t t er Buf f er
Jit t er Buffer configurat ion enabling a lat ency from 5msec t o 16msec for
int erference immunit y confront
Cl ock Recover y Resol ut i on 0.05ppb
Cl ock st abi l i t y 20ppm as clock mast er (crucial for wander requirement s of cellular operat ors)
I DU Appendi x A
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 A-4
Et her net por t s
Port s: 2
10/ 100BaseT wit h Aut o-Negot iat ion (I EEE 802.3u)
Framing/ Coding I EEE 802.3
Connect or RJ-45
Line I mpedance 100
SFP por t ( I DU-C onl y) 1 port , Type: Fast Et hernet
VLAN Suppor t Transparent
Maxi mum Fr ame Si ze 2047 Byt es
Br i dge
Layer 2, self-learning of up t o 2047 MAC addresses (I EEE 802.1Q), hub/ Bridge
select able mode
Lat ency 3 msec
Dr y Cont act Al ar ms 4 I nput s + 4 Out put s; Configurable by t he RADWI N Manager
Moni t or ed Hot St andby ( I DU-C onl y) Support ed
I DU-C I DU-E
St yl e 1U 19 Rack mount ed Half 19 wall mount ed or deskt op
Di mensi ons 43.6cm(W) x 21cm(D) x 4.4cm(H) 22cm(W) x 17cm(D) x 4.4cm(H)
Wei ght 1.5 kg/ 3.3 lbs 0.5 kg/ 1.1 lbs
I DU-C I DU-E
Power Consumpt i on
Wi t h Wi nLi nk 1000 ODU < 15W < 15W
Wi t h RADWI N 2000 ODU < 35W < 35W
Al one 7W 3W
Power Feedi ng Opt i ons Dual feeding, -20 t o -60VDC Single feeding, -20 t o -60VDC
Oper at i ng Temper at ur es 0C - 50C / 32F - 122F
Humi di t y 90% non-condensing
FCC/ I C ( cTUVus) UL 60950-1, CAN/ CSA C22.2 60950-1
ETSI / I EC EN/ I EC 60950-1
FCC CFR47 Class B, Part 15, Subpart B
ETSI EN 300 386, EN 301 489-4, EN 301 489-1
CAN/ CSA-CEI / I EC CI SPR 22 Class B
AS/ NZS CI SPR 22: 2006 Class B
PoE Devi ce - I ndoor , AC Appendi x A
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 A-5
PoE Device - Indoor, AC
PoE Device - Outdoor, DC
AC I nput Vol t age
100-240VAC nominal, 85-265VAC max range
I nput Fr equency
47-63Hz
I nput Cur r ent
1.5A max at 90VAC, 0.75A max at 265VAC
Out put Vol t age and Cur r ent
55VDC, 0-1A Range 50-58VDC
Pr ot ect i on
Short circuit prot ect ion
Aut o recovery
Over volt age prot ect ion
I ndi cat i on
Green led for normal operat ion
Et her net LAN i nt er f ace t ype RJ 45, 10/ 100BaseT I nt erface ( Line I mpedance - 100O)
AC
St andard socket I EC320 C14 t ype
ODU ( PoE Por t )
RJ-45 connect or
Case
Plast ic
Di mensi ons
16cm(W) x 6.3cm(D) x 3.33cm(H)
Wei ght
250g
Oper at i ng Temper at ur es
0C - 40C
Humi di t y
90% non-condensing
UL
60950
C-UL
60950
TUV/ GS
I EC/ EN 60950
ESD
61000- 4- 2
RS
61000- 4- 3
EFT
61000- 4- 4
Sur ge
61000- 4- 5
CS
61000- 4- 6
DI PS
61000- 4- 11
EMI
FCC part 15 class B, CI SPR Pub 22 class B
I nput vol t age r ange -20 t o -60 VDC (single input )
Out put vol t age 48VDC / 0.6A
GSU Appendi x A
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 A-6
GSU
Power Consumpt i on 0.5W (not including radio)
Pr ot ect i ons
Different ial - 15KW
Common 3KW
Et her net LAN i nt er f ace t ype RJ 45, 10/ 100BaseT I nt erface ( Line I mpedance - 100O)
DC i nput 2 pins connect or
ODU ( PoE Por t ) RJ45
Di mensi ons 24.5cm(H) x 13.5cm(W) x 4.0cm(D)
Wei ght 1.0kg/ 2.2lbs
Encl osur e All weat her cases
Oper at i ng Temper at ur es - 35C - 60C / - 31F - 140F
Humi di t y Up t o 100% non-condensing
St andar ds
I EC 60721-3-4 Class 4M5
I P67
FCC/ I EC/ CAN/ CSA 60950-1, 60950-22
ETSI EN 300 386 V1.3.2; EN 301 489-1 V1.4.1
FCC CFR47 Class B, Part 15, Subpart B
CAN/ CSA I CES-003: 2004 Class B
AS/ NZS CI SPR 22: 2006 class B
Ar chi t ect ur e
Out door Unit Connect orized for Ext ernal GPS Ant enna
GSU t o PoE I nt er f ace
Out door CAT-5e cable; Maximum cable lengt h: 100 m
Di mensi ons
24.5cm(H) x 13.5cm(W) x 4.0cm(D)
Wei ght
1.0kg/ 2.2lbs
Power Feedi ng
Power provided by PoE device
Max Power Di ssi pat i on
10Wat t
Oper at i ng Temper at ur e Range
-35C t o + 60C / -13F t o 140F
Humi di t y
Up t o 100% non-condensing
EN/ I EC
Designed t o meet EN/ I EC 60950-1, 60950-22
Ant enna Char act er i st i cs Appendi x A
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 A-7

Antenna Characteristics
An ant enna is t he radiat ing and receiving element from which t he radio signal, in t he form of
RF power, is radiat ed t o it s surroundings and vice versa. The t ransmission range is a funct ion
of t he ant enna gain and t ransmit t ing power. These fact ors are limit ed by count ry regulat ions.
The WinLink 1000 may be operat ed wit h an int egrat ed ant enna at t ached t o t he ODU unit , or
wit h an ext ernal ant enna wired t o t he ODU via a N-t ype connect ors. All cables and connec-
t ions must be connect ed correct ly t o reduce losses. The required ant enna impedance is 50.
FCC
Designed t o meet 47 CFR Class B, Part 15, Subpart B
ETSI
Designed t o meet EN 300 386 V1.3.3; EN 301 489-4 V1.3.1; EN 301 489-1
CAN/ CSA-CEI / I EC
Designed t o meet CI SPR 22-02
AS/ NZS
Designed t o meet CI SPR22: 2006 Class B
Tabl e A-1: Ant enna Speci f i cat i ons
Fr eq r ange
GHz
Fr equency bands
For m
f act or
Type
Gai n
dBi
Beam
wi dt h
Di men-
si ons
f t
2.3
GHz
2.4
GHz
2.5
GHz
2.7
GHz
4.9
GHz
5.3
GHz
5.4
GHz
5.8
GHz
5.9
GHz
6.0
GHz
2.40-2.70 I nt egrat ed Flat panel 16 20 1
2.30-2.70 I nt egrat ed Flat panel 17.5 25 1
4.94-6.00

I nt egrat ed Flat panel

18.5
10 1
22
5.15-5.875 Ext ernal Flat panel 18 18 1
4.90-5.35 Ext ernal Flat panel 21 9 1
5.15-6.02 Ext ernal Flat panel
22 9 1
28 4. 5 2
2.7-2.9 Ext ernal Flat panel 17 19 1
5.72-5.85 Ext ernal Dish 29 6 2
5.725-5.850 Ext ernal Dish 32 6 3
5.470-5.725 Ext ernal Dish 31.5 4 3
4.90-5.10 Ext ernal Dish 27 8 2
4.90-6.00 Ext ernal Dish 29 8 2
5.250-5.35 Ext ernal Dish 31 5 3
5.470-5.725 Ext ernal Dish 31.5 4 3
2.50-2.70 Ext ernal Grid 24
E: 13
H: 9
2 x 3
Ant enna Char act er i st i cs Appendi x A
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 A-8
2.3-2.5 Ext ernal Grid 24
E: 12
H: 16
1.3 x 2
2.3-2.9 Ext ernal Grid 24 8
2.3 X 2
X 0.7
Tabl e A-1: Ant enna Speci f i cat i ons ( Cont i nued)
Fr eq r ange
GHz
Fr equency bands
For m
f act or
Type
Gai n
dBi
Beam
wi dt h
Di men-
si ons
f t
2.3
GHz
2.4
GHz
2.5
GHz
2.7
GHz
4.9
GHz
5.3
GHz
5.4
GHz
5.8
GHz
5.9
GHz
6.0
GHz
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 B-1
Appendix B
Wiring Specifications
ODU-IDU Cable
The ODU-I DU cable is shielded/ out door class CAT-5e, 4 t wist ed-pair 24 AWG t erminat ed wit h
RJ-45 connect ors on bot h ends. A cable gland on t he ODU side provides hermet ic sealing.
The following t able shows t he connect or pinout :
ODU/HSS Unit Connection Pinout
Tabl e B-1: ODU-I DU RJ-45 Connect or Pi nout
Funct i on Col or I DU ODU
Et her net ( RxN) Whit e/ Green 1 1
Et her net ( RxT) Green 2 2
Et her net ( TxT) Whit e/ Orange 3 3
Et her net ( TxN) Orange 6 6
Power ( + ) Blue 4 4
Power ( + ) Whit e/ Blue 5 5
Power ( ) Whit e/ Brown 7 7
Power ( ) Brown 8 8
Tabl e B-2: ODU/ HSS Uni t Connect i on Pi nout
Col or
ODU
RJ-45
HSS UNI T
RJ-45
Whit e/ Green 1 1
Green
Not connect ed
Whit e/ Orange
Orange 6 6
Blue 4 4
Whit e/ Blue 5 5
User Por t Connect or s Appendi x B
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 B-2
User Port Connectors
LAN Port
The LAN 10/ 100BaseT int erface t erminat es in an 8-pin RJ-45 connect or, wired in accordance
t o Tabl e B-3.
LAN Port for PoE-8
When connect ing t he PoE-8 LAN port cable direct ly t o PC, a crossed LAN cable,
t erminat ed wit h RJ-45 connect ors on bot h ends must be used, wired according t o
Tabl e B-4:
O-PoE to PC LAN Cable
When connect ing t he O-PoE ETH port cable direct ly t o a PC, a crossed LAN CAT-5e, 4
t wist ed-pair 24 AWG STP, t erminat ed wit h RJ-45 connect ors on bot h ends must be
used. The pinout in Tabl e B-4 applies here.
Whit e/ Brown 7 7
Brown 8 8
Tabl e B-3: Fast Et her net Connect or Pi nout
Funct i on Si gnal Pi n
Transmit Dat a (posit ive) TD (+ ) 1
Transmit Dat a (negat ive) TD () 2
Receive Dat a (posit ive) RD (+ ) 3
Receive Dat a (negat ive) RD () 6
Tabl e B-4: Fast Et her net Connect or Pi nout
Funct i on Col or PC
Et her net ( RxN) Whit e/ Green 3
Et her net ( RxT) Green 6
Et her net ( TxT) Whit e/ Orange 1
Et her net ( TxN) Orange 2
Tabl e B-2: ODU/ HSS Uni t Connect i on Pi nout ( Cont i nued)
Col or
ODU
RJ-45
HSS UNI T
RJ-45
Tr unk Por t s - E1/ T1 RJ45 Connect or Appendi x B
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 B-3
Trunk Ports - E1/T1 RJ45 Connector
The E1/ T1 int erfaces t erminat e in 8-pin RJ-45 connect ors, as shown in Tabl e B-5 below:
Hot Standby Port RJ-11
IDU (all models) Alarm Connector
The I DU Alarm int erface is a 25 pin D t ype female connect or. I t s pinout is list ed in Tabl e B-7.
Tabl e B-5: Tr unk Por t s - E1/ T1 RJ45Pi nout
Funct i on Si gnal Pi n
Transmit Dat a Tip TxTip 1
Transmit Dat a Ring TxRing 2
Receive Dat a Tip RxTip 4
Receive Dat a Ring RxRing 5
Tabl e B-6: Hot St andby RJ-11 Por t Pi nout
Si gnal
Pi n
Si de A
Pi n
Si de B
HSB out 1 2
HSB in 2 1
Ground 3 3
Ground 4 4
Tabl e B-7: I DU Al ar m Connect or ( Dr y-Cont act )
I / O Descr i pt i on Pi n
I nput 1 Posit ive 14
I nput 1 Negat ive 15
I nput 2 Posit ive 16
I nput 2 Negat ive 17
I nput 3 Posit ive 18
I nput 3 Negat ive 19
I nput 4 Posit ive 20
I nput 4 Negat ive 21
Out put 1 Normally Open 1
Out put 1 Common 2
Out put 1 Normally Closed 3
Out put 2 Normally Open 4
Out put 2 Common 5
Out put 2 Normally Closed 6
I DU ( al l model s) Al ar m Connect or Appendi x B
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 B-4
The figure below, shows how t o connect ext ernal input and out put alarms.
Fi gur e B-1: Exampl e f or connect i ng t he al ar m connect or
Out put 3 Normally Open 7
Out put 3 Common 8
Out put 3 Normally Closed 9
Out put 4 Normally Open 10
Out put 4 Common 11
Out put 4 Normally Closed 12
Not e
Use an ext ernal current limit resist or t o limit t he current at t he out put
relays t o 1 Amp. Such resist or is not required if t he equipment con-
nect ed t o t he I DU support s current limit ing t o 1 Amp.
The volt age of t he input alarm must be wit hin t he range of -10 t o -50
VDC.
Tabl e B-7: I DU Al ar m Connect or ( Dr y-Cont act ) ( Cont i nued)
I / O Descr i pt i on Pi n
DC Power Ter mi nal s Appendi x B
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 B-5
DC Power Terminals
IDU-C & E
BDU
DC PoE

Tabl e B-8: Ter mi nal Bl ock 3-pi n -48VDC
Funct i on Pi n
+ Right
Chassi s Cent er
Left
Tabl e B-9: Ter mi nal Bl ock 3-pi n -48VDC
Funct i on Pi n
+ Right
Chassi s Cent er
Left
Tabl e B-10: Ter mi nal Bl ock 2-pi n -48VDC
Funct i on Pi n
+ Right
Left
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 C-1
Appendix C
Small Form-factor
Pluggable Transceiver
IDU-C SFP Support
The Small Form-fact or Pluggable (SFP) t ransceiver, is a compact , hot -pluggable t ransceiver
used in communicat ions applicat ions.
The SFP t ransceiver t echnology allows almost any prot ocol convert er implement at ion wit h
seamless int egrat ion t o a st andard Et hernet swit ch.
The I DU-C support s SFP t ransceivers t o provide and support several net work applicat ions.
Any st andard Fast Et hernet (FE) SFP t ransceiver can be plugged int o t he I DU-C. These SFPs
support various Et hernet int erfaces. For example a fibre opt ic int erface can be used t o sup-
port long fibre dist ances.
I n addit ion, Syst em on SFP t ransceivers can be used, support ing a pr ot ocol conver t er con-
cept . The main applicat ion for such SFP t ransceivers is TDM over Et her net providing E1/ T1
or E3/ T3 over full duplex Et hernet Remot e Bridge
The following t able provides a few SFP t ypes t hat can be used wit h t he I DU-C:

Tabl e C-1: SFP Type and I nt er f ace descr i pt i on
SFP Type I nt er f ace Descr i pt i on
100baseT 100BaseT, I EEE 802.3, UTP CAT5
100baseFX Mult imode fiber-opt ic (MMF) link spans up t o 2km long
100baseLX Single-mode fiber opt ic (SMF) links pans up t o 10km
100baseBX SMF single-st rand link spans up t o 10 km or 40 km
E3T3/ FE E3/ T3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-1
Appendix D
MIB Reference
Introduction
About the MIB
The RADWI N MI B is a set of API s t hat enables ext ernal applicat ions t o cont rol RADWI N
equipment .
The MI B is divided int o public and a privat e API groups:
Publ i c: RFC-1213 (MI B I I ) variables, RFC-1214 (MI B I I ) Syst em and I nt erfaces sec-
t ions
Pr i vat e: Cont rolled by RADWI N and supplement s t he public group.
This appendix describes t he public and privat e MI B used by RADWI N.
Terminology
The following t erms are used in t his appendix.
I n addit ion, t he MI B uses int ernally, t he older not ions of Local si t e and Remot e si t e where
t his manual would use sit e A and sit e B.
To avoid burdening t he reader, t his appendix will follow t he MI B usage.
Interface API
Control Method
The RADWI N Manager applicat ion provides all t he means t o configure and monit or a WinLink
1000 link, communicat ing wit h t he SNMP agent in each ODU. Each SNMP agent cont ains dat a
Ter m Meani ng
MI B Management I nformat ion Base
API Applicat ion Programming I nt erface
SNMP Simple Net work Management Prot ocol
Communi t y St r i ng Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-2
on each of t he I DUs and ODUs in t he link. Bot h agent s communicat e wit h each ot her over t he
air using a propriet ary prot ocol.
To cont rol and configure t he device using t he MI B, you should adhere t o t he following rules:
The connect ion for cont rol and configurat ion is t o t he local sit e, over any SNMP/ UDP/
I P net work.
All Paramet ers should be consist ent bet ween bot h of t he ODUs. Not e t hat inconsis-
t ency of air paramet ers can break t he air connect ion. To correct air paramet ers incon-
sist ency you must reconfigure each of t he ODUs.
Common pract ice is t o configure t he remot e sit e first and t hen t o configure t he local
sit e.
For some of t he configurat ion paramet ers addit ional act ion must be t aken before t he
new value is loaded. Please refer t o t he operat ion in t he paramet ers descript ion.
Some of t he MI B paramet ers values are product dependent . I t is st rongly recommend
using t he RADWI N Manager Applicat ion for changing t hese values. Set t ing wrong val-
ues may cause indet erminat e result s.
Community String
To cont rol a link, all SNMP request s should go t o t he local sit e I P address.
See Tabl e 4-4 for default Communit y st rings.
Private MIB Structure
The sect ions in t he privat e RADWI N MI B and it s locat ion in t he MI B t ree are shown in
Fi gur e D-1 below:
Not e
Each ODU has a single MAC address and a single I P address.
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-3
Fi gur e D-1: Top Level Sect i ons of t he pr i vat e MI B
The product s MI B sect ion cont ains t he definit ion of t he Obj ect I Ds for t he t wo form fact ors of
t he ODU, I nt egrat ed Ant enna and Connect orized (referred in t he MI B as ext er nal ant enna)
and GSU (where applicable):

Fi gur e D-2: Pr oduct MI B: Lef t Wi nLi nk 1000, Ri ght RADWI N 2000
The ODU MI B cont ains t he sect ions: Admin, Service, Et hernet , Bridge, Air, PerfMon and
Agent .
The I DU MI B cont ains t he sect ions: Admin, Service, Et hernet , Bridge and TDM.
The GpsSynchronizerFamily MI B defines t he GSU.
The general MI B include a single generic paramet er t hat is used by all t raps as a t rap descrip-
t ion paramet er.
MIB Parameters
The following sect ion describes all of t he MI B paramet ers. The MI B paramet ers follow t he fol-
lowing naming convent ion:
< wi nl i nk1000> < Sect i on 1> ...< Sect i on n> < Par amet er Name>
Suppor t ed Var i abl es f r om t he RFC 1213 MI B Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-4
For each of t he configurat ion and cont rol paramet ers (paramet ers wit h read-writ e access),
t he Descript ion column describes when t he new value is effect ive. I t is recommended t hat
you perform t he appropriat e act ion t o make t he values affect ive immediat ely aft er any
change. Where a change is required on bot h sides of t he link, it is recommended t hat you
change bot h sides of t he link first and t hen perform t he act ion.
Supported Variables from the RFC 1213 MIB
Tabl e D-1: Suppor t ed RFC 1213 Var i abl es ( Sheet 1 of 2)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
ifIndex
.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.x
a
Integer RO A unique value for each interface.Its value ranges
between 1 and the value of ifNumber.The value for
each interface must remain constant at least from
one re-initialization of the entity's network
management system to the next re-initialization.
ifDescr .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.2 DisplayString RO A textual string containing information about the
interface.This string should include the name of
the manufacturer, the product name and the
version of the hardware interface.
ifType .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.3 Integer RO The type of interface, distinguished according to
the physical/link protocol(s) immediately `below'
the network layer in the protocol stack.
ifSpeed .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.5 Gauge RO An estimate of the interface's current bandwidth in
bits per second.For interfaces which do not vary in
bandwidth or for those where no accurate
estimation can be made, this object should ontain
the nominal bandwidth.
ifPhysAddress .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.6 Phys-Address RO The interface's address at the protocol layer
immediately `below' the network layer in the
protocol stack. For interfaces which do not have
such an address (e.g., a serial line), this object
should contain an octet string of zero length.
ifAdminStatus .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.7 Integer RW The desired state of the interface. The testing(3)
state indicates that no operational packets can be
passed.
ifOperStatus .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8 Integer RO The current operational state of the interface. The
testing(3) state indicates that no operational
packets can be passed.
ifInOctets .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.x Counter RO The total number of octets received on the
interface, including framing characters.
ifInUcastPkts .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.11.x Counter RO The number of subnetwork-unicast packets
delivered to a higher-layer protocol.
ifInNUcastPkts .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.12.x Counter RO The number of non-unicast (i.e., subnetwork-
broadcast or subnetwork-multicast) packets
delivered to a higher-layer protocol.
ifInErrors .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14.x Counter RO The number of inbound packets that contained
errors preventing them from being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol.
ifOutOctets .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16.x Counter RO The total number of octets transmitted out of the
interface, including framing characters.
ifOutUcastPkts .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.17.x Counter RO The total number of packets that higher-level
protocols requested be transmitted to a
subnetwork-unicast address, including those that
were discarded or not sent.
Suppor t ed Var i abl es f r om t he RFC 1213 MI B Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-5
ifOutNUcastPkts .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.18.x Counter RO The total number of packets that higher-level
protocols requested be transmitted to a non-
unicast (i.e., a subnetwork-broadcast or
subnetwork-multicast) address, including those
that were discarded or not sent.
a. x is the interface ID
Tabl e D-1: Suppor t ed RFC 1213 Var i abl es ( Sheet 2 of 2)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-6
MIB Parameters
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 1 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
winlink1000OduAdmProductType 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.1 DisplayString RO ODU configuration description.
winlink1000OduAdmHwRev 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.2 DisplayString RO ODU Hardware Version.
winlink1000OduAdmSwRev 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.3 DisplayString RO ODU Software Version.
winlink1000OduAdmLinkName 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.4 DisplayString RW Link Name. A change is effective immediately.
winlink1000OduAdmResetCmd 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.5 Integer RW Reset Command. A set command with a value of 3
will cause a device reset. The read value is
always 0.
winlink1000OduAdmAddres 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.6 IpAddress RW ODU IP address. A change is effective after reset.
The parameter is kept for backward compatibility.
Using the alternative parameter:
winlink1000OduAdmIpParamsCnfg is
recommended.
winlink1000OduAdmMask 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.7 IpAddress RW ODU Subnet Mask. A change is effective after
reset. The parameter is kept for backward
compatibility. Using the alternative parameter:
winlink1000OduAdmIpParamsCnfg is
recommended.
winlink1000OduAdmGateway 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.8 IpAddress RW ODU default gateway. A change is effective after
reset. The parameter is kept for backward
compatibility. Using the alternative parameter:
winlink1000OduAdmIpParamsCnfg is
recommended.
winlink1000OduAdmBroadcast 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.10 Integer RW This parameter is reserved for the Manager
application provided with the product.
winlink1000OduAdmHostsTable N/A Trap destinations table. Each trap destination is
defined by an IP address and a UDP port. Up to
10 addresses can be configured.
winlink1000OduAdmHostsEntry N/A Trap destinations table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000OduAdmHostsIndex }
winlink1000OduAdmHostsIndex RO Trap destinations table index.
winlink1000OduAdmHostsIp 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.12.1.2 IpAddress RW Trap destination IP address. A change is effective
immediately.
winlink1000OduAdmHostsPort 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.12.1.3 Integer RW UDP port of the trap destination. A change is
effective immediately.
winlink1000OduBuzzerAdminState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.13 Integer RW This parameter controls the activation of the
buzzer while the unit is in install mode. A change
is effective immediately. The valid values are:
disabled (0) enabledAuto (1)
enabledConstantly(2).
winlink1000OduProductId 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.14 DisplayString RO This parameter is reserved for the Manager
application provided with the product.
winlink1000OduReadCommunity 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.15 DisplayString RW Read Community String. This parameter always
returns ***** when retrieving its value. It is used
by the Manager application to change the Read
Community String. The SNMP agent accepts only
encrypted values.
winlink1000OduReadWriteCommunity 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.16 DisplayString RW Read/Write Community String. This parameter
always returns ***** when retrieving its value. It is
used by the Manager application to change the
Read/Write Community String. The SNMP agent
accepts only encrypted values.
winlink1000OduTrapCommunity 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.17 DisplayString RW Trap Community String. This parameter is used by
the Manager application to change the Trap
Community String. The SNMP agent accepts only
encrypted values.
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-7
winlink1000OduAdmSnmpAgentVersion 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.18 Integer RO Major version of the SNMP agent.
winlink1000OduAdmRemoteSiteName 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.19 DisplayString RO Remote site name. Returns the same value as
sysLocation parameter of the remote site.
winlink1000OduAdmSnmpAgentMinorVersion 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.20 Integer RO Minor version of the SNMP agent.
winlink1000OduAdmLinkPassword 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.21 DisplayString RW Link Password. This parameter always returns
***** when retrieving its value. It is used by the
Manager application to change the Link Password.
The SNMP agent accepts only encrypted values.
winlink1000OduAdmSiteLinkPassword 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.22 DisplayString RW Site Link Password. This parameter always returns
***** when retrieving its value. It is used by the
Manager application to change the Link Password
of the site. The SNMP agent accepts only
encrypted values.
winlink1000OduAdmDefaultPassword 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.23 Integer RO This parameter indicates if the current Link
Password is the default password.
winlink1000OduAdmConnectionType 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.24 Integer RO This parameter indicates if the Manager
application is connected to the local ODU or to
the remote ODU over the air. A value of 'unknown'
indicates community string mismatch.
winlink1000OduAdmBackToFactorySettingsC
md
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.25 Integer RW Back to factory settings Command. A change is
effective after reset. The read value is always 0.
winlink1000OduAdmIpParamsCnfg 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.26 DisplayString RW ODU IP address Configuration. The format is:
<IP_Address>|<Subnet_Mask>|<Default_Gatewa
y>|
winlink1000OduAdmVlanID 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.27 Integer RW VLAN ID. Valid values are 1 to 4094. Initial value
is 0 meaning VLAN unaware.
winlink1000OduAdmVlanPriority 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.28 Integer RW VLAN Priority. 0 is lowest priority 7 is highest
priority.
winlink1000OduAdmSN 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.29 DisplayString RO ODU Serial Number
winlink1000OduAdmProductName 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.30 DisplayString RO This is the product name as it exists at EC
winlink1000OduAdmActivationKey 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.31 DisplayString RW Activates a general key.
winlink1000OduAdmRmtPermittedOduType 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.32 DisplayString RW Mobile Application: permitted partner OduType.
winlink1000OduAdmCpuID 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.1.33 Integer RO CPU ID
winlink1000OduSrvMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.1 Integer RW System mode. The only values that can be set are
installMode and slaveMode; normalMode
reserved to the Manager application provided with
the product. A change is effective after link re-
synchronization.
winlink1000OduSrvBridging 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.3 Integer RO Bridging Mode. Valid values are: disabled (0)
enabled (1).
winlink1000OduSrvRingLinkMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4.1 Integer RW Mode of the link regarding ring topology.
winlink1000OduSrvRingTopologySupported 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4.2 Integer RO Ring Topology options are: supported not
supported
winlink1000OduSrvRingVlanIdTable N/A Ring VLAN IDs table.
winlink1000OduSrvRingVlanIdEntry N/A VLAN ID of the internal ring messages. Valid
values are 1 to 4094. Initial value is 0 meaning
VLAN unaware. INDEX {
winlink1000OduSrvRingVlanIdIndex }
winlink1000OduSrvRingVlanIdIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4.3.1.1 Integer RO Index of VLAN ID of the internal ring messages.
winlink1000OduSrvRingVlanId 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4.3.1.2 Integer RW VLAN ID of the internal ring messages. Valid
values are 1 to 4094. Initial value is 0 meaning
VLAN unaware.
winlink1000OduSrvRingEthStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4.4 Integer RO Represents the Ethernet service blocking state of
a Rings link
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 2 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-8
winlink1000OduSrvRingMaxAllowedTimeFrom
LastRpm
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4.5 Integer RW Defines the minimal time (in ms) required for
determination of ring failure.
winlink1000OduSrvRingWTR 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.4.6 Integer RW Defines the minimal time (in ms) required for ring
recovery.
winlink1000OduSrvQoSMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5.1 Integer RW Mode of QoS feature.
winlink1000OduSrvQoSConfTable N/A QoS configuration table.
winlink1000OduSrvQoSConfEntry N/A QoS configuration table. INDEX {
winlink1000OduSrvQoSConfIndex }
winlink1000OduSrvQoSConfIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5.2.1.1 Integer RO Index of QoS Configuration.
winlink1000OduSrvConfVlanQGroups 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5.2.1.2 Integer RO Frames classification according to VLAN Priority
IDs.
winlink1000OduSrvConfDiffservQGroups 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5.2.1.3 Integer RO Frames classification according to Diffserv.
winlink1000OduSrvConfQueMir 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5.2.1.4 Integer RW Desired Private MIR.
winlink1000OduSrvConfQueWeight 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5.2.1.5 Integer RW QoS queueu's weights in percent.
winlink1000OduSrvQoSVlanQGroupsSetStr 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5.3 DisplayString RW Frames classification according to VLAN IDs string
for set.
winlink1000OduSrvQoSDiffservQGroupsSetStr 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5.4 DisplayString RW Frames classification according to Diffserv IDs
string for set.
winlink1000OduSrvQoSMaxRTQuePercent 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.2.5.5 Integer RO Maximal percent for RT & NRT queues.
winlink1000OduEthernetRemainingRate 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.1 Integer RO Current Ethernet bandwidth in bps.
winlink1000OduEthernetIfTable N/A ODU Ethernet Interface table.
winlink1000OduEthernetIfEntry N/A ODU Ethernet Interface table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000OduEthernetIfIndex }
winlink1000OduEthernetIfIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.2.1.1 Integer RO ODU Ethernet Interface Index.
winlink1000OduEthernetIfAddress 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.2.1.5 DisplayString RO ODU MAC address.
winlink1000OduEthernetIfAdminStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.2.1.6 Integer RW Required state of the interface.
winlink1000OduEthernetIfOperStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.2.1.7 Integer RO Current operational state of the interface.
winlink1000OduEthernetIfFailAction 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.2.1.8 Integer RW Failure action of the interface.
winlink1000OduEthernetNumOfPorts 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.3.3 Integer RO Number of ODU network interfaces.
winlink1000OduBridgeBasePortTable N/A ODU Bridge Ports table.
winlink1000OduBridgeBasePortEntry N/A ODU Bridge Ports table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000OduBridgeBasePortIndex }
winlink1000OduBridgeBasePortIndex RO ODU Bridge Port Number.
winlink1000OduBridgeBaseIfIndex RO IfIndex corresponding to ODU Bridge port.
winlink1000OduBridgeTpMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.4.4.101 Integer RW ODU bridge mode. A change is effective after
reset. Valid values: hubMode (0) bridgeMode (1).
winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortTable N/A ODU Transparent Bridge Ports table.
winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortEntry N/A ODU Transparent Bridge Ports table entry.
INDEX { winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortIndex }
winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortIndex RO ODU Transparent Bridge Port Number.
winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortInFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.4.4.3.1.3 Counter RO Number of frames received by this port.
winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortOutFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.4.4.3.1.4 Counter RO Number of frames transmitted by this port.
winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortInBytes 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.4.4.3.1.10
1
Counter RO Number of bytes received by this port.
winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortOutBytes 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.4.4.3.1.10
2
Counter RO Number of bytes transmitted by this port.
winlink1000OduBridgeConfigMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.4.4.102 Integer RO ODU bridge configuration mode
winlink1000OduAirFreq 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.1 Integer RW Installation Center Frequency. Valid values are
product dependent. A change is effective after link
re-synchronization.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 3 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-9
winlink1000OduAirDesiredRate 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.2 Integer RW Deprecated parameter actual behavior is read-
only. Required Air Rate. For Channel Bandwidth
of 20 10 5 MHz divide the value by 1 2 4
respectively.
winlink1000OduAirSSID 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.3 DisplayString RW Reserved for the Manager application provided
with the product.
winlink1000OduAirTxPower 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.4 Integer RW Required Transmit power in dBm . This is a
nominal value while the actual transmit power
includes additional attenuation. The min and max
values are product specific. A change is effective
immediately.
winlink1000OduAirSesState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.5 Integer RO Current Link State. The value is active (3) during
normal operation.
winlink1000OduAirMstrSlv 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.6 Integer RO This parameter indicates if the device was
automatically selected into the radio link master or
slave. The value is undefined if there is no link.
winlink1000OduAirResync 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.8 Integer RW Setting this parameter to 1 will cause the link to
restart the synchronization process.
winlink1000OduAirRxPower 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.9.1 Integer RO Received Signal Strength in dBm.
winlink1000OduAirTotalFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.9.2 Counter RO Total Number of received radio frames.
winlink1000OduAirBadFrames 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.9.3 Counter RO Total number of received radio frames with CRC
error.
winlink1000OduAirCurrentRate 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.9.4 Integer RO Deprecated parameter. Actual rate of the air
interface in Mbps. For Channel Bandwidth of 20
10 5 MHz divide the value by 1 2 4 respectively.
winlink1000OduAirCurrentRateIdx 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.9.5 Integer RO Index of current air rate.
winlink1000OduAirTxPower36 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.10 Integer RW Deprecated parameter. Actual behavior is read-
only.
winlink1000OduAirTxPower48 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.11 Integer RW Deprecated parameter. Actual behavior is read-
only.
winlink1000OduAirCurrentTxPower 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.12 Integer RO Current Transmit Power in dBm. This is a nominal
value while the actual transmit power includes
additional attenuation.
winlink1000OduAirMinFrequency 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.13 Integer RO Minimum center frequency in MHz.
winlink1000OduAirMaxFrequency 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.14 Integer RO Maximum center frequency in MHz.
winlink1000OduAirFreqResolution 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.15 Integer RO Center Frequency resolution. Measured in MHz
if value < 100 otherwise in KHz.
winlink1000OduAirCurrentFreq 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.16 Integer RO Current Center Frequency. Measured in MHz if
center frequency resolution value < 100 otherwise
in KHz.
winlink1000OduAirNumberOfChannels 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.17 Integer RO Number of channels that can be used.
winlink1000OduAirChannelsTable N/A Table of channels used by automatic channels
selection (ACS).
winlink1000OduAirChannelsEntry N/A ACS channels table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000OduAirChannelsIndex }
winlink1000OduAirChannelsIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.18.1.1 Integer RO Channel Index.
winlink1000OduAirChannelsFrequency 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.18.1.2 Integer RO Channel frequency in MHz.
winlink1000OduAirChannelsOperState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.18.1.3 Integer RW Channel state. Can be set by the user.
Automatic Channel Selection uses channels that
are AirChannelsOperState enabled and
AirChannelsAvail enabled. A change is effective
after link re-synchronization. Valid values: disabled
(0) enabled (1).
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 4 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-10
winlink1000OduAirChannelsAvail 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.18.1.4 Integer RO Channel state. Product specific and cannot be
changed by the user. Automatic Channel
Selection uses channels that are
AirChannelsOperState enabled and
AirChannelsAvail enabled. Valid values: disabled
(0) enabled (1).
winlink1000OduAirChannelsDefaultFreq 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.18.1.5 Integer RO Default channel's availability for all CBWs. The
valid values are: forbidden (0) available (1).
winlink1000OduAirDfsState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.19 Integer RO Radar detection state. Valid values: disabled (0)
enabled (1).
winlink1000OduAirAutoChannelSelectionState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.20 Integer RO Deprecated parameter. Indicating Automatic
Channel Selection availability at current channel
bandwidth. Valid values: disabled (0) enabled
(1).
winlink1000OduAirEnableTxPower 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.21 Integer RO Indicating Transmit power configuration enabled or
disabled.
winlink1000OduAirMinTxPower 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.22 Integer RO Minimum Transmit power in dBm.
winlink1000OduAirMaxTxPowerTable N/A Table of Maximum transmit power per air rate in
dBm.
winlink1000OduAirMaxTxPowerEntry N/A Maximum Transmit power table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000OduAirMaxTxPowerIndex }
winlink1000OduAirMaxTxPowerIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.23.1.1 Integer RO Air interface rate index.
winlink1000OduAirMaxTxPower 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.23.1.2 Integer RO Maximum Transmit power in dBm.
winlink1000OduAirChannelBandwidth 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.24 Integer RW Channel bandwidth in KHz. A change is effective
after reset.
winlink1000OduAirChannelBWTable N/A Channel Bandwidths table.
winlink1000OduAirChannelBWEntry N/A Channel Bandwidth table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000OduAirChannelBWIndex }
winlink1000OduAirChannelBWIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.25.1.1 Integer RO Channel Bandwidth index.
winlink1000OduAirChannelBWAvail 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.25.1.2 Integer RO Channel Bandwidth availability product specific.
Options are: Not supported supported with
manual channel selection supported with
Automatic Channel Selection.
winlink1000OduAirChannelsAdminState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.25.1.3 DisplayString RO Channels' availability per CBW.
winlink1000OduAirChannelBWHSSATDDConfl
ictPerCBW
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.25.1.4 Integer RO Indication for possible Link drop per CBW due to
conflict between HSS and ATDD.
winlink1000OduAirChannelBWMinRatioForSu
pporting
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.25.1.5 Integer RO Minimal TX ratio that may be used by the HSM and
still enable proper operation of the aforementioned
CBW.
winlink1000OduAirChannelBWMaxRatioForSu
pporting
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.25.1.6 Integer RO Maximal TX ratio that may be used by the HSM
and still enable proper operation of the
aforementioned CBW.
winlink1000OduAirRFD 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.26 Integer RO Current radio frame duration in microseconds.
winlink1000OduAirRatesTable N/A Air Rate indexes table for current channel
bandwidth.
winlink1000OduAirRatesEntry N/A Air Rate indexes table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000OduAirRatesIndex }
winlink1000OduAirRatesIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.27.1.1 Integer RO Air Rate index.
winlink1000OduAirRatesAvail 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.27.1.2 Integer RO Air Rate availability depending on air interface
conditions.
winlink1000OduAirDesiredRateIdx 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.28 Integer RW Required Air Rate index. 0 reserved for Adaptive
Rate. A change is effective immediately after Set
operation to the master side while the link is up.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 5 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-11
winlink1000OduAirLinkDistance 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.29 Integer RO Link distance in meters. A value of -1 indicates
an illegal value and is also used when a link is not
established.
winlink1000OduAirLinkWorkingMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.30 Integer RO Link working mode as a result of comparing
versions of both sides of the link. Possible
modes are: Unknown - no link Normal - versions
on both sides are identical with full compatibility
with restricted compatibility or versions on both
sides are different with software upgrade or
versions incompatibility.
winlink1000OduAirMajorLinkIfVersion 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.31 Integer RO Major link interface version
winlink1000OduAirMinorLinkIfVersion 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.32 Integer RO Minor link interface version
winlink1000OduAirHssDesiredOpState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.1 Integer RW Required Hub Site Synchronization operating
state.
winlink1000OduAirHssCurrentOpState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.2 Integer RO Current Hub Site Synchronization operating state.
winlink1000OduAirHssSyncStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.3 Integer RO Hub Site Synchronization sync status.
winlink1000OduAirHssExtPulseStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.4 Integer RO Hub Site Synchronization external pulse detection
status. In GSS mode: if generating then 1PSP
is auto generated by the GSS Unit. if
generatingAndDetecting then 1PSP is generated
by GPS satellites signal.
winlink1000OduAirHssExtPulseType 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.5 Integer RO Hub Site Synchronization external pulse type.
winlink1000OduAirHssDesiredExtPulseType 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.6 Integer RW Hub Site Synchronization required external pulse
type. Valid values for read write: {typeA(2)
typeB(3) typeC(4) typeD(5) typeE(6) typeF(7)}.
Valid value for read only: {notApplicable(1)}.
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpTable N/A ODU Radio Frame Patterns (RFP) Table.
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpEntry N/A ODU RFP Table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpIndex }
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.7.1.1 Integer RO ODU RFP Table index. The index represent the
Radio Frame Pattern: typeA(2) typeB(3)
typeC(4) typeD(5) typeE(6).
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpEthChannelBW5MH
z
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.7.1.2 Integer RO Represents the compatibility of Ethernet service
under Channel BW of 5MHz in the specific
Radio Frame Pattern.
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpTdmChannelBW5M
Hz
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.7.1.3 Integer RO Represents the compatibility of TDM service under
Channel BW of 5MHz in the specific Radio
Frame Pattern.
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpEthChannelBW10M
Hz
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.7.1.4 Integer RO Represents the compatibility of Ethernet service
under Channel BW of 10MHz in the specific
Radio Frame Pattern.
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpTdmChannelBW10
MHz
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.7.1.5 Integer RO Represents the compatibility of TDM service under
Channel BW of 10MHz in the specific Radio
Frame Pattern.
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpEthChannelBW20M
Hz
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.7.1.6 Integer RO Represents the compatibility of Ethernet service
under Channel BW of 20MHz in the specific
Radio Frame Pattern.
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpTdmChannelBW20
MHz
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.7.1.7 Integer RO Represents the compatibility of TDM service under
Channel BW of 20MHz in the specific Radio
Frame Pattern.
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpEthChannelBW40M
Hz
RO Represents the compatibility of Ethernet service
under Channel BW of 40MHz in the specific
Radio Frame Pattern.
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpTdmChannelBW40
MHz
RO Represents the compatibility of TDM service under
Channel BW of 40MHz in the specific Radio
Frame Pattern.
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpStr 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.8 DisplayString RO Hub Site Synchronization supported patterns
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 6 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-12
winlink1000OduAirHSSHsmID 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.9 Integer RO A unique ID which is common to the HSM and all
its collocated ODUs
winlink1000OduAirHssTime 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.10.0 DisplayString RO Hub Site Synchronization GPS time
winlink1000OduAirHssLatitude 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.11.0 DisplayString RO Hub Site Synchronization GPS Latitude
winlink1000OduAirHssNSIndicator 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.12.0 DisplayString RO Hub Site Synchronization GPS N/S Indicator
winlink1000OduAirHssLongitude 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.13.0 DisplayString RO Hub Site Synchronization GPS Longitude
winlink1000OduAirHssEWIndicator 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.14.0 DisplayString RO Hub Site Synchronization GPS E/W Indicator
winlink1000OduAirHssNumSatellites 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.15.0 DisplayString RO Hub Site Synchronization GPS Number of
satellites
winlink1000OduAirHssAltitude 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.16.0 DisplayString RO Hub Site Synchronization GPS Altitude
winlink1000OduAirHssRfpPhase 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.40.17.0 Integer RW Hub Site Synchronization GPS RFP phase
winlink1000OduAirLockRemote 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.41 Integer RW This parameter enables locking the link with a
specific ODU. The following values can be set:
Unlock (default) - The ODU is not locked on a
specific remote ODU. Unlock can only be
performed when the link is not connected. Lock -
The ODU is locked on a specific remote ODU.
Lock can only be performed when the link is
active.
winlink1000OduAirAntennaGain 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.42 Integer RW Current Antenna Gain in 0.1 dBi resolution. User
defined value for external antenna. Legal range:
MinAntennaGain<AntennaGain<MaxAntennaGain
.
winlink1000OduAirFeederLoss 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.43 Integer RW Current Feeder Loss in 0.1 dBm resolution. User
defined value for external antenna.
winlink1000OduAirMaxAntennaGain 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.44 Integer RO Maximum allowed Antenna Gain in 0.1 dBi
resolution.
winlink1000OduAirMinAntennaGain 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.45 Integer RO Minimum allowed Antenna Gain in 0.1 dBi
resolution.
winlink1000OduAirMaxEIRP 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.46 Integer RO Maximum EIRP value as defined by regulation in
0.1 dBm resolution.
winlink1000OduAirAntennaGainConfigSupport 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.47 Integer RO Antenna Gain Configurability options are product
specific: supported not supported.
winlink1000OduAirAntennaType 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.48 Integer RW External Antenna Type: Monopolar or Bipolar.
winlink1000OduAirRssBalance 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.49 Integer RO RSS balance. Relation between RSS in radio 1
and RSS in radio 2.
winlink1000OduAirTotalTxPower 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.50 Integer RO Total Transmit Power in dBm. This is a nominal
value While the actual transmit power includes
additional attenuation.
winlink1000OduAirInstallFreqAndCBW 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.51 DisplayString RW Installation frequency Channel BW.
winlink1000OduAirDFStype 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.52 Integer RO DFS regulation type.
winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandTable N/A ODU Multi-band Sub Bands Table.
winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandEntry N/A ODU Multi-band Sub Bands Table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandIndex }
winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.53.1.1.1 Integer RO ODU Multi-band sub bands table index.
winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandId 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.53.1.1.2 DisplayString RO Represents the Multi-band sub band ID.
winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandDescription 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.53.1.1.3 DisplayString RO Multi-band sub band description.
winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandInstallFreq 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.53.1.1.4 Integer RO Represents the Multi-band sub band installation
frequency in KHz.
winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandAdminState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.53.1.1.5 Integer RO Represents the Multi-band sub band
administrative state.
winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandInstallation
Allowed
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.53.1.1.6 Integer RO Reflects if the Multi-band sub band allowes
installtion.
winlink1000OduAirComboFrequencyBandId 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.53.1.1.7 Integer RO Reflects the frequency band Id.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 7 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-13
winlink1000OduAirComboNumberOfSubBands 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.53.2 Integer RO Represents the number of Multi-band sub bands.
winlink1000OduAirComboSwitchSubBand 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.53.3 DisplayString RW Switch sub band operation with a given sub band
ID. The get operation retrieves the current sub
band ID.
winlink1000OduAirInternalMaxRate 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.54 Integer RO Max Ethernet throughput of the site (in Kpbs).
winlink1000OduAirCapacityDirection 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.55 Integer RW Capacity direction of the site.
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumAnalysisOperStat
e
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.1 Integer RW Spectrum Analysis operation state. The
configurable values are Spectrum Analysis Stop
Start and Restart. Not Supported value indicates
that the feature is not supported on the device.
Not Supported is not a configurable state.
winlink1000OduAirRxPowerAntennaA 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.2 Integer RO Received Signal Strength in dBm of Antenna A.
winlink1000OduAirRxPowerAntennaB 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.3 Integer RO Received Signal Strength in dBm of Antenna B.
winlink1000OduAirNumberOfSpectrumChanne
ls
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.4 Integer RO Represents the number of Spectrum Channels.
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelTable N/A ODU Spectrum Analysis Channel Table.
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelTableEntr
y
N/A ODU Spectrum Analysis Channel Table entry.
INDEX {
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelIndex }
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.1 Integer RO ODU Spectrum Channel index.
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelFrequenc
y
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.2 Integer RO ODU Spectrum Channel frequency in MHz.
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelScanned 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.3 Integer read-only
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelScanning
Timestamp
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.4 TimeTicks RO Channel last scan timestamp in hundredths of a
second since device up time. If the channel was
not scanned than the return value will be 0.
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelLastNFAn
tennaA
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.5 Integer RO Normalized Noise Floor value in dBm - of Antenna
A - (including 2 neighbor frequencies).
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelLastNFAn
tennaB
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.6 Integer RO Normalized Noise Floor value in dBm - of Antenna
B - (including 2 neighbor frequencies).
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelAverageN
FAntennaA
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.7 Integer RO Average normalized Noise Floor value in dBm - of
Antenna A - over all dwells.
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelAverageN
FAntennaB
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.8 Integer RO Average normalized Noise Floor value in dBm - of
Antenna B - over all dwells.
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelMaxNFAn
tennaA
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.9 Integer RO Max normalized Noise Floor value in dBm - of
Antenna A - over all dwells.
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelMaxNFAn
tennaB
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.1
0
Integer RO Max normalized Noise Floor value in dBm - of
Antenna B - over all dwells.
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelCACPerfo
rmed
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.1
1
Integer RO read-only
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelLastCAC
Timestamp
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.1
2
TimeTicks RO Last CAC performed timestamp in hundredths of a
second since device up time. If no CAC has
performed on the channel the return value will be
0.
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelRadarDet
ected
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.1
3
Integer RO read-only
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelRadarDet
ectionTimestamp
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.1
4
TimeTicks RO Last Radar Detection timestamp in hundredths of
a second since device up time. If no Radar has
detected on the channel the return value will be 0.
winlink1000OduAirSpectrumChannelAvailable 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.56.5.1.1
5
Integer RO read-only
winlink1000OduAirAntConfAndRatesStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.57 Integer RO Description: Antenna configuration and Rates
status (1 = Single antenna with single data stream
2 = Dual antenna with single data stream 3 = Dual
antenna with dual data stream).
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 8 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-14
winlink1000OduAirDualAntTxMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.58 Integer RW Description: Transmission type when using Dual
radios (MIMO or AdvancedDiversity using one
stream of data).
winlink1000OduAirTxOperationMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.59 Integer RW This parameter controls the Operation mode of
frames sent over the air. The Operation mode is
either normal (1) for regular transmission where
frame size is determined by the traffic or
throughput test (2) when the user requests an
actual over the air throughput estimation using full
frames. The latter lasts no more than a
predetermined interval (default 30 sec).
winlink1000OduAirDesiredNetMasterTxRatio 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.60.1 Integer RW This parameter is reserved to the element
manager provided with the product.
winlink1000OduAirCurrentNetMasterTxRatio 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.60.2 Integer RO Represents the actual Net Master Tx RAtio.
winlink1000OduAirMinUsableMasterTxRatio 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.60.3 Integer RO Represents the minimal value the user can
configure for Desired net mAster Tx Ratio.
winlink1000OduAirMaxUsableMasterTxRatio 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.60.4 Integer RO Represents the maximal value the user can
configure for Desired net mAster Tx Ratio.
winlink1000OduAirAccumulatedUAS 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.61 Integer RO Accumulates the Unavailable seconds of the Air
Interface.
winlink1000OduAirAccumulatedUAS 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.5.62 Integer RO Possibilities of the link according to RFP and CBW
winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrTable N/A This table defines/keeps the counters of the
current 15 min interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrEntry N/A This is an entry in the Current Interval Table.
INDEX {ifIndex }
winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrUAS 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.1.1.1 Gauge RO The current number of Unavailable Seconds
starting from the present 15 minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrES 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.1.1.2 Gauge RO Current number of Errored Seconds starting from
the present 15 minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrSES 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.1.1.3 Gauge RO Current number of Severely Errored Seconds
starting from the present 15 minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrBBE 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.1.1.4 Gauge RO Current number of Background Block Errors
starting from the present 15 minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrIntegrity 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.1.1.5 Integer RO Indicates the integrity of the entry.
winlink1000OduPerfMonIntervalTable N/A This table defines/keeps the counters of the last
day (in resolution of 15 min intervals).
winlink1000OduPerfMonIntervalEntry N/A This is an entry in the Interval Table. INDEX
{ifIndex winlink1000OduPerfMonIntervalIdx }
winlink1000OduPerfMonIntervalIdx RO This table is indexed per interval number. Each
interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96.
winlink1000OduPerfMonIntervalUAS RO The current number of Unavailable Seconds per
interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonIntervalES RO Current number of Errored Seconds per interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonIntervalSES RO Current number of Severely Errored Seconds per
interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonIntervalBBE RO Current number of Background Block Errors per
interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonIntervalIntegrity RO Indicates the integrity of the entry per interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonDayTable N/A This table defines/keeps the counters of the last
month (in resolution of days).
winlink1000OduPerfMonDayEntry N/A This is an entry in the Days Table. INDEX {ifIndex
winlink1000OduPerfMonDayIdx }
winlink1000OduPerfMonDayIdx RO This table is indexed per interval number. Each
interval is of 24 hours and the oldest is 30.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 9 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-15
winlink1000OduPerfMonDayUAS RO The current number of Unavailable Seconds per
interval of 24 hours.
winlink1000OduPerfMonDayES RO Current number of Errored Seconds per interval of
24 hours.
winlink1000OduPerfMonDaySES RO Current number of Severely Errored Seconds per
interval of 24 hours.
winlink1000OduPerfMonDayBBE RO Current number of Background Block Errors per
interval of 24 hours.
winlink1000OduPerfMonDayIntegrity RO Indicates the integrity of the entry per interval of 24
hours.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrTable N/A This table defines/keeps the air counters of the
current 15 min interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrEntry N/A This is an entry in the Current Interval Table.
INDEX {ifIndex }
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrMinRSL 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4.1.1 Integer RO Current Min Received Level Reference starting
from the present 15 minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrMaxRSL 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4.1.2 Integer RO Current Max Received Level Reference starting
from the present 15 minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrRSLThresh1Ex
ceed
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4.1.3 Gauge RO Number of seconds Receive Signal Level
exceeded the RSL1 threshold in the last 15
minutes.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrRSLThresh2Ex
ceed
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4.1.4 Gauge RO Number of seconds Receive Signal Level
exceeded the RSL2 threshold in the last 15
minutes.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrMinTSL 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4.1.5 Integer RO Current Min Transmit Signal Level starting from
the present 15 minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrMaxTSL 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4.1.6 Integer RO Current Max Transmit Signal Level starting from
the present 15 minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrTSLThresh1Ex
ceed
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4.1.7 Gauge RO Number of seconds Transmit Signal Level
exceeded the TSL1 threshold in the last 15
minutes.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrBBERThresh1
Exceed
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.4.1.8 Gauge RO Number of seconds Background Block Error Ratio
exceeded the BBER1 threshold in the last 15
minutes.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalTable N/A This table defines/keeps the air counters of the last
day (in resolution of 15 min intervals).
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalEntry N/A This is an entry in the Interval Table. INDEX
{ifIndex winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalIdx }
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalIdx RO This table is indexed per interval number. Each
interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalMinRSL RO Current Min Received Level Reference per
interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalMaxRSL RO Current Max Received Level Reference per
interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalRSLThresh
1Exceed
RO Number of seconds Receive Signal Level
exceeded the RSL1 threshold per interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalRSLThresh
2Exceed
RO Number of seconds Receive Signal Level
exceeded the RSL2 threshold ACCESS read-
only per interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalMinTSL RO Current Min Transmit Signal Level per interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalMaxTSL RO Current Max Transmit Signal Level per interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalTSLThresh
1Exceed
RO Number of seconds Transmit Signal Level
exceeded the TSL1 threshold per interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalBBERThres
h1Exceed
RO Number of seconds Background Block Error Ratio
exceeded the BBER1 threshold per interval.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 10 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-16
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayTable N/A This table defines/keeps the air counters of the last
month (in resolution of days).
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayEntry N/A This is an entry in the Days Table. INDEX {ifIndex
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayIdx }
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayIdx RO This table is indexed per Day number. Each Day
is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayMinRSL RO Current Min Received Level Reference per Day.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayMaxRSL RO Current Max Received Level Reference per Day.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayRSLThresh1Ex
ceed
RO Number of seconds Receive Signal Level
exceeded the RSL1 threshold per Day.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayRSLThresh2Ex
ceed
RO Number of seconds Receive Signal Level
exceeded the RSL2 threshold per Day.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayMinTSL RO Current Min Transmit Signal Level per Day.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayMaxTSL RO Current Max Transmit Signal Level per Day.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayTSLThresh1Ex
ceed
RO Number of seconds Transmit Signal Level
exceeded the TSL1 threshold per Day.
winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayBBERThresh1
Exceed
RO Number of seconds Background Block Error Ratio
exceeded the BBER1 threshold per Day.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthCurrTable N/A This table defines/keeps the ethernet counters of
the current 15 min interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthCurrEntry N/A This is an entry in the Current Interval Table.
INDEX {ifIndex }
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthCurrRxMBytes 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.7.1.1 Gauge RO Current RX Mega Bytes starting from the present
15 minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthCurrTxMBytes 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.7.1.2 Gauge RO Current Transmit Mega Bytes starting from the
present 15 minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthCurrEthCapacityT
hreshUnder
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.7.1.3 Gauge RO The number of times throughput was below
threshold in the present 15 minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthCurrHighTrafficThr
eshExceed
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.7.1.4 Gauge RO The number of times actual traffic was above
threshold in the present 15 minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthCurrActiveSecond
s
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.7.1.5 Gauge RO The number of seconds in which RPL Ethernet
swervice was not blocked in the present 15
minutes period.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalTable N/A This table defines/keeps the ethernet counters of
the last day (in resolution of 15 min intervals).
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalEntry N/A This is an entry in the Interval Table. INDEX
{ifIndex winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalIdx }
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalIdx RO This table is indexed per interval number. Each
interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalRxMBytes RO Current RX Mega Bytes per interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalTxMBytes RO Current Transmit Mega Bytes per interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalEthCapacit
yThreshUnder
RO The number of times throughput was below
threshold in the each interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalHighTraffic
ThreshExceed
RO The number of times actual traffic was above
threshold in the each interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalActiveSeco
nds
RO The number of seconds in which RPL Ethernet
service was not blocked in the each interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayTable N/A This table defines/keeps the ethernet counters of
the last month (in resolution of days).
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayEntry N/A This is an entry in the Days Table. INDEX {ifIndex
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayIdx }
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayIdx RO This table is indexed per Day number. Each
interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayRxMBytes RO Current RX Mega Bytes per day.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 11 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-17
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayTxMBytes RO Current Transmit Mega Bytes per day.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayEthCapacityTh
reshUnder
RO The number of times throughput was below
threshold each day.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayHighTrafficThr
eshExceed
RO The number of times actual traffic was above
threshold each day.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayActiveSeconds RO The number of seconds in which RPL Ethernet
service was not blocked each day.
winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmCurrTable N/A This table defines/keeps the TDM counters of the
current 15 min interval.
winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmCurrEntry N/A This is an entry in the Current Interval Table.
INDEX {ifIndex }
winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmCurrActiveSecon
ds
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.10.1.1 Gauge RO Parameter indicating whether the TDM service
was active. Under TDM backup link the
parameter indicates whether the backup link
was active.
winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmIntervalTable N/A This table defines/keeps the TDM counters of the
last day (in resolution of 15 min intervals).
winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmIntervalEntry N/A This is an entry in the Interval Table. INDEX
{ifIndex winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmIntervalIdx }
winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmIntervalIdx RO This table is indexed per interval number. Each
interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96.
winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmIntervalActiveSec
onds
RO Parameter indicating whether the TDM service
was active. Under TDM backup link the
parameter indicates whether the backup link was
active.
winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmDayTable N/A This table defines/keeps the TDM counters of the
last month (in resolution of days).
winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmDayEntry N/A This is an entry in the Days Table. INDEX {ifIndex
winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmDayIdx }
winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmDayIdx RO This table is indexed per Day number. Each
interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96.
winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmDayActiveSecond
s
RO Parameter indicating whether the TDM service
was active. Under TDM backup link the
parameter indicates whether the backup link was
active.
winlink1000OduPerfMonTxThresh1 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.20 Integer RW When the Transmit power exceeds this threshold
a performance monitoring TSL1 counter is
incremented.
winlink1000OduPerfMonRxThresh1 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.21 Integer RW When the RX power exceeds this threshold a
performance monitoring RSL1 counter is
incremented.
winlink1000OduPerfMonRxThresh2 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.22 Integer RW When the RX power exceeds this threshold a
performance monitoring RSL2 counter is
incremented.
winlink1000OduPerfMonBBERThresh1 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.23 Integer RW When the BBER exceeds this threshold a
performance monitoring BBER counter is
incremented. The units are 1/10 of a percent.
winlink1000OduPerfMonEthCapacityThreshKb
ps
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.24 Integer RW When the current throughput is below this
threshold the corresponding counter is
incremented
winlink1000OduPerfMonHighTrafficThreshKbp
s
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.6.25 Integer RW When the current traffic is above this threshold
then corresponding counter is incremented.
winlink1000OduAgnGenAddTrapExt 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.1.1 Integer RW If 'yes' is chosen the ifIndex Unit Severity
Time_T and Alarm Id from the
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmTable will be bind
to the end of each private trap.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 12 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-18
winlink1000OduAgnGenSetMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.1.2 Integer RW This parameter is reserved to the element
manager provided with the product.
winlink1000OduAgnNTPCfgTimeServerIP 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.2.1 IpAddress RW IP address of the server from which the current
time is loaded.
winlink1000OduAgnNTPCfgTimeOffsetFromU
TC
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.2.2 Integer RW Offset from Coordinated Universal Time (minutes).
Possible values: -1440..1440.
winlink1000OduAgnRealTimeAndDate 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.2.3 OctetString RW This parameter specifies the real time and date
Format 'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS'
(Hexadecimal). A date-time specification:
field octets contents range ----- --
---- -------- ----- 1 1-2 year
0..65536 2 3 month 1..12
3 4 day 1..31 4 5 hour
0..23 5 6 minutes 0..59 6
7 seconds 0..60 (use 60
for leap-second) 7 8 deci-seconds
0..9 For example Tuesday May 26 1992
at 1:30:15 PM EDT would be displayed as: 07
c8 05 1a 0d 1e 0f 00 ( 1992 -5 -26 13:30:15 )
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmLastChange 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3.1 Integer RO This counter is initialized to 0 after a device reset
and is incremented upon each change in the
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmTable (either an
addition or removal of an entry).
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmTable N/A This table includes the currently active alarms.
When a RAISED trap is sent an alarm entry
is added to the table. When a CLEAR trap is sent
the entry is removed.
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmEntry N/A Entry containing the details of a currently RAISED
trap. INDEX {
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmCounter }
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmCounter 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3.2.1.1 Integer RO A running counter of active alarms. The counter is
incremented for every new RAISED trap. It is
cleared after a device reset.
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmSeverity 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3.2.1.2 Integer RO Current Alarm severity.
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmId 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3.2.1.3 Integer RO Unique Alarm Identifier (combines alarm type and
interface). The same AlarmId is used for RAISED
and CLEARED alarms.
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmIfIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3.2.1.4 Integer RO Interface Index where the alarm occurred. Alarms
that are not associated with a specific interface
will have the following value: 65535.
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmUnit 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3.2.1.5 Integer RO Unit associated with the alarm.
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmTrapID 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3.2.1.6 Integer RO ID of the raised trap that was sent when this alarm
was raised.
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmTimeT 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3.2.1.7 Integer RO Timestamp of this alarm. This number is in
seconds from Midnight January 1st 1970.
winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmText 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.3.2.1.8 DisplayString RO Alarm display text (same as the text in the sent
trap).
winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsNumber 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.4.1 Integer RO This counter indicates the size of the
winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsTable
winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsTable N/A This table includes the last events. When a trap is
sent an event entry is added to the table.
winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsEntry N/A Entry containing the details of last traps. INDEX {
winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsIndex }
winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.4.2.1.1 Integer RO The index of the table
winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsSeverity 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.4.2.1.2 Integer RO Current Trap severity.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 13 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-19
winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsIfIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.4.2.1.3 Integer RO Interface Index where the event occurred. Traps
that are not associated with a specific interface
will have the following value: 65535.
winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsTimeT 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.4.2.1.4 Integer RO Timestamp of this trap. This number is in seconds
from Midnight January 1st 1970.
winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsText 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.1.7.4.2.1.5 DisplayString RO Trap display text (same as the text in the sent
trap).
winlink1000IduAdmProductType 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.1 DisplayString RO IDU configuration description.
winlink1000IduAdmHwRev 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.2 DisplayString RO IDU Hardware Revision.
winlink1000IduAdmSwRev 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.3 DisplayString RO IDU Software Revision.
winlink1000OduAdmNumOfExternalAlarmIn 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.4 Integer RO Indicates the number of currently available
External Alarm Inputs.
winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInTable N/A This is the External Alarm Inputs table.
winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInEntry N/A Entry containing the elements of a single External
Alarm Input. INDEX {
winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInIndex}
winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.5.1.1 Integer RO This value indicates the index of the External
Alarm Input entry.
winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInText 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.5.1.2 DisplayString RW This field describes the External Alarm Input. It is
an optional string of no more than 64 characters
which will be used in the event being sent as a
result of a change in the status of the External
Alarm Input. DEFVAL {Alarm Description}
winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInAdminState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.5.1.3 Integer RW This value indicates if this External Alarm Input is
enabled or disabled.
winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.5.1.4 Integer RO This value indicates the current status of the
External Alarm Input.
winlink1000IduAdmSN 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.6 DisplayString RO IDU Serial Number
winlink1000IduAdmIduDetectionMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.7 Integer RW The parameter defines whether to send Ethernet
frames to detect an IDU. The valid writable
values are: userDisabled (3) userEnabled (4). A
change requires a reset and is effective after reset.
winlink1000IduAdmMountedTrunks 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.8 Integer RO Number of mounted trunks in the IDU
winlink1000IduAdmLicensedTrunks 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.9 Integer RO Number of Licensed Trunks in the IDU
winlink1000IduAdmVlanSupported 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.10 Integer RO Identifies if the local IDU supports VLAN tag/untag
winlink1000IduAdmVlanEgressMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.11 DisplayString RW VLAN tag/untag egress values
winlink1000IduAdmVlanIngressMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.12 DisplayString RW VLAN tag/untag ingress values
winlink1000IduAdmVlanDefaultPortVIDs 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.13 DisplayString RW VLAN tag/untag default VLAN ids for each port -
Right most digit is Vlan priority (0-6) other digits
compose Vlan Id (1-4094)
winlink1000IduAdmVlanLan1UntaggedVIDs 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.14 DisplayString RW VLAN untagged VIDs for LAN1 port
winlink1000IduAdmVlanLan2UntaggedVIDs 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.15 DisplayString RW VLAN untagged VIDs for LAN2 port
winlink1000IduAdmVlanSfpUntaggedVIDs 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.16 DisplayString RW VLAN untagged VIDs for Sfp port
winlink1000IduAdmVlanLan1FilteredVIDs 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.17 DisplayString RW VLAN filtered VIDs for LAN1 port
winlink1000IduAdmVlanLan2FilteredVIDs 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.18 DisplayString RW VLAN filtered VIDs for LAN2 port
winlink1000IduAdmVlanSfpFilteredVIDs 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.1.19 DisplayString RW VLAN filtered VIDs for Sfp port
winlink1000IduSrvDesiredTrunks 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.2 Integer RW Required trunks bitmap. Note that the number of
possible trunks that can be configured may vary
based on the IDU hardware configuration the
selected air interface rate and the range of the
installation. The provided Manager application
enables the user to select only available
configurations. A change is effective immediately
if applied to a master unit and the link is in service
mode.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 14 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-20
winlink1000IduSrvServices 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.4 ObjectID RO This parameter is reserved to the Manager
application provided with the product.
winlink1000IduSrvActiveTrunks 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.6 Integer RO A bitmap describing the currently open TDM
trunks.
winlink1000IduSrvAvailableTrunks 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.8 Integer RO A bitmap describing the number of TDM trunks
that can be opened in the current configuration.
The values take into account the IDU hardware
configuration the air rate and the installation
range.
winlink1000IduSrvPossibleServicesTable N/A IDU Possible Services table.
winlink1000IduSrvPossibleServicesEntry N/A IDU Services table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000IduSrvPossibleServicesIndex }
winlink1000IduSrvPossibleServicesIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.10.1.1 Integer RO Table index Rate index of the air interface.
winlink1000IduSrvPossibleTdmServices 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.10.1.2 Integer RO Deprecated parameter. A bitmap describing the
TDM trunks that can be opened in the
corresponding Air Rate.
winlink1000IduSrvPossibleEthServices 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.10.1.3 Integer RO Deprecated parameter. This parameter describes
if the Ethernet Service can be opened in the
corresponding Air Rate. The valid values are:
disabled (0) enabled (1).
winlink1000IduSrvRemainingRate 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.10.1.4 Integer RO Current Ethernet bandwidth in bps per air rate.
winlink1000IduSrvTrunkCost 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.10.1.5 Integer RO Cost of the TDM Service in bps.
winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesTable N/A ODU Possible TDM Services table.
winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesEntry N/A ODU TDM Services table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesIndex }
winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.11.1.1 Integer RO Table index. The index is the bit mask of the TDM
service.
winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.11.1.2 Integer RO Represents the TDM service availability.
winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesMinRateIdx 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.11.1.3 Integer RO Minimum rate index of the air interface which make
the service possible.
winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesMaxRateIdx 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.11.1.4 Integer RO Maximum rate index of the air interface which
make the service possible.
winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesReason 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.11.1.5 Integer RO Information about the TDM Service availability. -
Not Applicable if the service is available. The
reasons for TDM Service unavailability: - The
available throughput isn't sufficient for Service
demands; - The IDU HW doesn't support the
service; - A Link Password mismatch was
detected; - The external pulse type detected is
improper for TDM services; - A Software
versions mismatch was detected. - A-Symetric
TDD Mode Is Obligated.
winlink1000IduSrvEthActive 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.12 Integer RO Represents the Ethernet service activation state.
winlink1000IduSrvEthAvailable 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.13 Integer RO Represents the Ethernet service availability state.
winlink1000IduSrvEthThroughput 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.14 Gauge RO Current available Ethernet service throughput in
bps.
winlink1000IduSrvEthMaxInfoRate 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.15 Integer RW Holds the maximum bandwidth (kbps) to be
allocated for Ethernet service. Value of zero
means that Ethernet service works as best effort.
The maximum value is product specific. Refer to
the user manual.
winlink1000IduSrvAvailableTrunksT1 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.2.16 Integer RO A bitmap describing the TDM trunks that can be
opened under T1 configuration. The values take
into account the IDU hardware configuration the
air rate and the installation range.
winlink1000IduEthernetIfTable N/A IDU Ethernet Interface table.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 15 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-21
winlink1000IduEthernetIfEntry N/A IDU Ethernet Interface table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000IduEthernetIfIndex }
winlink1000IduEthernetIfIndex RO If Index corresponding to this Interface.
winlink1000IduEthernetIfAddress 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.3.1.1.5 DisplayString RO IDU MAC address.
winlink1000IduEthernetNumOfLanPorts 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.3.3 Integer RO Number of LAN interfaces in the IDU.
winlink1000IduEthernetNumOfSfpPorts 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.3.4 Integer RO The number of SFP interfaces in the IDU.
winlink1000IduEthernetSfpProperties 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.3.5 DisplayString RO SFP venfor properties : Vendor Name PN and
Revision.
winlink1000IduBridgeTpAging 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.4.4.2 Integer RW Timeout in seconds for aging. Note that for this
parameter to be effective the ODU must be
configured to HUB mode. A change is effective
immediately.
winlink1000IduTdmTxClockAvailStates 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1.1 Integer RO Available states of the TDM Transmit Clock
Control each input status is represented by a bit.
When the state is available the bit value is 1.
When the state is unavailable the bit value is 0.
The available states are: bit 2 = Transparent bit
3 = Local Loop Timed bit 4 = Remote Loop Timed
bit 5 = Local Internal bit 6 = Remote Internal
winlink1000IduTdmTxClockDesiredState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1.2 Integer RW Required state of the TDM Transmit Clock Control.
A change is effective after re-activation of the TDM
service.
winlink1000IduTdmTxClockActualState 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.1.3 Integer RO Actual state of the TDM Transmit Clock Control.
winlink1000IduTdmMasterClockAvailOptions 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2.1 Integer RO Available options of the TDM Master Clock Control
each input status is represented by a bit. When
the option is available the bit value is 1. When the
option is unavailable the bit value is 0. The
available options are: bit 2 = Automatic bit 3 =
Trunk #1 bit 4 = Trunk #2 bit 5 = Trunk #3 bit 6
= Trunk #4 When no options are available the
returned value is: 1
winlink1000IduTdmMasterClockDesired 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2.2 Integer RW Required TDM Master Clock. A change is effective
after re-activation of the TDM service.
winlink1000IduTdmMasterClockActual 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.2.3 Integer RO Actual Trunk used for TDM Master Clock.
winlink1000IduTdmConfigTable N/A IDU TDM Links Configuration table.
winlink1000IduTdmConfigEntry N/A IDU TDM Links Configuration table entry. INDEX
{ winlink1000IduTdmConfigIndex }
winlink1000IduTdmConfigIndex RO Table index.
winlink1000IduTdmIfIndex RO Link index in the interface table.
winlink1000IduTdmLineCoding 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.6.1.6 Integer RW This parameter applies to T1 trunks only. The
parameter controls the line coding. Setting the
value to each of the indices applies to all. A
change is effective after the next open of the TDM
service.
winlink1000IduTdmLoopbackConfig 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.6.1.9 Integer RW Loop back configuration table. Each of the trunks
can be set Normal Line loop back or Reverse line
loop back. A change is effective immediately.
winlink1000IduTdmLineStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.6.1.10 Integer RO Line status.
winlink1000IduTdmCurrentTable N/A IDU TDM Links Statistics table.
winlink1000IduTdmCurrentEntry N/A IDU TDM Links Statistics table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000IduTdmCurrentIndex }
winlink1000IduTdmCurrentIndex RO Table index (Same as
winlink1000IduTdmLineIndex).
winlink1000IduTdmCurrentBlocks 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.7.1.101 Counter RO Number of correct blocks transmitted to the line.
winlink1000IduTdmCurrentDrops 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.7.1.102 Counter RO Number of error blocks transmitted to the line.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 16 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-22
winlink1000IduTdmCurrentTxClock 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.7.1.103 Integer RW TDM Transmit Clock. A change is effective after
re-activation of the TDM service.
winlink1000IduTdmCurrentBlocksHigh 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.7.1.104 Counter RO High part of the 64 bits counter Current Blocks
winlink1000IduTdmRemoteQual 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.8 Integer RO Estimated average interval between error second
events. The valid values are 1-2^31 where a
value of -1 is used to indicate an undefined state.
winlink1000IduTdmRemoteQualEval 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.9 Integer RO Estimated average interval between error second
events during evaluation process. The valid
values are 1-2^31 where a value of -1 is used to
indicate an undefined state.
winlink1000IduTdmSrvEval 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.10 Integer RW Evaluated TDM service bit mask. Setting this
parameter to value that is bigger than the activated
TDM service bit mask will execute the evaluation
process for 30 seconds. Setting this parameter to
0 will stop the evaluation process immediately.
winlink1000IduTdmBackupAvailableLinks 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.11 Integer RO Number of TDM backup trunks.
winlink1000IduTdmBackupTable N/A IDU TDM Links Statistics table.
winlink1000IduTdmBackupEntry N/A IDU TDM Links Statistics table entry. INDEX {
winlink1000IduTdmBackupIndex }
winlink1000IduTdmBackupIndex 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.12.1.1 Integer RO Table index.
winlink1000IduTdmBackupMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.12.1.2 Integer RW TDM backup mode: Enable or Disable where the
main link is the air link or the external link.
Changes will be effective immediatly.
winlink1000IduTdmBackupCurrentActiveLink 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.12.1.3 Integer RO TDM backup current active link: N/A air link is
active or external link is active.
winlink1000IduTdmJitterBufferSize 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.13 Integer RW TDM Jitter Buffer Size. The value must be
between the minimum and the maximum TDM
Jitter Buffer Size. The units are 0.1 x
millisecond.
winlink1000IduTdmJitterBufferDefaultSize 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.14 Integer RO TDM Jitter Buffer Default Size. The units are 0.1 x
millisecond.
winlink1000IduTdmJitterBufferMinSize 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.15 Integer RO TDM Jitter Buffer Minimum Size. The units are 0.1
x millisecond.
winlink1000IduTdmJitterBufferMaxSize 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.16 Integer RO TDM Jitter Buffer Maximum Size. The units are 0.1
x millisecond.
winlink1000IduTdmJitterBufferSizeEval 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.17 Integer RW TDM Jitter Buffer Size for evaluation. The value
must be between the minimum and the maximum
TDM Jitter Buffer Size. The units are 0.1 x
millisecond.
winlink1000IduTdmType 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.18 Integer RW TDM Type (The value undefined is read-only).
winlink1000IduTdmTypeEval 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.19 Integer RW TDM Type for evaluation.
winlink1000IduTdmLineStatusStr 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.20 DisplayString RO Line status.
winlink1000IduTdmHotStandbySupport 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.21 Integer RO Indicates if Hot Standby is supported.
winlink1000IduTdmDesiredHotStandbyMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.22 Integer RW Desired Hot Standby Mode.
winlink1000IduTdmHotStandbyOperationStatu
s
1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.23 Integer RO The Link Actual Status.
winlink1000IduTdmBackupLinkConfiguration 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.2.6.24 Integer RW The current configuration of the backup link.
winlink1000GeneralTrapDescription 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.100.1 DisplayString RO Trap's Description. Used for Trap parameters.
winlink1000GeneralTrapSeverity 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.100.2 Integer RO Trap's Severity. Used for Trap parameters.
winlink1000GeneralCookie 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.100.3 DisplayString RW Reserved for the Manager application provided
with the product used for saving user preferences
affecting ODU operation.
winlink1000GeneralEcChangesCounter 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.100.4 Integer RO This counter is initialized to 0 after a device reset
and is incremented upon each element constant
write operation via SNMP or Telnet.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 17 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
MI B Tr aps Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-23
MIB Traps
General
Each ODU can be configured wit h up t o 10 different t rap dest inat ions. When t he link is oper-
at ional, each ODU sends t raps originat ing from bot h Sit e A and Sit e B.
The source I P address of t he t rap is t he sending ODU. The t rap originat or can be ident ified by
t he t rap Communit y st ring or by t he t rap descript ion t ext .
Each t rap cont ains a t rap descript ion and addit ional relevant informat ion such as alarm sever-
it y, int erface index, t ime st amp and addit ional paramet ers.
winlink1000GeneralTelnetSupport 1.3.6.1.4.1.4458.1000.100.5 Integer RW Enable/Disable Telnet protocol.
Tabl e D-2: Pr i vat e MI B Par amet er s ( Sheet 18 of 18)
Name OID Type
A
c
c
e
s
s
Description
Tr ap Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-24
Trap Parameters
Tabl e D-3: MI B Tr aps ( Sheet 1 of 5)
Name ID Severity Description
trunkStateChanged 1 normal Indicates a change in the state of one of the TDM trunks. Raised by both
sides of the link. Contains 3 parameters: 1 - Description: TDM Interface
%n - %x 2 - %n: Is the trunk number 3 - %x: Is the alarm type and can
be one of the following: Normal AIS LOS Loopback
linkUp 2 normal Indicates that the radio link is up. Contains a single parameter which is
its description: 1 - Description: Radio Link - Sync on channel %n GHz.
%n Is the channel frequency in GHz.
linkDown 3 critical Indicates that the radio link is down. Contains a single parameter which
is its description: 1 - Description: Radio Link - Out of Sync. The reason
is: %s. %s Is the reason.
detectIDU 4 normal Indicates that the IDU was detected. Raised by both sides of the link.
Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description:
IDU of Type %s was Detected. %s Is the type of the IDU.
disconnectIDU 5 major Indicates that the IDU was disconnected. Raised by both sides of the
link. Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 -
Description: IDU Disconnected.
mismatchIDU 6 major Indicates a mismatch between the IDUs. Raised by the master only.
Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description:
IDUs Mismatch: One Side is %s and the Other is %s. %s Is the type of
the IDU.
openedServices 7 normal Indicates that services were opened. Raised by the master only.
Contains 3 parameters: 1 - Description: %n2 out of %n1 Requested
TDM Trunks have been Opened 2 - %n1: Is the requested number of
TDM truncks 3 - %n2: Is the actual number of TDM trunks that were
opened
closedServices 8 normal Indicates that services were closed. Raised by the master only.
Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description:
TDM Service has been closed. The reason is: %s. %s Is the reason.
incompatibleODUs 9 critical Indicates that the ODUs are incompatible. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: Incompatible ODUs.
incompatibleIDUs 10 major Indicates that the IDUs are incompatible. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: Incompatible IDUs.
incompatibleOduIdu 11 major Indicates that the ODU and IDU are incompatible. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: The IDU could not be
loaded. The reason is: %s. %s Is the incompatibility type.
probingChannel 12 normal Indicates that the ODU is monitoring radar activity. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: Monitoring for radar
activity on channel %n GHz. %n is the channel frequency in GHz.
radarDetected 13 normal Indicates that radar activity was detected. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: Radar activity was detected in
%s on channel %n GHz. %s Is the site name. %n Is the channel
frequency in GHz.
transmittingOnChannel 14 normal Indicates that the ODU is transmitting on channel. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: Transmitting on
channel %n GHz. %n Is the channel frequency in GHz.
scanningChannels 15 normal Indicates that the ODU is scanning channels. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: Channel scanning in
progress.
incompatiblePartner 16 critical Indicates that configuration problem was detected and that link
installation is required in order to fix it. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: Configuration problem detected.
Link installation required.
timeClockSet 17 normal Indicates that the ODU time clock was set. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: The time was set to: %p. %p Is
the date and time.
configurationChanged 18 normal Indicates that the ODU recovered from an error but there are
configuration changes. Contains two parameters: 1 - Description:
Configuration changed. Error code is: %n. 2 - %n number.
Tr ap Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-25
hssOpStateChangedToINU 19 normal Indicates that the HSS operating state was changed to INU type.
Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description:
HSS operating state was changed to: INU.
hssOpStateChangedToHSM 20 normal Indicates that the HSS operating state was changed to HSM type.
Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description:
HSS operating state was changed to: HSM.
hssOpStateChangedToHSC 21 normal Indicates that the HSS operating state was changed to HSC type.
Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description:
HSS operating state was changed to: HSC_DT/HSC_CT.
vlanModeActive 22 normal Indicates to non-VLAN PC that after 2 minutes the system will support
only VLAN tag on management interface. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: VLAN Mode is active. Non-VLAN
traffic will be blocked in 2 minutes.
spectrumAnalysis 23 normal Indicates that the ODU is in Spectrum Analysis mode. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: Spectrum analysis in
progress.
tdmServiceAlarm 100 major Indicates that TDM Service is in alarm state. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: TDM Service - Alarm.
ethServiceClosed 101 major Indicates that Ethernet Service is closed. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: Ethernet Service is closed.
ethServiceNotPermitted 102 major Indicates that Ethernet Service is not permitted. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: A valid IDU could not
be detected at %s. Please check your configuration. %s - Is the Local
Site name or Remote Site name or both sides of the Link.
encryptionAlarm 103 major Indicates an encryption key mismatch. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: Encryption Status - Failed. No
Services are available.
changeLinkPasswordAlarm 104 major Indicates that a failure has occurred while attempting to change the Link
Password. Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 -
Description: Failed to change the Link Password at/on: %s. %s - Is the
Local Site name or Remote Site name or both sides of the Link.
externalAlarmInPort1Alarm 105 major The trap is sent every time an alarm occurs in the External Alarm Input of
port #1. Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 -
Description: External Alarm 1 - <User Text> - Alarm.
externalAlarmInPort2Alarm 106 major The trap is sent every time an alarm occurs in the External Alarm Input of
port #2. Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 -
Description: External Alarm 2 - <User Text> - Alarm.
bitFailedAlarm 107 major The trap is sent if there is no way to recover from the situation.Contains
two parameters: 1 - Description: ODU power up built in test failed. Error
code is: %n 2 - %n number
wrongConfigurationLoadedAlarm 108 major The trap is sent if there is a way to recover from the situation.Contains
two parameters: 1 - Description: Wrong configuration loaded. Error code
is: %n 2 - %n number
lanPort1DisconnectedAlarm 109 major Indicates the LAN port 1 status changed to disconnected.Contains a
single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: LAN port 1
status changed to disconnected.
lanPort2DisconnectedAlarm 110 major Indicates the LAN port 2 status changed to disconnected.Contains a
single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: LAN port 2
status changed to disconnected.
mngPortDisconnectedAlarm 111 major Indicates the management port status changed to disconnected.Contains
a single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: Management
port status changed to disconnected.
externalAlarmInPort3Alarm 112 major The trap is sent every time an alarm occurs in the External Alarm Input of
port #3. Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 -
Description: External Alarm 3 - <User Text> - Alarm.
externalAlarmInPort4Alarm 113 major The trap is sent every time an alarm occurs in the External Alarm Input of
port #4. Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 -
Description: External Alarm 4 - <User Text> - Alarm.
Tabl e D-3: MI B Tr aps ( Sheet 2 of 5)
Name ID Severity Description
Tr ap Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-26
swVersionsMismatchFullCompatibilityAlarm 114 warning The trap is sent if SW versions mismatch with full link functionality.
Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description:
Software versions mismatch - full link functionality
swVersionsMismatchRestrictedCompatibilityAlarm 115 minor The trap is sent if SW versions mismatch with restricted link functionality.
Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description:
Software versions mismatch - restricted link functionality
swVersionsMismatchSoftwareUpgradeRequired 116 major The trap is sent if SW versions mismatch and SW upgrade is required.
Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description:
Software versions mismatch - Software upgrade required
swVersionsIncompatible 117 critical The trap is sent if SW versions are incompatible. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: SW Versions
incompatible
hssMultipleSourcesDetectedAlarm 118 major Indicates that multiple sync pulse sources were detected. Contains a
single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: HSS multiple
sync sources were detected.
hssSyncToProperSourceStoppedAlarm 119 major Indicates that synchronization to a proper sync pulse source was
stopped. Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 -
Description: HSS sync pulse - Down. The reason is: %s. %s - Is the
reason for the sync down.
hssSyncPulseDetectedAlarm 120 major Indicates that HSS additional sync pulse was detected. Contains a
single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: HSS additional
sync pulse was detected.
tdmBackupAlarm 121 major Indicates that the TDM backup link was activated. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: TDM backup alarm -
backup link was activated.
linkLockUnauthorizedRemoteODU 122 major Indicates that the remote ODU is unauthorized. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: Unauthorized remote
ODU connection rejected.
linkLockUnauthorizedODU 123 major Indicates that the ODU is unauthorized. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: Unauthorized ODU connection
rejected.
hotStandbyAlarm 124 major Indicates that the hot standby secondary link was activated. Contains a
single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: Secondary
Link Is Active.
sfpInsertion 126 normal Indicates that a device was inserted to SFP Port
sfpPort1DisconnectedAlarm 127 major Indicates the SFP port 1 status changed to disconnected.Contains a
single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: SFP port 1
status changed to disconnected.
desiredRatioCanNotBeAppliedAlarm 129 normal Indicates Desired UL/DL RAtio Can Not Be Applied.
cbwMismatch 130 major Indicates that a Channel Bandwidth mismatch was detected.Contains two
parameters: 1 - Description: Channel Bandwidth Mismatch: one side is
%n0 MHz and the other is %n1 MHz. %n0 is the local Channel
Bandwidth value in MHz. %n1 is the remoet Channel Bandwidth value in
MHz.
gpsNotSynchronized 131 major Indicates that the GPS is not synchronized with satellites. Pulses are
self generated.
pdTooHighDueCbwLimitations 132 major Indicates that link cannot be established because link range is too large
for channel bandwidth.
tdmServiceClear 200 major Indicates that TDM Service fault is cleared. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: TDM Service - Normal.
ethServiceOpened 201 normal Indicates that Ethernet Service has been opened. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: Ethernet Service has
been opened.
encryptionClear 203 normal Indicates that encryption is OK. Contains a single parameter which is its
description: 1 - Description: Encryption Status - Normal.
changeLinkPasswordClear 204 normal Indicates that the Link Password was changed successfully. Contains a
single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: Link Password
has been changed at/on: %s. %s - Is the Local Site name or Remote
Site name or both sides of the Link.
Tabl e D-3: MI B Tr aps ( Sheet 3 of 5)
Name ID Severity Description
Tr ap Par amet er s Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-27
externalAlarmInPort1Clear 205 normal This Trap is sent every time an External Alarm Input fault of port # 1 is
cleared. Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 -
Description: External Alarm 1 - <User Text> - Alarm Cleared.
externalAlarmInPort2Clear 206 normal This Trap is sent every time an External Alarm Input fault of port # 2 is
cleared. Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 -
Description: External Alarm 2 - <User Text> - Alarm Cleared.
lanPort1Clear 209 normal Indicates the LAN port 1 status changed to connected. Contains two
parameters: 1 - Description: LAN port 1 status changed to connected -
%s 2 - %s Is the Eth. mode (speed & duplex)
lanPort2Clear 210 normal Indicates the LAN port 2 status changed to connected. Contains two
parameters: 1 - Description: LAN port 2 status changed to connected -
%s. 2 - %s Is the Eth. mode (speed & duplex).
mngPortClear 211 normal Indicates the management port status changed to connected. Contains
two parameters: 1 - Description: Management port status changed to
connected - %s 2 - %s Is the Eth. mode (speed & duplex)
externalAlarmInPort3Clear 212 normal This Trap is sent every time an External Alarm Input fault of port # 3 is
cleared. Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 -
Description: External Alarm 3 - <User Text> - Alarm Cleared.
externalAlarmInPort4Clear 213 normal This Trap is sent every time an External Alarm Input fault of port # 4 is
cleared. Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 -
Description: External Alarm 4 - <User Text> - Alarm Cleared.
swVersionsMatchFullCompatibilityClear 214 normal The trap is sent if SW versions match. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: Software Versions compatible
swVersionsMatchRestrictedCompatibilityClear 215 normal The trap is sent if SW versions match and link functionality is not
restricted. Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 -
Description: Software Versions compatible
swVersionsMatchSoftwareUpgradeRequiredClear 216 normal The trap is sent if SW versions match and SW upgrade is successful.
Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description:
Software Versions compatible
swVersionsCompatibleClear 217 normal The trap is sent if SW versions compatible Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: Software Versions compatible
hssMultipleSourcesDisappearedClear 218 normal Indicates that multiple sync pulse sources disappeared. Contains a
single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: HSS multiple
sync pulse sources disappeared.
hssSyncToProperSourceAchievedClear 219 normal Indicates that synchronization to a proper Sync source was achieved.
Contains a single parameter which is its description: 1 - Description:
HSS sync pulse - Up.
hssSyncPulseDisappearedClear 220 normal Indicates that HSS additional sync pulse disappeared. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: HSS additional sync
pulse was disappeared.
tdmBackupClear 221 normal Indicates that the TDM main link was activated. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: TDM main link was
activated.
linkLockAuthorizedRemoteODU 222 normal Indicates that the remote ODU is authorized. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: Authorized remote
ODU connection accepted.
linkLockAuthorizedODU 223 normal Indicates that the ODU is authorized. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: Authorized ODU connection
permitted.
linkAuthenticationDisabled 224 normal Indicates that the Link Lock is disabled. Contains a single parameter
which is its description: 1 - Description: Link Authentication has been
disabled.
hotStandbyClear 225 normal Indicates that the Primary Link Was Activated. Contains a single
parameter which is its description: 1 - Description: Primary Link Is
Active.
sfpExtraction 226 normal Indicates that a device was extracted from SFP Port
sfpPort1Clear 227 normal Indicates the SFP port 1 status changed to connected. Contains two
parameters: 1 - Description: SFP port 1 status changed to connected -
%s 2 - %s Is the Eth. mode (speed & duplex)
Tabl e D-3: MI B Tr aps ( Sheet 4 of 5)
Name ID Severity Description
RADWI N Manager Tr aps Appendi x D
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 D-28
RADWIN Manager Traps
The RADWI N Manager applicat ion issues t raps t o indicat e various event s. These t raps are
shown in t he RADWI N Managerr Event s Log.
A list of Trap Messages as displayed by t he RADWI N Manager is shown in Tabl e 9-5.

compatibleIdus 228 normal Indicates that the ODU has identified compatible Idus on both sides of the
link.
desiredRatioCanNotBeAppliedClear 229 normal Indicates Current UL/DL Ratio Is Equal To Desired Ratio.
cbwMatch 230 normal Indicates that a Channel Bandwidth match was detected. Contains a
single parameter which is its description: 1 - Channel Bandwidth value
in MHz.
switchCbwAndChannel 231 normal Indicates that the system is switching Channel Bandwidth and channel
frequency. Contains two parameters: 1 - Switching to Channel
Bandwith %n0 MHz and to channel %n1 GHz.
ringRplStateIdle 232 normal RPL state changed to Idle.
ringEthServiceStatus 233 normal Indicates Ethernet service's state - blocked \ unblocked. Contains a
single parameter: 1 - Description: Ethernet's state (blocked \ unblocked)
ringFirstRpmReceived 234 normal Ring application: in non-RPL link indicates first from a specific RPL was
received. Contains a single parameter: 1 - Description: RPM's VLAN ID
ringEthernetSrviceUnblockedTO 235 normal Ring application: in non-RPL link Ethernet service is unblocked due to
RPM timeout.
gpsSynchronized 236 normal Indicates that the GPS is synchronized with satellites.
Tabl e D-3: MI B Tr aps ( Sheet 5 of 5)
Name ID Severity Description
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 E-1
Appendix E
External Alarms
Specification
External Alarms Specification
The I DU-E-AL and PoE-8 have a dry cont act alarm relay t hrough a st andard DB9 or DB25 pin
female connect or (see page B-3 for pinout det ails). There are t wo alarm t ypes input and
out put .
The I DU-C and new st yle I DU-E support ext ernal input and out put alarms t hrough a st andard
DB25 pin female connect or (see page B-3 for pinout det ails).
I nput al ar ms
The input alarms are raised by event s from ext ernal equipment , such as
a fire warning, door open or air condit ioner failure. They are user
defined.
Out put al ar ms
Out put alarms are generat ed t hrough dry cont act relays t o indicat e vari-
ous syst em event s such as sync loss or disconnect ion. An alarm is raised
if at least one of t he condit ions in one of t he t ables below, is met .
IDU-C and new style IDU-E Alarms
Tabl e E-1: I DU-C/ E - Out put Al ar ms Descr i pt i on
Al ar m Descr i pt i on Al ar m On Condi t i ons Al ar m Of f Condi t i on
Out put 1 Air int erface Alarm
Link is down
Link in inst allat ion mode
Link aut hent icat ion problem
Link is up or equipment alarm is ON
Out put 2 Equipment Alarm
Built in Test (BI T) error
No connect ion t o t he ODU
Bot h ODU and I DU are in operat ional
st at e
Out put 3 Service Alarm at Sit e B N/ A Permanent ly off
Out put 4 Power Failure at Sit e B Link Loss due t o Power Failure at Sit e B
Link is up or down wit hout power failure
indicat ion wit hin t he last t wo seconds
I DU-E-AL Al ar ms Appendi x E
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 E-2
IDU-E-AL Alarms
Tabl e E-2: I DU-C - I nput Al ar ms Descr i pt i on
Al ar m Descr i pt i on
Al ar m On
Condi t i ons
Al ar m Of f
Condi t i on
I nput 1
User Defined
Ext ernal Alarm
Volt age in range
-10 t o -50VDC
Volt age > 0VDC
I nput 2
I nput 3
I nput 4
Tabl e E-3: I DU-E-AL - Out put Al ar ms Descr i pt i on
Al ar m Descr i pt i on Al ar m On Condi t i ons Al ar m Of f Condi t i on
Out put 1 Air Link Alarm
Link is Down
Link in I nst allat ion mode
Link Aut hent icat ion Problem
Link is up
Out put 2 Equipment Alarm
Built in Test (BI T) Error
No connect ion t o t he ODU
I ncompat ible Soft ware
Bot h ODU and I DU are in
operat ional st at e
Out put 3 Service Alarm Remot e End
At least one of t wo condit ions:
Link is up, but at least one of
t he port s (wit h service config-
ured) at remot e is at LOS or
AI S (only for TDM serv.) st at e.
At least one of t he port s (wit h
service configured) at local
I DU are at LOS or AI S (only for
TDM serv.) st at e
Link is down or Link is up and ALL
port s (wit h service configured) at
t he remot e and local I DUs are at
NORMAL st at e.
Out put 4
Link Loss due t o Power Fail
at t he remot e End
A Link Loss occurred while a power fail
was det ect ed by t he remot e end I DU.
Link is up or Link is down wit hout
t he power fail indicat ion wit hin t he
last t wo seconds of t he act ive link
Tabl e E-4: I DU-E-AL - I nput Al ar ms Descr i pt i on
Al ar m Descr i pt i on
Al ar m On
Condi t i ons
Al ar m Of f
Condi t i on
I nput 1
User Defined
Ext ernal Alarm
User Defined
Ext ernal Alarm On
User Defined
Ext ernal Alarm Off
I nput 2
I nput 3
I nput 4
PoE-8 Al ar ms Appendi x E
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 E-3
PoE-8 Alarms

Tabl e E-5: PoE-8 - Out put Al ar ms Descr i pt i on
Al ar m Descr i pt i on Al ar m On Condi t i ons Al ar m Of f Condi t i on
Out put 1 Over Current
ODU Cur r ent LED I ndi cat or
Red Of f
Out put 2 Power out of range
Power LED I ndi cat or
Red Gr een
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 F-1
Appendix F
RF Exposure
The ant ennas used for t he following t ransmit t ers must be inst alled so as t o provide a mini-
mum separat ion dist ance from byst anders as specified in t he following t ables.
Tabl e F-1: Saf et y Di st ances f or Wi nLi nk 1000 FCC and I C Pr oduct s
Fr equency
Band [ GHz]
FCC I D I C I D
Ant enna
gai n [ dBi ]
Mi n. Saf et y
Di st ance [ cm]
5.8 Q3KAMWL1000 5100A-AMWL1000 22 42
5.8 Q3KAMWL1000 5100A-AMWL1000 28 83
5.8 Q3KAMWL1580 22 109
5.8 Q3KAMWL1580 28 217
5.8 Q3KAMWL1580 32.5 364
2.4 Q3KAMWL1240 5100A-AMWL1240 16 14
2.4 Q3KAMWL1240 5100A-AMWL1240 24 36
2.4 Q3KAMWL1240H 24 71
2.4 Q3KAMWL1240H 15.2 37
2.5 Q3KAMWL1250 17.5/ 24 200
4.9 Q3KAMWL1490H 5100A-AMWL1490H 27 98
4.9 Q3KAMWL1490H 5100A-AMWL1490H 18.5 42
5.3/ 5.4 Q3KAMWL1540C 5100A-AMWL1540C 22 20
Tabl e F-2: Saf et y Di st ances f or Wi nLi nk 1000 ETSI Pr oduct s
Fr equency
Band [ GHz]
Ant enna
gai n [ dBi ]
Mi n. Saf et y
Di st ance [ cm]
5.8 22 13
5.4 22 7
5.4 28 6
5.4 9.5 9
RF Exposur e Appendi x F
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 F-2
5.3 7 3
2.4 6 2
Tabl e F-2: Saf et y Di st ances f or Wi nLi nk 1000 ETSI Pr oduct s ( Con-
Fr equency
Band [ GHz]
Ant enna
gai n [ dBi ]
Mi n. Saf et y
Di st ance [ cm]
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 G-1
Appendix G
Regional Notice: French
Canadian
Procdures de scurit
Gnralits
Avant de manipuler du mat riel connect des lignes lect riques ou de t lcommunicat ions,
il est conseill de se dfaire de bij oux ou de t out aut re obj et mt allique qui pourrait ent rer en
cont act avec les lment s sous t ension.
Mise la terre
Tous les produit s RADWI N doivent t re mis la t erre pendant l'usage courant . La mise la
t erre est assure en reliant la fiche d'aliment at ion une prise de courant avec une prot ect ion
de t erre. En out re:
La cosse de masse sur l'I DU-C doit t re const amment connect e la prot ect ion de
t erre, par un cble de diamt re de 18 AWG ou plus. Le mat riel mont sur rack doit
t re inst all seulement sur des racks ou armoires relis la t erre
Une ODU doit mise la t erre par un cble de diamt re de 12 AWG ou plus
I l ne doit pas y avoir de fusibles ou d'int errupt eurs sur la connect ion la t erre
De plus:
I l faut t ouj ours connect er la t erre en premier et la dconnect er en dernier
I l ne faut j amais connect er les cbles de t lcommunicat ion du mat riel non la
t erre
I l faut s'assurer que t ous les aut res cbles sont dconnect s avant de dconnect er la
t erre
Protection contre la foudre
L'ut ilisat ion de disposit ifs de prot ect ion cont re la foudre dpend des exigences rglement aires
et de l'ut ilisat eur final. Tout es les unit s ext rieures RADWI N sont conues avec des circuit s
de limit at ion de surt ension afin de minimiser les risques de dommages dus la f oudre. RAD-
Pr caut i ons de scur i t pendant l e mont age de ODU Appendi x G
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 G-2
WI N conseille l'ut ilisat ion d'un disposit if de parafoudre supplment aire afin de prot ger le
mat riel de coups de foudre proches.
Mat r i el suppl ment ai r e r equi s
L'quipement requis pour l'inst allat ion du mat riel est le suivant :
Pince sert ir RJ-45 (si un cble pr-assembl ODU/ I DU n'est pas ut ilis)
Perceuse (pour le mont age sur mur seulement )
Cbles de t erre I DU et ODU
Clef 13 mm ( )
Cble ODU - I DU si non command (t ype ext rieur, CAT-5e, 4 paires t orsades, 24
AWG)
Colliers de serrage
Ordinat eur port able avec Windows 2000 ou Windows XP.
Prcautions de scurit pendant le montage de ODU
Avant de connect er un cble l'ODU, la borne prot ect rice de masse (visse) de l'ODU doit t re
connect e un conduct eur ext erne prot ect eur ou un pylne reli la t erre. I l ne doit pas y
avoir de fusibles ou d'int errupt eurs sur la connect ion la t erre.
Seulement un personnel qualifi ut ilisant l'quipement de scurit appropri doit pouvoir
mont er sur le pylne d'ant enne. De mme, l'inst allat ion ou le dmont age de ODU ou de
pylnes doit t re effect ue seulement par des professionnels ayant suivi une format ion.
Pour mont er l ' ODU:
1. Vrifier que les support s de fixat ion de l'ODU sont correct ement mis la t erre.
2. Mont er l'unit ODU sur le pylne ou sur le mur; se rfrer la I nst al l at i on sur
pyl ne et mur au dessous.
3. Connect er la cble de t erre au point de chssis sur l'ODU.
4. Relier le cble ODU-I DU au connect eur ODU RJ-45.
5. Visser les presses-t oupe de cbles pour assurer le scellement hermt ique des unit s
ODU.
6. At t acher le cbl e au pyl ne ou aux suppor t s en ut i l i sant des col l i er s cl asss UV.
7. Rpt er la procdure sur le sit e dist ant .
Connecter la terre IDU-C
Connect er un cble de t erre de 18 AWG la borne de masse de l'appareil. L'appareil doit t re
const amment connect la t erre.
Installation sur pylne et mur
L' ODU ou l'O-PoE peuvent t re mont s sur un pylne ou un mur.
Pr udence
Ne pas se placer en face d'une ODU sous t ension.
Cont enu du ki t de mont age ODU Appendi x G
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 G-3
Contenu du kit de montage ODU
Le kit de mont age ODU comprend les pices suivant es:
une grande clame (voir Fi gur e G-1)
une pet i t e cl ame (voir Fi gur e G-2)
un bras (voir Fi gur e G-3)
quat re visses hex t t e M8x40
deux visses hex t t e M8x70
quat re rondelles plat es M8
t rois rondelles last iques M8
deux crous M8.
Montage sur un pylne
Pr udence
Les appareils sont prvus pour t re inst alls par un personnel de service.
Les appareils doivent t re connect s une prise de courant avec une prot ect ion de t erre.
Le courant CC du I DU-C doit t re fourni par l'int ermdiaire d'un disj onct eur bipolaire et le
diamt re du cble doit t re de 14 mm avec un conduit de 16 mm.
Fi gur e G-1: grande clame Fi gur e G-2: pet it e clame Fi gur e G-3: bras
Mont age sur un pyl ne Appendi x G
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 G-4
Fi gur e G-4: Mont age sur un pyl ne
Mont age sur un mur Appendi x G
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 G-5
Montage sur un mur
Fi gur e G-5: Mont age sur un mur
Mont age d' une ant enne ext er ne Appendi x G
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 G-6
Montage d'une antenne externe
L'ant enne ext erne opt ionnelle peut t re mont e sur un pylne.
Contenu du kit de montage d'une antenne externe
Le kit de mont age d'une ant enne ext erne comprend les pices suivant es
Douze rondelles plat es
Huit rondelles last iques
Huit crous hex
Quat re boulons
Un support en U
Un support pivot ement
Deux courroies de fixat ion en mt al
Pour i nst al l er une ant enne ext er ne sur un pyl ne:
1. At t acher le support en U l'arrire de l'ant enne en ut ilisant quat re rondelles plat es,
quat re rondelles last iques et quat re crous hex.
2. At t acher le support pivot ement au support en U en ut ilisant huit rondelles plat es,
quat re rondelles last iques, quat re crous hex et quat re boulons.
3. Passer les deux courroies de fixat ion par les fent es vert icales dans le support pivot -
ement .
4. At t acher l'ant enne au pylne en ut ilisant les deux courroies de fixat ion .
Aj ust er l'inclinaison ncessaire en ut ilisant l'chelle angulaire et serrer t ous les boulons et
crous la posit ion requise.

WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 H-1
Appendix H
Old Style IDU-E Details
The I DU-E is a compact , half 19 inch wide, 1U plast ic unit , providing up t o t wo Et hernet port s
and up t o t wo E1/ T1 int erfaces.I t is a low cost unit int ended for Access applicat ions and
Ent erprise use.
Fi gur e H-1: I DU-E - f r ont vi ew.
Fi gur e H-2: Typi cal I DU-E Rear Panel
The I DU-E is also available wit h a 25 pin Dry Cont act Alarms port on t he rear panel:
.
Fi gur e H-3: I DU-E-AL wi t h Al ar ms por t
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release 1.9.40 I ndex 1
Index
A
ACS 5-7, 8-26
aging t ime, ODU Bridge Mode 8-16
Air I nt erface 1-15, 1-15
Technical Specificat ions, general A-1
Alarms
Act ive
summary 9-17
Connect or B-3
Ext ernal , specificat ion E-1
Ant ennas
Align wit h beeper 3-14
Aligning 3-14
Buzzer signals 3-15
Cable, grounding 18-1
Connect ing 3-14
Described 1-13
Ext ernal
Mount ing 3-8
Package Cont ent s 3-6
Ext ernal, Mount ing 17-4
Flat panel 1-14
Parabolic Dish 1-15
Applicat ions
Broadband Access 1-2
Cellular Backhaul 1-2
Privat e Net works 1-3
B
Backup 8-24
backup
ODU replacement 9-20
Backup and rest ore soft ware, ODU 8-24
Band
and DFS 20-5
Changing 20-1
default s 20-3
Base Dist ribut ion Unit = BDU 1-12
BDU
Everyt hing refers t o unless ot herwise indexed
Package Cont ent s 3-6
Beeper
mut e 8-25
mut ing and rest oring 8-2
rest ore 8-25
Bridge mode,Telnet commands 8-26
BRS
I nst allat ion 25-1
Link Act ivat ion 25-1
C
Changing link password 5-5
Channel, select ing 5-7
Clock configurat ion, TDM 5-16
Communit y St rings
Changing 8-11
Edit ing 8-10
Forgot t en passwords 8-11
MI B D-2
Read-Only 8-10
Read-Writ e 8-10
Trap 8-10
Configurat ion Paramet ers 8-3
Configuring
Advanced 8-2, 8-15, 8-17, 8-19
Air I nt erface 8-2
Air int erface 7-1
cont act person 8-2
Dat e and Time 8-2
Dat e and t ime 8-1
Et hernet set t ings 8-1
Ext ernal alarms 8-1
Frequency channel 7-1
HSS 8-1
Securit y 8-2
Securit y set t ings 8-1
Service paramet ers 7-1
Syst em 8-2
Syst em paramet ers 7-1
Syst em set t ings 8-1
TDM MHS st at us 8-1
Tx Power and ant enna 8-1
View I nvent ory 8-2
Connect ing user equipment 5-7
Cust omer Support 9-21
D
Dat e and t ime, set t ing 8-2, 8-13
DC Power
t erminal pinout B-5
Index
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release1.9.40 I ndex 2
DFS 16-1
changing band for 20-5
Configurat ion 16-4
Link Act ivat ion 16-1
E
E1/ T1 connect ions
Backup link 1-10
Environment
I nt erference 1-6
Et hernet Ring 13-1
1 + 1 13-6
operat ion 13-2
Prot ect ion Swit ching 13-6
purpose 13-1
set t ing up, ff 13-7
support ed t opologies 13-4
t erminology 13-1
Event s
color codes 9-16
log 9-2, 9-8
priorit y 9-16
F
Fact ory set t ings
revert t o 8-1, 8-22, 9-20
FCC/ I C DFS I nst allat ion Procedure 16-1
FEC A-1, A-1
G
Gat eway 8-2
Telnet display 8-26
GSU A-6
Cascaded Sit es 11-3
Configuring 11-5
I nst allat ion 11-4
Kit 11-4
Preferences 11-12
Redundancy 11-3
Soft ware Updat e 11-13
Telnet Support 11-12
Transmission Phase 11-3, 11-9
Tx Transmission Rat io 11-9
use
funct ionalit y
scenarios 11-1
GUS
and RFP 11-8
H
HSS 10-1
and asymmet ric allocat ion 10-11
Hardware I nst allat ion 10-3
I DU-C front panel LEDs 3-12, 10-12
ODU/ HSS Connect ion Pinout 10-7, B-1
Radio Frame Pat t ern Table 10-7
HSS Client 10-2
Cont inue Transmission 10-3
Disable Transmission 10-3
HSS Mast er 10-2
Hub Sit e Synchronizat ion, see HSS
I
I DU
Aging t ime 8-16
aging t ime, ODU Bridge Mode 8-16
Connect ing t o ODU 3-13
described 1-9
I DU-C
Alarm Connect or B-3
Front panel 1-10, 1-10
Described 3-10
LEDs 3-11, 3-11, 4-3
Front panel LEDs for HSS
LEDs 3-12, 10-12
Mount ing 3-10
Power connect ions 3-13, 3-13
I DU-E
Back Panel H-1
I DU-R
Back Panel 1-10, 3-10
I nst alling
I DU-R 3-10
I nst alling I DU-E and R unit s 3-9
Package Cont ent s 3-4
I DU-C
Package Cont ent s 3-4
I DU-E or I DU-R package cont ent s 3-4
I ndoor Unit , see I DU
I nst allat ion
Menu and Toolbar Funct ionalit y 6-3
Post Configurat ion main window 7-11
Post I nst allat ion main window 5-19
see Link, I nst allat ion
I nst allat ion Mode 8-2, 8-2, 8-17
I nst alling
BRS 25-1
I nt erference
caused by collocat ed unit s 10-2
Environment 1-6
I nvent ory 8-1, 8-11
Displaying 8-8
I P address 8-2
Telnet display 8-26
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release1.9.40 I ndex 3
J
Jit t er Buffer 5-13
K
Key Feat ures of Radio Link
L
LAN
o-PoE t o PC cable B-2
Port
For PoE-8 B-2
LBC 9-8
Browser warnings 21-6
Calculat ions 21-2
Climact ic C Fact ors 21-11
described 21-1
Fresnel Zone, described 21-3
I nt ernal dat a 21-1
Running 21-5
User input 21-1
License Key, ent ering 20-5
Light ning and Grounding Guidelines 18-1
Link
Budget Calculat or, see LBC
Configurat ion
St ep 1 - St art t he Wizard 7-3
St ep 2 - Syst em Paramet ers 7-3
St ep 3 - Channel Set t ings 7-4
St ep 5 - Hub Sit e Synchronizat ion Set t ings
7-8
St ep 6 - Services 7-8
St ep 7 - TDM Clock Configurat ion 7-9
St ep 8 - Configurat ion Summary and Exit
7-10
default frequency 5-7
default Set t ings 4-11
I nformat ion 9-1
Air I nt erface Thresholds
BBER Threshold 9-13
Et hernet Thresholds - Capacit y 9-13
Et hernet Thresholds - Traffic 9-13
RSL Threshold 9-13
TSL THreshold 9-13
Air I nt erface Thresholds, set t ing 9-12
Alarms
Act ive summary 9-17
Error det ect ion and 9-17
out put 9-19
saved 9-17
Compat ibilit y 9-2
Trap messages 9-3
Event s Log 9-8
Event s log 9-13
Event s references
t rap
background color 9-16
default colors 9-17
Preferences 9-16
saving 9-17
Monit or log 9-8, 9-8
saving 9-8
Performance dat a, explained 9-11
Performance monit oring 9-8
Performance Report s 9-9
Remot e Power Fail I ndicat ion 9-19
Dying-Gasp circuit 9-19
Troubleshoot ing 9-19
I nst allat ion 4-9
ODU
Mast and Wall 17-1
St ep 1 - St art Wizard 5-3
St ep 2 - Syst em Paramet ers 5-3
St ep 3 - Channel Set t ings 5-7
St ep 5 - Hub Sit e Synchronizat ion Set t ings
5-9
St ep 6 - Services 5-9
St ep 7 - TDM Clock Configurat ion 5-16
Link I D 4-11, 5-4, 8-26, 9-19, 9-20, 9-20
Login 4-3
Login Errors
I ncorrect I P Address 4-7
I ncorrect password 4-7
Unsupport ed Device 4-6
Login showing Communit y Opt ions 4-4
Login showing user t ypes 4-5
Manager Soft ware 4-2
Name 5-4
Password 9-20
changing 5-5
Post Configurat ion main window 7-11
Post I nst allat ion main window 5-19
Sit e names 5-4
Link Budget Calculat or, see LBC 9-8
Link I D 4-11, 5-4, 8-26, 9-19, 9-20, 9-20
Link Lock
described 8-11
Enable 8-12
Link Sit e
Planning 2-1
Survey 2-1
St age 1 - Preliminary Survey 2-2
St age 2 - Physical Survey 2-3
Addit ional I ndoor Sit e Requirement s
2-3
Addit ional Out door Sit e Requirement s
2-3
St age 3 - RF Survey 2-4
Login Errors
I ncorrect I P Address 4-7
I ncorrect password 4-7
Unsupport ed Device 4-6
loopback
act ivat ing 9-3
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release1.9.40 I ndex 4
deact ivat e 9-5
Local I nt ernal 9-7
Remot e Ext ernal 9-6
Remot e I nt ernal 9-6
M
Management
Addresses 8-5
and t rap addresses 8-1
Configuring t he Sit e 8-2
Screen, Telnet 8-27
Manager Soft ware
Change log on password 4-8
Event s Log 6-7
I nst alling 4-1
Main window 6-1
Det ails pane 6-4
Toolbar 6-2
main window 4-6
Monit or pane 6-5
Et hernet Service
6-5
Radio I nt erface, 6-5
Radio signal st rengt h 6-5
Off-line funct ionalit y 4-8
St at us Bar 6-7
Manual
Chapt ers by Audience 1-17
Convent ions 1-18
Terminology 1-17
MHS
described 12-1
I nst allat ion Procedure 12-1, 12-1
I nst alling 12-3
Kit Cont ent s 12-3
Maint aining 12-9
I DU Replacement 12-9
ODU Replacement 12-10
Port pinout B-3
Primary and secondary links 12-2
provides 12-2
Swit ching Logic 12-10
Syst em Operat ion 12-14
MI B
About D-1
Communit y St ring D-2
I nt erface API D-1
Paramet ers D-3
Privat e D-2
Privat e Paramet ers D-6
Reference D-1
Support ed Variables from t he RFC 1213 D-4
TDM D-3
Terminology D-1
Traps D-23
Monit ored Hot St andby, see MHS
O
ODU 1-7
Backup and rest ore soft ware 8-24
Bridge Mode
aging t ime 8-16
Connect orized 1-6, 1-7
described 1-6
Differences bet ween models 1-7
I nst allat ion, Mast and Wall 17-1
I nt egrat ed Ant enna 1-6, 1-7
mount ing 1-6
Mount ing Kit 17-1
Package Cont ent s 3-2
Preloading I P address 19-1
Replacing 9-20
Typically used ext ernal ant ennas 1-14
Wit h int egrat ed ant enna 1-14
Out door PoE, see O-PoE 1-11
Out door Unit , see ODU
P
Package, cont ent s of 3-2
Password
Link 9-20
PC, Minimum Requirement s 4-1
Performance
Monit or 9-2
Performance Monit oring, set t ime int erval 9-8
PoE
Basic PoE Device 1-11
Described 1-11
I nst alling a link using 3-13
Port s
LAN for PoE-8 B-2
Power-over-Et hernet , see PoE 1-12
Prot ect ion
Ext ernal Light ning Surge Suppressors 18-3
Grounding
Ant enna cable 18-1
I DUs 18-2
ODUs 18-2
I nt ernal ESD Prot ect ion circuit s 18-8
R
Radio Frame Pat t ern (RFP)
General Considerat ions 10-8
General considerat ions 10-8
Wit h HSS 10-7
Wit hout HSS 10-7
Radio Link
Accessories 1-16
Addit ional Tools and Mat erials Required 3-6
Connect ing user equipment 3-14
Document at ion set 1-16
Hardware I nst allat ion
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release1.9.40 I ndex 5
Ext ernal Ant ennas 3-8
I ndoor 3-9
Light ning prot ect ion 3-9
Mount ing U 3-10
ODU 3-8
Out door 3-7
Out door connect ions 3-9
Sequence 3-6
Package Cont ent s 3-2
I DU 3-4
ODU 3-2
Package cont ent s
Ext ernal Ant ennas 3-6
Regional Not ice
French Canadian G-1
Replacing an ODU 9-20
S
Safet y Pract ices iii-iv, 3-1
Grounding 3-1
Prevent ing overexposure t o RF energy 3-1
Securit y
Link Lock 8-11
Select ing channel 5-7
SFP
device C-1
support , described C-1
Sit e
Configurat ion
Backup Files
backup t o 8-24
Backup files
rest ore from 8-24
Configurat ion wit h Telnet 8-25
Dialog
Et hernet Propert ies 8-15
Configuring
Bridge 8-15
Maximum informat ion rat e 8-19
Port s Mode 8-17
Et hernet Propert iesI DU Aging t ime 8-
16
Funct ions 8-2
I nvent ory 8-8
Menu bar 8-2
Set t ing t he dat e and t ime 8-13
View Air I int erface det ails 8-3
VLAN Set t ings 8-6
Lost or forgot t en VLAN I D 8-8
Priorit y number 8-7
VLAN I D 8-7
Ext ernal Alarm I nput s 8-21
Reset sit e 8-22
Reset sit e t o fact ory default s 8-22
Reset sit e, preserve current configurat ion
8-22
Securit y Feat ures 8-9
Communit y St rings 8-10
Edit ing 8-10
Forgot t en paswwords 8-11
I nit ial log on default s 8-10
Default Gat eway 8-6
I P address 8-6, 8-6
Trap Dest inat ion 8-6
Soft ware Upgarde
Mult iple sit es 15-3
Single Sit e 15-2
Soft ware Upgrade 15-1
T
TDM Services
Clock configurat ion 5-16
Evaluat ion 5-15
in Link Budget calculat ion 21-1
Jit t er Buffer 5-13
Loopbacks 9-3
modulat ion rat e 5-13
over int ernet wit h SFP C-1
select ion 5-10
TDD in MI B D-3
Telnet commands 8-26
Throughput display 6-6
Trap message 9-15
Technical Specificat ions
Air I nt erface, general A-1
Configurat ion A-1
EMC A-3, A-4, A-5, A-6, A-7
Environment al A-3, A-4
Power A-2, A-3, A-4, A-4, A-4, A-4, A-4, A-4
Radio A-1
Safet y A-3, A-4
Telnet configurat ion 8-25
TDM 8-26
Time Division Duplex 10-7
Trap messages 9-3
Trunk Port s
pinout B-3
t ypical inst allat ion 3-7
U
User equipment , connect ing 5-7
V
VLAN
configurat ion 14-5
Port Funct ionalit y 14-2
QinQ 14-2
t agging 14-1
t erminology 14-1
WinLink 1000 User Manual Release1.9.40 I ndex 6
VLAN for Et hernet services 8-17
VLAN for Et hernet services, ff 13-1, 14-1
W
Wiring Specificat ions B-1
Alarm
Connect or
I DU-C B-3
Connect ors
User Port B-2
LAN
Port s B-2
ODU-I DU Cable B-1
Port s
LAN B-2
User Port Connect ors B-2